ISSN 0006 8241 = Bothalia

Bothalia

A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH

Vol. 38,2

Oct. 2008

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL

BIODIVERSITY INSTITUTE PRETORIA

Obtainable from the South African National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI), Private Bag XI 01, Pretoria 0001,

Republic of South Africa. A catalogue of all available publications will be issued on request.

BOTHALIA

Bothalia is named in honour of General Louis Botha, first Premier and Minister of Agriculture of the Union of

South Africa. This house journal of the South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, is devoted to the

furtherance of botanical science. The main fields covered are taxonomy, ecology, anatomy and cytology. Two

parts of the journal and an index to contents, authors and subjects are published annually.

Three booklets of the contents (a) to Vols 1-20, (b) to Vols 21-25, (c) to Vols 26-30, and (d) to Vols 31-37 (2001—

2007) are available.

STRELITZIA

A series of occasional publications on southern African flora and vegetation, replacing Memoirs of the Botanical

Survey of South Africa and Annals of Kirstenbosch Botanic Gardens.

MEMOIRS OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH AFRICA

The memoirs are individual treatises usually of an ecological nature, but sometimes dealing with taxonomy or

economic botany. Published: Nos 1-63 (many out of print). Discontinued after No. 63.

ANNALS OF KIRSTENBOSCH BOTANIC GARDENS

A series devoted to the publication of monographs and major works on southern African flora.Published:

Vols 14-19 (earlier volumes published as supplementary volumes to the Journal of South African Botany).

Discontinued after Vol. 19.

FLOWERING PLANTS OF AFRICA (FPA)

This serial presents colour plates of African plants with accompanying text. The plates are prepared mainly by

the artists at the South African National Biodiverity Institute. Many botanical artists have contributed to the

series, such as Fay Anderson, Peter Bally, Auriol Batten, Gillian Condy, Betty Connell, Stella Gower, Rosemary

Holcroft, Kathleen Lansdell, Cythna Letty (over 700 plates), Claire Linder-Smith and Ellaphie Ward-Hilhorst.

The Editor is pleased to receive living plants of general interest or of economic value for illustration.

From Vol. 55, twenty plates are published at irregular intervals.

An index to Vols 1-49 is available.

FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA (FSA)

A taxonomic treatise on the flora of the Republic of South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland, Namibia and Botswana,

the FSA contains descriptions of families, genera, species, infraspecific taxa, keys to genera and species, syn-

onymy, literature and limited specimen citations, as well as taxonomic and ecological notes.

Contributions to the FSA also appear in Bothalia.

PALAEOFLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA

A palaeoflora on a pattern comparable to that of the Flora of southern Africa. Much of the information is pre-

sented in the form of tables and photographic plates depicting fossil populations. Now available:

Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 1. Introduction. Dicroidium, 1983, by J.M. & H.M. Anderson.

Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 2. Gymnosperms (excluding Dicroidium ), 1983, by J.M. & H.M.

Anderson.

Prodromus of South African Megafloras. Devonian to Lower Cretaceous, 1985, by J.M. & H.M. Anderson.

Obtainable from: A.A. Balkema Marketing, Box 317, Claremont 7735, RSA.

Towards Gondwana Alive. Promoting biodiversity and stemming the Sixth Extinction, 1999, by J.M.

Anderson (ed.).

Heyday of the gymnosperms: systematics and biodiversity of the Late Triassic Molteno fructifications,

2003, by J.M. Anderson & H.M. Anderson.

Brief history of the gymnosperms: classification, biodiversity, phytogeography and ecology, 2007, by

J.M. Anderson, H.M. Anderson & C.J. Cleal.

SANBI BIODIVERISITY SERIES

A series of occasional reports on projects, technologies, workshops, symposia and other activities initated by or

executed in partnership with SANBI.

BOTHALIA

A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH

Volume 38,2

Scientific Editor: G. Germishuizen

Technical Editor: B.A. Momberg

national

biodiversity

institute

S A N B I

2 Cussonia Avenue, Brummeria, Pretoria

Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001

ISSN 0006 8241

Oct. 2008

Editorial Board

D.F. Cutler

B.J. Huntley

P.H. Raven

M.J.A. Werger

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK

South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA

Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis, USA

University of Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands

Acknowledgements to referees

Archer, Mrs C. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.

Beentje, Dr H. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK.

Bester, S.P. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.

Bredenkamp, Dr C.L. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.

Burrows, J.E. P.O. Box 710, 1120 Lydenburg, RSA.

Darbyshire, Dr I. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK.

Glen, Mrs R.P. 46 Park Crescent, Forest Hill, 3610 Durban, RSA.

Goyder, Dr D.J. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK.

Jacobsen, Dr A. California State University, Bakersfield, USA.

Kathumba, E.S. National Herbarium and Botanic Gardens, Zomba, Malawi.

Linder, Prof. H.P. University of Zurich, Switzerland.

Manning, Dr J.C. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA.

McDonald, Dr D.J. 14A Thomson Rd, 7708 Claremont, Cape Town, RSA.

Rice, Dr B.A. University of California, Davis, USA.

Robson, Dr N.K.B. Natural History Museum, London, UK.

Snijman, Dr D. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA.

Van Wyk, Prof. A.E. University of Pretoria, RSA.

Welman, Ms W.G. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.

Winter, P.J.D. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.

CONTENTS

Bothalia 38,2

1 . Systematics of the southern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 2. The filiform-leaved /. capillaris complex.

P. GOLDBLATT and J.C. MANNING 115

2. Asteraceae in Strelitzia 14 (2003) and Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41

(2006): updates and corrections. P.P.J. HERMAN 125

3. Developmental variation in a species of Isoglossa (Acanthaceae: Ruellioideae) over a season. D.L.

PORIAZIS and K. B ALKWILL 131

4. Notes on African plants:

Apocynaceae. Species delimitation in Carvalhoa campanulata (Rauvolfioideae). J.E. BUR-

ROWS 147

Aponogetonaceae. Aponogeton fugax, a new species endemic to the Cape Floral Region, South

Africa. J.C. MANNING, P. GOLDBLATT, E.J.J. SIEBEN & J.P. ROUX 156

Begoniaceae. Begonia sonderiana, a new KwaZulu-Natal record from the southern Lebombo

Range, Maputaland, South Africa. N.R. CROUCH and T. McLELLAN 146

Celastraceae. A new species of Gymnosporia from South Africa and Swaziland. M. JORDAAN. ... 150

Droseraceae. Drosera ericgreenii, a new species from the fynbos of South Africa. A. FLEISCH-

MANN, R. GIBSON and F. RIVADAVIA 141

Lamiaceae. A new combination in Syncolostemon. D.F. OTIENO and E. RETIEF 144

Pteridophyta: Aspleniaceae. Asplenium lobatum var. pseudo-abyssinicum, a new record for South

Africa. R.R. KLOPPER, J. NEL, A.W. KLOPPER and G.F. SMITH 144

Selaginellaceae. Selaginella nubigena, a new species from the Drakensberg, South Africa. J.P.

ROUX 153

5. Diversity and species turnover on an altitudinal gradient in Western Cape, South Africa: baseline data

for monitoring range shifts in response to climate change. L. AGENBAG, K.J. ESLER, G.F.

MIDGLEY and C. BOUCHER 161

6. Miscellaneous notes:

A tribute to Prof. Kristo Pienaar (1922-1996), doyen of South African gardening. M. WALTERS

and G.F. SMITH 193

7. Obituary: Donald Joseph Boomer Killick (1926-2008). O.A. LEISTNER 195

8. South African National Biodiversity Institute: administration and research staff 31 March 2008,

publications 1 April 2007-31 March 2008. Compiler: B.A. MOMBERG 203

9. Guide for authors to Bothalia 221

10. Change of policy for reprints of Bothalia articles 233

New combination and species in Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Aponogeton fugax J.C. Manning & Goldblatt, sp. nov., 156

Drosera ericgreenii A.FIeischm., R. Gibson & F.Rivadavia, sp. nov., 141

Gymnosporia hemipterocarpa Jordaan, sp. nov., 150

Ixia dieramoides Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 120

Ixia exiliflora Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 119

Ixia reclinata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 123

Selaginella nubigena J.P.Roux, sp. nov., 154

Syncolostemon cinereum (Codd) D.F.Otieno & Retief, comb, nov., 144

IV

This issue is dedicated to

Donald Joseph Boomer Killick (1926-2008)

Deputy Director of the Botanical Research Insitute, Pretoria, 1973-1989

Editor ofBothalia, 1972-1985

v

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2016

https://archive.org/details/bothaliavolume3838unse_1

Bothalia 38,2: 115-124(2008)

Systematics of the southern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 2. The

filiform-leaved L capillaris complex

P. GOLDBLATT* and J.C. MANNING**

Keywords: Ixia capillaris group, leaf morphology, new species, southern Africa, taxonomy

ABSTRACT

Field study and associated examination of herbarium specimens of the filiform-leaved species of section Morphixia of the

South African genus Ixia L. have resulted in an increase in the number of species with this derived leaf type. Ixia capillaris

and I. pauciflora have until now been the only species with such leaves and they have not been regarded as immediately

related in past accounts of the genus. The two foliage leaves, typically less than 2 mm wide, with a leathery to succulent

texture, and lacking a raised central vein or margins, are specialized in the genus. Associated finely fibrous corm tunics,

spikes of 1-3 flowers, and when present, short, thread-like lateral branches, usually bearing 1 or 2 flowers, provide supporting

evidence that the group is monophyletic. I. capillaris as interpreted until now, comprises four species, three of them new

and described here, and the large-flowered I. pauciflora includes two species, one of these described here. While I. capillaris

has a branched stem, radially symmetric flowers with a perianth tube (4 — )5— 7(— 8) mm long, tepals 11-15 mm long and thus

substantially exceeding the tube, filaments typically exserted 1-2 mm, and anthers (3— )4 — 5 mm long, I. exiliflora has a tube

8-10 mm long and ± as long as the tepals, included filaments, and anthers 3. 5-4.0 mm long. The new 7. dieramoides also has

included filaments but a perianth tube 1 3—1 8(— 22) mm long and tepals 1 1-18 mm long. A third new species, I. reclinata has

large flowers with a tube 13-15 mm long, tepals 16-21 mm long, and unilateral, declinate stamens with the filaments exserted

8-10 mm, and anthers 4—5 mm long. Typical I. pauciflora has flowers with unilateral stamens and filaments exserted 2-6

mm from the flower and anthers prominently displayed, but specimens until now included in that species with short, included

filaments 3-5 mm long and anthers half included in the tube, are here regarded as I. dieramoides. The I. capillaris group as

treated here, now includes five species.

INTRODUCTION

In a continuation of our studies of the systematics

of Ixia, a genus of the winter rainfall zone of southern

Africa and largely restricted to the Greater Cape floral

region, we re-examine the taxonomy of I. capillaris [sub-

genus Morphixia sensu Goldblatt & Manning (1999),

thus including Lewis’s sections Morphixia and Hyalis ]

and allied species that share only two foliage leaves with

distinctive narrow, leathery blades less than 2 mm wide,

without a visible main vein, and with rounded, unthick-

ened margins when fresh. We refer to the group for con-

venience as the I. capillaris complex, for the first and

most widespread species with such leaves to be named.

As revised by Lewis (1962), Ixia included 44 spe-

cies, and since the publication of her account, a further

19 species have been added to the genus, one reduced

to synonymy (Goldblatt & Manning 2008). With three

more here as a result of our reappraisal of the I. capil-

laris complex, the current total in the genus is 66 spe-

cies, of which 39 fall in subgenus Morphixia.

Plants assigned in herbaria to Ixia capillaris and /.

pauciflora, which we consider to be closely related,

share distinctive, derived leaf blades, and in addition,

comparatively fine, netted corm tunics. Lateral branches,

when present, are short, thin and wiry, and bear one or

two, rarely three flowers. The leaf morphology, corm

tunics and branching pattern all appear derived and

we provisionally consider plants with these features to

comprise a single lineage. The taxonomy of the group,

however, is in need of revision: plant specimens cur-

* B.A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botanical Garden,

RO. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, USA.

** Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,

Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.

MS. received: 2007-11-19.

rently placed under I. capillaris and I. pauciflora in her-

baria seem on close examination to be more diverse than

their respective circumscriptions. Plants with a perianth

tube 5-7 mm long, filaments exserted 1-2 mm from the

tube, anthers 4—5 mm long, and short style branches

1.0-1. 8 mm long, match the type of I. capillaris accord-

ing to Lewis’s (1962) account of Ixia, which comprises

the only modem monographic revision of Ixia [M.P. de

Vos’s (1999) account of Ixia for Flora of southern Africa

follows Lewis’s taxonomy exactly for the filiform-

leaved species]. These plants occur widely across the

Cape floral region ( sensu Goldblatt & Manning 2000;

Manning et al. 2002), usually on clay and loamy soils.

Plants with the vegetative features described above but

relatively small flowers with a funnel-shaped perianth

tube, have until now been referred to I. capillaris by

default. Our examination of floral variation in specimens

that have accumulated in herbaria since Lewis’s account

of Ixia , however, shows that multiple undescribed spe-

cies have now been assigned to I. capillaris.

Of the three sets of populations that stand out as

diverging significantly from the above description, the

first extends from Worcester eastward to Touws River, in

the interior centre of the range of Ixia capillaris. These

plants have a perianth tube 8-10 mm long, filaments

included in the tube, and anthers 3^1 mm long, with

the bases usually also included in the tube. Well-grown

specimens stand out in having several 1-3-flowered lat-

eral branches. A second set of populations includes tall

plants from the Bonteberg and Voetpadsberg north and

east of Touws River and locally in the Little Karoo, that

have a perianth tube 13-17 mm long, filaments reach-

ing the mouth of the tube, and 1 or 2 branchlets mostly

with a single flower each. Lastly, plants from the Caledon

District with larger flowers, a tube 13-15 mm long, uni-

lateral stamens with filaments exserted 8-10 mm from

116

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

the tube, and a style that divides below the level of the

anthers into branches 4-5 mm long, appear intermediate

between I. capillaris and I. pauciflora. Notably, none of

the plants mentioned above has the chestnut brown cata-

phylls that are typical of both I. capillaris and I. pauci-

flora.

Ixia pauciflora has seemed fairly uniform in morphol-

ogy but examination of all specimens available in south-

ern African herbaria shows that the species comprises

two sets of populations, the typical one with filaments

12-13 mm long, exserted 2-6 mm, and anthers (4-)5-6

mm long, and a second series with short filaments 2.5-

5.0 mm long included in the tube, and short anthers 2.5-

3.3 mm long, also partly included. These latter plants

have a coherent range in the southern Cedarberg and

although they occur within the range of I. pauciflora , we

believe they represent a western series of populations

of the plants mentioned above from the Bonteberg and

Voetpadsberg.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Using standard methods of taxonomic investigation,

we examined the holdings of Ixia in herbaria with signifi-

cant southern African collections, BOL, K, MO, NBG,

PRE, and SAM (acronyms following Holmgren et al.

1990). We then assembled sets of measurements for taxo-

nomically important features from well-preserved speci-

mens, bearing in mind that floral features may shrink up

to 20% of their original size, depending on the care with

which specimens are prepared. We did not use Lewis’s

(1962) or De Vos’s (1999) measures for any taxa because

we apply some names in different ways. Leaf sections

were made by hand from fresh material and stained with

basic fuchsin.

Our herbarium studies were accompanied by field

investigation throughout the geographic range of the Ixia

capillaris complex to determine variation within popula-

tions and their ecology, especially soil, aspect, and alti-

tudinal range.

RESULTS

Examination of living plants and anatomical sec-

tions of fresh leaves, confirmed the unique leaves of the

Ixia capillaris complex, also present in I. pauciflora.

Comparison of living and dried leaves revealed addi-

tional leaf details. The fresh leaf blades have a leathery

to almost succulent texture and neither the central vein

nor the margins are visible as raised portions of the sur-

face. When dry, however, the leaf tissue surrounding the

central vein shrinks to a greater degree than the vascu-

lature and the margins. The blade can then be identified

to have one main vein or pseudomidrib, now apparently

raised above the surface. In addition, the main vein is

always displaced toward the abaxial margin. The blade

is thus divided into two unequal parts with the abaxial

portion about half as wide as the adaxial portion. The

blades sometimes have, in addition, one or a pair of

secondary veins. Anatomically, the secondary bundles

are surrounded by complete sclerenchyinatous bundle

sheaths and opposing bundles remain distinct (Figure

1C), in contrast to species with thin-textured blades in

which opposing secondary bundles often merge at their

xylem poles (compare also De Vos 1999: fig. 3i, fig. 7c).

Species with such leaf blades, the I. capillaris complex,

consistently have two foliage leaves with free blades,

whereas a third leaf sheaths the stem for most or all of its

length. The group is provisionally assumed to be mono-

phyletic on the basis of the derived leaf morphology,

branching pattern and finely fibrous conn tunics, which

are also specialized in the genus.

Field studies conducted in August and September of

2006 and 2007 confirmed our preliminary hypotheses

that Ixia capillaris, as treated in herbaria today, com-

prises four sets of populations. Plants conforming to the

type are widespread, and always have a relatively short

perianth tube, as described by Lewis (1962), exserted

filaments, and frequently distinctive brown cataphylls.

Flower colour is most often pale blue-mauve (also

described as blue-grey), but white- and yellow-flowered

populations have also been recorded.

The first set of divergent populations, from the

Worcester District, both in the hills near Worcester and

on the plateau at the top of Hex River Pass, consists of

plants with the filaments always, and sometimes the

bases of the anthers also, included in a tube 8-10 mm

long, thus slightly longer than in Ixia capillaris, which

has a tube (4 — )5— 7 (—8 ) mm long and filaments mostly

exserted 1-2 mm. These populations also have flow-

ers with smaller tepals, 8-10 mm long and anthers

3 .5^4.0 mm long, compared with tepals 11-15 mm long

and anthers (3-)4— 5 mm long in I. capillaris. Plants in

these populations show no sign of variation for these

features, and seen in the field, present a rather different

appearance to I. capillaris, often having more branches

per stem and thus more flowers. The flowers also have

a light, sweet, rose-like scent, whereas those of I. cap-

illaris that we examined, had a faint or no discemable

scent. We conclude that these plants are most appro-

priately regarded as a separate taxon, which we call

I. exiliflora. We include in I. exiliflora, a population of

white-flowered plants from near Simonskloof west of

Koo ( Goldblatt & Porter 12936). These plants closely

resemble the blue-flowered I. exiliflora except in colour

and have the short stamens and partly included anthers

that characterize the species. Plants were in full bloom

in undisturbed renosterveld on clay ground.

The second set of divergent populations from the

Touws River-Matjiesfontein area, mainly on the lower

sandstone slopes of the Bonteberg and Voetpadsberg,

and locally in the Little Karoo, consists of plants not

only with a longer perianth tube, 1 3— 1 8(— 22) mm, but

included filaments that reach just to the mouth of the

tube, tepals 11-18 mm long, and anthers 2. 5-3. 5 mm

long. Well-grown plants are also substantially taller than

Ixia capillaris, up to 70 mm high, and have one or two

short branchlets. Notably, at one locality in the Little

Karoo, on Op-de-Tradouw Pass, these long-tubed plants

grow parapatrically with typical I. capillaris, which at

that site has a perianth tube 5-6 mm long and exserted

filaments typical of the species. Ecological differences

were evident between the two taxa at this site, and

whereas the long-tubed plants grew in stony ground on

ridge tops, I. capillaris occurred nearby on south-facing

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

117

clay slopes. We believe this set of populations with long-

tubed flowers and included filaments also merits status

as a separate species, which we call I. dieramoides.

The third divergent set of populations has a narrow

range in the hills south of Theewaterskloof Dam between

Caledon and Villiersdorp, where plants grow in heavy

clay. The large flower with a perianth tube 13-15 mm

long, tepals 16-21 mm long and filaments exserted up to

10 mm, cannot be accommodated in Ixia capil laris with-

out radically expanding its circumscription. Additional

collecting near the site of the first collection confirms

that the corms match those of the 7. capillaris complex

but, surprisingly, reveal that its flowers are zygomor-

phic: the stamens are unilateral and are held horizon-

tally, with the anthers abruptly flexed upward, and the

style extended horizontally below the stamens, thus rec-

linate in orientation. The style divides below or opposite

the anther bases, and the style branches are 4. 5-5.0 mm

long, exceptional for the complex. This plant evidently

also merits recognition as a separate species, which we

here name I. reclinata. As in the two other sets of popu-

lations, now to be treated as 7. exiliflora and 7. dieramoi-

des, there is no evidence of significant morphological

variation in 7. reclinata despite the presence of typi-

cal 7. capillaris growing a few kilometres to the south.

Ixia reclinata is closer morphologically to 7. panciflora

than to 7. capillaris in flower size, tube length and in

the declinate stamens. A species of the Cold Bokkeveld

and Cedarberg, typical 7. panciflora has flowers with a

perianth tube 15-18 mm long, filaments exserted 2-6

mm, a style typically dividing opposite the lower third

of the anthers, and often an unbranched stem, occasion-

ally with branchlets 10 mm long, each with one or two,

rarely three flowers. In contrast, 7. reclinata usually has

two or three well-developed branchlets, each bearing up

to three flowers.

During our examination of herbarium collections

assigned to Ixia panciflora, we found a small number of

specimens from the southern Cedarberg with short fila-

ments, up to 5 mm long, and anthers half included in the

tube. These plants otherwise match 7. panciflora closely,

so much so that despite the differences in floral features,

Lewis (1962) and De Vos (1999) considered them part of

the variation in 7. panciflora. The plants have symmetri-

cally arranged stamens, the anthers only 3. 0-3. 3 mm

long and a style with branches up to 1.3 mm long. This

combination of features provides evidence for treating

these plants as a western race of 7. dieramoides.

Key to the Ixia capillaris complex of Subgenus Morphixia

la Plants with blades leathery and linear-filiform, less than 2 mm wide when fresh; midvein lying closer to abaxial margin, not thickened

or evident when fresh unless held to the light [when dry main vein and margins evident and appearing thickened due to collapse of

mesophyll between them] I. capillaris complex

lb Plants with leaf blades linear to lanceolate or falcate but never leathery and filiform, mostly more than 2 mm wide in mature plants;

midvein evident when fresh, and central or only slightly displaced toward abaxial margin (remaining species of subgenus Morphixia)'.

2a Flowers relatively small with perianth tube 4—10 mm long; filaments included or exserted up to 2 mm from tube; anthers symmetri-

cally arranged and enclosing style:

3a Perianth tube (4— )5-7(— 8) mm long; tepals 11-15 mm long, ± twice as long as tube; filaments exserted 1-2 mm and anthers fully

exserted; anthers (3 — )4 — 5 mm long; cataphylls often chestnut-brown above ground, or green becoming membranous ... 1 . 1. capillaris

3b Perianth tube 8-10 mm long; tepals 8-10 mm long, up to 1.5 times as long as tube; filaments always included and bases of anthers held

within tube; anthers 3-4 mm long; cataphylls green with membranous margins or dry and turning light brown from tips 2.1. exiliflora

2b Flowers larger with perianth 12-22 mm long; filaments included or well exserted from tube; anthers symmetrically arranged, or uni-

lateral and facing upward and then style lying below anthers:

4a Stamens symmetrically arranged; filaments included, 3-6 mm long; anthers 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, exserted or lower halves included in

tube 3.1. dieramoides

4b Stamens usually (?always) unilateral and declinate; filaments 12-15 mm long, exserted 2-10 mm; anthers 4—5 mm long, fully

exserted from tube:

5a Filaments exserted 2-6 mm from tube; stem simple or 1 or 2(3) lateral branches, branches when present mostly 1- or 2(3)-flow-

ered; cataphylls chestnut-brown above ground; stamens usually (?always) unilateral and extended horizontally 4.1. paucflora

5b Filaments exserted 8-10 mm from tube; stem with (1)2 or 3 lateral branches, branches (1)2- or 3-flowered; cataphylls green with ±

membranous margins; stamens always unilateral and declinate with anthers abruptly flexed upward 5.1. reclinata

TAXONOMY

1. Ixia capillaris L.f, Supplementum planta-

rum: 92 (1782); Lewis: 68 (1962). Type: South Africa

[Western Cape], without precise locality, collected circa

1773, C.P. Thnnberg s.n. (UPS — Herb. Thnnberg 935,

936, syn!).

I. capillaris var. gracillima Ker Gawl.: t. 570 (1802). Type: South

Africa, without precise locality, illustration in Curtis’s Botanical

Magazine 16: t. 570 (1802).

I. gracilis Salisb.: 37 (1796), nom. illeg. superfl. pro I. capillaris L.f.

I. tenella Klatt: 396 (1882). Type: South Africa, without precise

locality or date, Zeyher 557 (B — Herb. Lubeck, believed destroyed,

drawing at S, not seen).

Plants 200-3 50(-500) mm high, usually with thin col-

lar of fibres around stem base; cataphylls often chestnut-

brown, or green. Conn globose, 8— 1 2(— 1 5) mm diam.;

tunics fine to medium-textured, netted fibres. Stem slen-

der, usually with 1-3 lateral branches, rarely unbranched

but then with 1 or more scale-like bracts on stem; branch-

lets mostly 8-15 mm long, filiform, curving outward,

subtended by translucent, irregularly lobed, attenuate

bracts and prophylls 2-3 mm long. Leaves three, lower

two with linear blades 1. 2-2.0 mm wide, one- to two-

thirds as long as stem, central vein not raised when fresh,

margins occasionally slightly raised, uppermost leaf

sheathing stem, sometimes reaching base of spike. Spike

drooping above, (1)2- or 3-flowered, lateral branchlets

1- or 2(3)-flowered; bracts translucent with dark veins,

7-10 mm long, outer 3-toothed, inner notched apically.

Flowers held ± horizontally, pale blue to pale mauve

or white, unscented in living plants examined; perianth

tube funnel-shaped, (4 — )5— 7(— 8) mm long; tepals sub-

118

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 1 . — A-C, Ixia capil laris, Gold-

blatt, Manning & Porter 12986

(MO, NBG): A, whole plant;

B, 1/s flower; C, section of leaf

blade. Ixia exiliflora , Goldblatt

& Porter 12688 (MO, NBG):

D, flowering stem; E, 1/s flower.

Scale bar: 10 mm. Artist: J.C.

Manning.

equal, 11-15 x 4—7 mm, spreading at right angles to

tube. Stamens', filaments ± 5 mm long, usually exserted

1-2 mm from tube, rarely reaching only to mouth of

tube; anthers (3-)4— 5 mm long. Style usually dividing

between middle and upper third of anthers, branches

1-2 mm long. Flowering time : mainly late July to late

September. Figure 1A-C.

Distribution and habitat: with the widest range of any

species of the complex, Ixia capillaris extends from the

Piketberg and Cold Bokkeveld in the north to Bot River

in the south and through the southern Cape to Riversdale

(Figure 2). Plants favour clay slopes, usually in wetter

sites, thus often on south-facing slopes.

Diagnosis and relationships', the type collection

(or collections) of Ixia capillaris were made by C.P.

Thunberg in the early 1770s (Linnaeus fil. 1782), prob-

ably in September 1773 when he was in the Cold

Bokkeveld (Forbes 1986) where the species is common.

Several specimens, on two sheets (Thunberg Herbarium

935, 936), show the typical attributes of the species,

that is, narrow, linear leaves, conn tunics of fine, netted

fibres, main spike of 1-3 flowers, branchlets when pres-

ent very short and 1 - or 2-flowered, and a perianth tube ±

5 mm long, enclosed by the translucent floral bracts, 6-8

mm long. The plants have a prominent dark cataphyll, a

feature typical of the northern populations of the species.

The flowers, excluding the ovary, are ± 20 mm long. The

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

119

FIGURE 2. — Known distribution of Ixia capillaris , •; and I. exiliflora,

A.

distinctive pair of very slender basal leaves less than 2

mm wide and the upper leaf that sheaths the stem for

± half its length, are likewise present in all specimens,

some of which have the fairly small corms, mostly ± 8

mm in diameter, and tunics of fine fibres that are charac-

teristic of the group.

The type material is readily matched by plants from

the mountains of Western Cape, long known by the

name, and which also have filaments exserted 1-2 mm

and anthers held in a column 4. CM1. 5 mm long and a

style dividing opposite the upper third of the anthers into

short branches 1-2 mm long.

For many years in the early 20th century, Ixia capil-

laris was known as I. linearis L.fi, a species described

by Linnaeus fil. in 1782 at the same time as I. capillaris.

Examination of the type by Brown (1928) showed this

plant to be a species of Gladiolus with a radially sym-

metric perianth, the current name for which is G. quad-

rangulus (D.Delaroche) Barnard (Goldblatt & Manning

1998).

Plants included here in Ixia capillaris from the Breede

River Valley south of Worcester ( Goldblatt 2416) and in

the hills around Bot River ( Goldblatt & Manning 10674 ,

12685 ) in the south of its range, are more robust than

usual for the species, some individuals more than 500

mm high, and some specimens of these collections have

two or three flowers per spike. The short lateral branches

and consistently narrow leaves, ± 1.5 mm wide, as well

as the floral features match Ixia capillaris well, although

the flowers are among the largest for the species, with

the perianth tube exceptional in reaching 8 mm long.

Ixia capillaris is most likely to be confused with

I. exiliflora , specimens of which have until now been

included in the species. Whereas I. capillaris has flowers

with a perianth tube 4-7, rarely 8 mm long, and tepals

about twice as long as the tube, I. exiliflora has a peri-

anth tube 8-10 mm long, and tepals about as long as the

tube. The bases of the anthers of I. exiliflora are included

in the tube, whereas in I. capillaris the anthers are nor-

mally exserted 1-2 mm, or rarely barely exserted on

included filaments.

Selected specimens

WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): Piketberg, near Berg River

bridge, (-DC), 19 August 1932, L. Bolus s.n. ( BOL20836 , K, PRE);

Piketberg, Versveld Pass, middle slopes on clay, (-DC), 1 September

1992, Goldblatt & Manning 9344 (MO, NBG). 3219 (Wuppertal):

Elandskloof, south slope of mountain, (-CA), 3 October 1940,

Esterhuysen 3184 (BOL); Koue Bokkeveld, Skoongesig, stony sand,

(-CC), 27 August 1968, Hanekom 1171 (PRE); Farm Houdenbek, ± 33

miles [53 km] NW of Ceres, deep sand, (-CD), 28 August, Boucher

3074 (NBG, PRE). 3318 (Cape Town): Waylands, Darling, (-AD), 29

August 1971, Axelson 473 (NBG); Tygerberg, south slopes, (-DC),

August 1924, Pillans 4754 (BOL); Tygerberg Nature Reserve, (-DC),

August 1976, Loubser 3027 (MO); Stellenbosch, (-DD), August 1924,

Duthie 1507 (BOL); Simonsberg, (-DD), 22 August 1967, Strey 555

(PRE). 3319 (Worcester): Cold Bokkeveld, Elandsfontein, ± 6 miles

[10 km] N of top of Gydo Pass, (-AB), 20 September 1952, Lewis

2662 (PRE); ± 19 miles [30.4 km] N of Ceres, (-AB), 11 September

1968, Marsh 763 (NBG, PRE), Mauve 4682 (PRE); flats near Ceres,

3600 ft [± 1 150 m], (-AD), September 1924, Levyns 1030 (BOL);

Eselfontein, clay slopes, (-AD), 1 September 1952, Esterhuysen 20346

(BOL, PRE); Hex River Valley at Orchard, in sand at foot of moun-

tains, (-BC), July 1944, Esterhuysen 10348 (BOL); stony flats between

Worcester and the Breede River, (-CB), 24 August 1974, Goldblatt

2416 (MO, NBG, PRE); Groot Drakenstein, (-CC), 1914, Rogers s.n.

( BOL10534 ); Stettynskloof, (-CD), 18 August 1961, Barker 9459 (K,

NBG, PRE); Eendrag Pass, near the Koo, south slopes, (-DB), 23

September 1946, Levyns 7992 (BOL). 3320 (Montagu): south slopes

of the Anysberg, 2000 ft [± 660 m], (-BC), 2 August 1956, Wurts 1428

(NBG); Oudeberg, NE of Montagu, mountain renosterveld on S slopes,

(-CA), 27 July 1959, Acocks 20535 (NBG, PRE); hdl ± 5 miles [8 km]

E of Montagu, (-CC), July 1918, Michell s.n. (BOL15566)', upper

slopes of Op-de-Tradouw Pass, clay ground in renosterveld, (-DC),

27 August 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12718 (MO, NBG, PRE). 3418

(Simonstown): Vergelegen, Somerset West, (-BB), 20 August 1961,

Johnson s.n. (NBG). 3419 (Caledon): Langhoogte, E of Bot River, (-

AA), 16 August 1997, Goldblatt & Manning 10674 (MO, NBG); clay

slopes between Caledon and Riviersonderend, (-BA), 2 August 1976,

Goldblatt 3712 (MO, PRE). 3420 (Swellendam): Hessaquaspoort,

coastal renosterveld, (-AA), 20 July 1962, Acocks 22393 (K, PRE).

3421 (Riversdale): hill slopes near Riversdale show grounds, (-AB),

August 1924, Muir 3248 { BOL, PRE) .

2. Ixia exiliflora Goldblatt & J .C. Manning, sp.

nov.

Plantae Ixiae capillaris similes sed floribus secun-

dis pallide griseo-caeruleis vel albescentibus fauce pal-

lide flava, tubo perianthii 8-10 mm longo anguste cam-

panulato, tepalis subaequalibus ovatis 8-10 mm longis,

filamentis 3-4 mm longis, antheris 3. 5^1.0 mm longis

partibus superis ex tubo exsertis, stylo prope apicem

antherarum dividenti, ramis styli ± 1 .3 mm longis.

TYPE. — Western Cape, 3319 (Worcester): ± 0.8 km

S of turnoff to Montagu from Nl, flat plateau, 3200 ft [±

1 050 m], (-BD), 25 August 2006, Goldblatt & Porter

12688 (NBG, holo.; K, MO, PRE, iso.).

Plants 250-700 mm high; cataphylls green with

membranous margins, becoming dry distally. Corm

subglobose, 8-12 mm diam., bearing small cormlets at

base; tunics of fine fibres. Stem erect, sometimes nod-

ding above, usually with 2 or 3 branchlets; bracts and

prophylls subtending branchlets 3-4 mm long, acute to

attenuate, translucent white. Leaves three, lower two

with linear blades, reaching lower third to middle of

stem, 1.0-1. 7 mm wide, loosely twisted in upper half,

midrib not evident when alive, slightly raised when dry.

Spike with main axis (2)3- or 4-flowered, lateral spikes

120

(1)2- or 3-flowered; bracts translucent, 6-8 mm long,

outer with 3 dark veins and 3 -dentate, inner ± as long as

outer, with 2 dark veins and 2-dentate. Flowers held hori-

zontally, grey-blue to dingy white with creamy yellow

cup, with faint rose scent; perianth tube narrowly funnel-

shaped, 8-10 mm long; tepals ovate, 8-10 x 4-5 mm.

Stamens', filaments 3^4 mm long, inserted 3-4 mm from

base of tube; anthers 3. 5-4.0 mm long, half included in

tube and entirely within floral cup, yellow. Style divid-

ing close to anther tips, style branches ± 1 .3 mm long,

when fully expanded often shortly exceeding anthers.

Capsules and seeds unknown. Flowering time : July to

mid-September. Figure ID, E.

Distribution and habitat : Ixia exiliflora has a nar-

row range in the Worcester and Montagu Districts

(Figure 2), where it has been collected in the hills

north of Worcester, in the high country to the east of

Keeromsberg, and beyond the top of Flex River Pass.

Flowering is relatively early, in later July at lower eleva-

tions and from mid- August to mid- September at higher

elevations. Plants favour loamy clay soils in stony

ground, sometimes with sandstone bedrock.

Diagnosis and relationships', at first appearing to be a

slightly smaller-flowered variant of the widespread, short-

tubed Ixia capillaris, specimens here included in I. exili-

flora differ in their longer perianth tube 8-10 mm [ver-

sus (4—)5-7(-8) mm in 7. capillaris ] and anthers partly

included in the tube, whereas the filaments are always

exserted ± 2 mm in I. capillaris. The partly included

anthers recall the I. rapunculoides complex of species

(Goldblatt & Manning 2008), but the very different, nar-

row leaves and small conns with finely fibrous tunics,

as well as the smaller flowers, make it clear that the

included filaments are convergent. A collection from near

Simonskloof, west of Koo, with white flowers with a yel-

low cup, expands the known variation of the species. The

flowers of these plants closely resemble blue-flowered 7.

exiliflora except in colour and have the short stamens and

partly included anthers that characterize the species.

Selected specimens

WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): Worcester, Karoo Garden,

Veld Reserve, southwest slope, (-CB), July 1962, Olivier 28 (PRE);

Matroosberg station turnoff, (-BD), 22 August 1967, McMurtry 230

(PRE); N1 to Matroosberg station, flat plateau, 975 m, (-BD), 16

September 1974, Mauve & Oliver 186 (NBG, PRE); 2.5 km S of turn-

off to Montagu from Nl, flat plateau, 3200 ft [± 1 050 m], (-BD), 25

August 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12694 (MO); shale hills west of Koo

near Simonskloof, renosterveld, (-DA), 30 August 2007, Goldblatt &

Porter 12936 (MO, NBG, PRE). 3320 (Montagu): Witteberg, Bantams,

5000 ft [± 1 660 m], (-BC), 27 October 1941, Compton 12243 (NBG).

3. Ixia dieramoides Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.

nov.

Plantae Ixiae capillaris similes sed caule ad 700 mm

alto, floribus subnutantibus, tubo perianthii 1 3—1 8(— 22)

mm longo anguste campanulato, tepalis 11-18 x 5-9

mm, filamentis ad apicem tubi attingentibus, antheris

2. 5-3. 5 mm longis, stylo medium vel tertiam partem

inferam antherarum adversus dividenti, ramis styli ± 1-2

mm longis.

TYPE.— Western Cape, 3320 (Montagu): north of Nl

between Matjiesfontein and Touws River, sandstone out-

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

crop, (-BA), 27 August 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12713

(NBG, holo., K, MO, PRE, BOL, iso.).

Plants 350-700 mm high, with a sparse collar of

fibres around stem base; cataphylls green or brown,

membranous at edges, becoming dry distally. Corm sub-

globose, 9-14 mm diam., bearing small cormlets at base;

tunics of fine fibres. Stem erect or inclined, often nod-

ding above, with 1-3 short lateral branchlets up to 10

mm long, occasionaly unbranched; bracts and prophylls

subtending branchlets, lanceolate to attenuate, 3-8 mm

long, silvery translucent. Leaves three, lower two with

linear, leathery blades reaching to between middle and

upper third of stem, ± 1. 2-2.0 mm wide, loosely twisted

in upper half, main vein not evident when fresh, slightly

raised when dry and lying closer to abaxial margin. Spike

with main axis (1)2- or 3(4)-flowered, lateral branchlets

1- or 2-flowered; bracts translucent, (8— )9— 1 1 mm long,

outer with 3 dark veins and 3 -dentate, inner ± as long

as to slightly longer than outer, with 2 dark veins, 2-

dentate. Flowers ascending, pale mauve-blue to watery

lilac or ± violet with pale yellow cup, often sweetly

scented; perianth tube 1 3—1 8(— 22) mm long, widen-

ing ± uniformly from base to mouth, 5-6 mm diam. at

mouth; tepals ovate, outer 13-18 x 7-9 mm, inner 11-

14 x 5-8 mm, ascending below, spreading in upper two

thirds. Stamens parallel; filaments 3-6 mm long, inserted

10-11 mm from base of tube, reaching to mouth of tube,

rarely barely exserted ± 1 mm but held within floral cup;

anthers 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, parallel, yellow, exserted or

bases included in tube. Style dividing opposite lower to

middle third of anthers, branches 1-2 mm long, when

fully extended not reaching anther tips. Capsules and

seeds unknown. Flowering time : early August to early

October. Figure 3.

Distribution and habitat', fairly common on south-fac-

ing slopes of the Bonteberg and Voetpadsberg north and

west of Touws River. Ixia dieramoides has, until now,

seldom been collected but is locally quite frequent on the

sandstone slopes of these mountains, and also occurs in

a few sites to the southeast in the Little Karoo and in the

southern Cedarberg between Wolfberg and Krom River

(Figure 4).

Diagnosis and relationships'. Ixia dieramoides has

conns with fine, netted tunics and narrow, leathery

leaves of the I. capillaris type, and differs from that spe-

cies mainly in the larger flower with a tube 1 3—1 8(— 22)

mm long and in having the filaments and often the bases

of the anthers included in the tube. The smaller flowers

of 7 capillaris have a tube (4-)5-7(-8) mm long, tepals

spreading from the base and filaments typically exserted

1-2 mm. Unlike 7 capillaris , the flowers are often

faintly scented. Well-grown plants usually reach 600

mm high, thus extending substantially above the sur-

rounding clumps of grass and low shrubs, which in open

dry ground may be only 350 mm high. In dry and stony

ground in poor soils, plants may be just 250 mm high,

have just one or two flowers and may be unbranched.

Seen from a distance, the flowering spikes nodding in the

breeze resemble smaller-flowered species of Dierama.

The immediate affinities of 7 dieramoides may be with

shorter-tubed 7 capillaris or with the larger-flowered

7 paucflora , which though similar at first glance, has

unilateral stamens, the filaments 12-13 mm long and

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

121

FIGURE 3. — Ixia dieramoides , Goldblatt & Porter 12713 (MO, NBG):

A, whole plant; B, 1/s flower; C, outer bract; D, inner bract. Scale

bar: 10 mm. Artist; J.C. Manning.

FIGURE 4. — Known distribution of Ixia dieramoides , O; Ixia pauci-

flora , •; and I. reclinata, ■

exserted 2-6 mm from the perianth tube, anthers (4-)5-6

mm long and style branches 3. 0^4. 5 mm long.

The Cedarberg plants included here in Ixia dier-

amoides were treated by both Lewis ( 1 962) and De Vos

(1999) as I. pauciflora but cannot be accommodated

within that species without expanding its circumscription

to include plants with short, included filaments 2. 5-5.0

mm long, as well as shorter anthers and style branches.

Selected specimens

WESTERN CAPE.— 3219 (Wuppertal): South Cedarberg, Wolf-

berg, (-AD), 3 October 1952, Esterhuysen 20570 (BOL); Cedarberg,

Matjiesrivier, (-CB), 8 September 1943, Wagener 140 (NBG);

Cedarberg, Krom River, (-CA), August 1949, Stokoe s.n. ( SAM60U0 ,

2 sheets). 3320 (Montagu): Bonteberg, Pienaarskloof, in stony sand-

stone ground, (-AC), 31 August 2007, Goldblatt & Porter 12930

(MO, NBG); Pienaarskloof, western slopes of Voetpadsberg, among

sandstone boulders, (-AC), 31 August 2007, Goldblatt & Porter

12926 (MO, NBG); lower south slopes of the Voetpadsberg east of

Touws River, (-AC), 26 August 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12700 (K,

MO, NBG); valley west of Konstabel, sandy flats among restios along

stream, (-AD), Thompson 1228 (NBG); Op-de-Tradouw Pass, burned

renosterveld on shale slopes at top of pass, (-DC), 7 September 2002,

Goldblatt, Porter & Manning 12178 (MO, NBG), 27 August 2006,

Goldblatt & Porter 12719 (MO, NBG). Without precise locality:

Cedarberg, shale band, September 1930, 5000 ft [± 1 660 m], Levyns

2961 (BOL).

4. Ixia pauciflora G.J. Lewis, Journal of South Afri-

can Botany 27: 88 (1962). Type: South Africa [Western

Cape], Cold Bokkeveld, north of Waboomsrivier, 2

September 1956, W.F. Barker 8635 (NBG, holo.!).

Plants 150-300(^400) mm high, with collar of fibres

around stem base; cataphylls conspicuously chestnut-

brown. Corm 9-14 mm diam.; tunics of fine, dark fibres.

Stem usually unbranched, then often with a node bear-

ing a short membranous scale, or with 1 or 2(^4) short

branchlets up to 10 mm long, subtended by thread-like,

attenuate bracts and prophylls 4-8 mm long. Leaves

three, lower two with linear blades, leathery, ± 1.8 mm

wide; uppermost leaf sheathing stem sometimes to base

of spike. Main spike 1- or 2(3)-flowered, branchlets 1(2)-

122

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

flowered; bracts 9-14 mm long, outer 3 -veined and 3-

dentate, inner 2-veined and 2-dentate, ± as long as outer.

Flowers facing to the side, zygomorphic (?or sometimes

radially symmetric) with unilateral stamens, pale blue

to blue mauve, whitish or palest yellow, pale yellow in

throat, tepals spreading distally, proximal 3 mm directed

forward and forming part of floral cup, odourless or

faintly scented; perianth tube expanding uniformly from

base to apex, 15-18 mm long; tepals subequal, 16-18

x 8-10 mm, ascending in lower third, spreading above.

Stamens', filaments 12-13 mm long, exserted 2-6 mm;

anthers (4-)5-6 mm long, fully exserted, unilateral and

parallel. Style dividing opposite lower third of anthers,

branches 3. (Ml. 5 mm long, extending between anthers.

Flowering time'. mid-August to mid-September. Figure 5.

Distribution and habitat'. Ixia pauciflora is endemic

to the mountains of Western Cape, where it extends from

the Cedarberg near Algeria southward though the Cold

Bokkeveld to Gydo Pass (Figure 4). There is also a sin-

gle early record from Piketberg, Mar loth 10563, which

seems unlikely and requires confirmation. Plants favour

seasonally moist sites on rocky sandstone slopes but may

also be found on loamy clay.

Diagnosis and variation : well named for its few-

flowered spikes, Ixia pauciflora typically has just one

or two flowers on slender, often unbranched stems, or

with one or two short branchlets. Robust plants may,

however, occasionally have more branchlets, including

an exceptional collection from Gydo Pass ( Goldblatt &

Porter 12987) that includes some plants with up to four

branchlets, each bearing two flowers. The flowers are

relatively large, having tepals 16-18 mm long, ± as long

as the flared perianth tube, long filaments exserted 2-6

mm from the tube, and anthers 4-6 mm long. The sta-

mens on fully open flowers are unilateral and are held

horizontally with the anthers facing the dorsal tepal, a

feature impossible to determine from pressed specimens.

Vegetatively, the species is virtually identical to the

more common I. capillaris in its two linear leaves, small

corms with finely fibrous tunics, a collar of fine fibres

around the underground part of the stem, and dry, chest-

nut-brown cataphylls, and differs mainly in the flower.

Blooms of I. capillaris are radially symmetric and have

a perianth tube 4-8 mm long, ± half as long as the tepals,

and filaments ± 5 mm long, usually exserted 1-2 mm

from the tube.

Ixia pauciflora also closely resembles the local

Villiersdorp endemic, I. reclinata, in its flower, including

the unilateral stamens, extended horizontally with decli-

nate anthers but the latter has longer filaments, exserted

8-10 mm (vs 2-6 mm in I. pauciflora). Ixia reclinata

also lacks the collar fibres around the stem base pres-

ent in I. pauciflora , the stems typically have one or two

branchlets, and the cataphylls are green or partly mem-

branous when alive and not dry and chestnut-coloured.

Ixia reclinata also differs in having the bracts and pro-

phylls subtending the branchlets short and obtuse to sub-

acute, quite different to the fine, thread-like bracts and

prophylls of the remainder of the complex.

Collections from the southern Cedarberg assigned to

Ixia pauciflora by Lewis (1962), e.g. Wagener 140 and

Esterhuysen 20570, stand out in having shorter filaments

FIGURE 5. Ixia pauciflora , Goldblatt & Porter 12987 (MO, NBG):

A, whole plant; B, 1/s flower; C, outer bract; D, inner bract. Scale

bar: 10 mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

123

2. 5- 5.0 mm long, included in the tube, and anthers

2. 5- 3. 3 mm long, the bases of which are also included.

Anthers of I. pauciflora are (4— )5-6 mm long and the

filaments are 12-13 mm long. The style branches are

also discordant with typical I. pauciflora in being 1.0-

1 .3 mm long; those of I. pauciflora are 3. 0-4. 5 mm long.

These plants match I. dieramoides in all critical features

and we include them in this species, which is centred to

the east in the Bonteberg-Voetpadsberg complex.

Selected specimens

WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): Piketberg, (-DC). Sep-

tember 1921, Marloth 10563 (PRE). 3219 (Wuppertal): Cedarberg,

Algeria, De Rif, (-AC), 18 August 1982, Viviers 470 (NBG, PRE);

Cedarberg, Sederhoutkloof, NE base of Sneeuberg, 3000 ft [± 960

m], (-AC), 3 September 1963, Taylor 5114 (NBG); Welbedachtkloof,

near Bushman Cave, ± 5500 ft [± 1 780 m], (-AC), 23 September

1930, Barnes s.n. ( BOL19322 ); Cedarberg, Scorpion Kloof, (-AC),

September 1942, Stokoe s.n. SAM55669); Elandskloof Pass, (-CA),

8 September 1945, Barker 3781 (NBG), August 1985, De Vos 2589

(NBG); Cold Bokkeveld near Elandskloof, (-CA), 9 September 1945,

Leighton 1276 (BOL); Cold Bokkeveld near Waboomsrivier, (-DC),

27 August 1954, Lewis 4438 (SAM), 2 September 1956, Lewis 5009

(SAM); Groenfontein, Zeekoegat west of Riet River, sandy ground,

(-DC), 11 August 2001, Stobie 3 (NBG). 3319 (Worcester): Cold

Bokkeveld, 24 miles [ ± 38.4 km] from Prince Alfred’s Hamlet, marshy

sandy ground, (-AB), 4 September 1947, Story 3004 (PRE); top of

Gydo Pass, on sandstone slope, (-AB), 11 September 2007, Goldblatt

& Porter 12987 (MO, NBG, PRE).

5. Ixia reclinata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.

nov.

Plantae Ixiae capillaris et I. pauciflorae similes sed

floribus grandioribus, albis, tubo perianthii 13-15 mm

longo, tepalis 16-21 x 8.5-11 mm, filamentis 11-12 mm

longis, unilateralibus, 8-10 mm ex tubo exsertis, antheris

4—5 mm longis, stylo infra usque ad partem tertiam infe-

riorem antherarum adversus dividenti, ramis styli 4.5-

5.0 mm longis.

TYPE. — Western Cape, 3419 (Caledon): hills south

of Theewaterskloof Dam, Farm Cranesfield, north of

Draaiberg road, stony shale outcrops, (-AA), 24 August

2006, Goldblatt, Manning & Porter 12686 (NBG, holo.;

MO, PRE, iso.).

Plants 300^50 mm high, with green to ± membra-

nous cataphylls. Corm 10-12 mm diam.; tunics fine to

medium-textured. Stem with 1 or 2(3) short branchlets

subtended by broad, obtuse to subacute bracts some-

times with a dark central vein, 2-3 mm long, exceeding

prophylls. Leaves three, lower two with linear, leathery

blades, ± 1.5 mm wide, central vein not evident when

fresh, visible and close to abaxial margin when dry, mar-

gins hyaline when dry; uppermost leaf entirely sheath-

ing, reaching to shortly below first branch or with a free

tip reaching middle of spike. Spike (1)2- or 3-flowered;

branchlets 1-3-flowered; bracts translucent brown, 8-13

mm long, outer bract shortly 3 -toothed, inner ± as long

as outer, forked at apex. Flowers borne horizontally,

zygomorphic with declinate stamens, white suffused with

blue-mauve, pale yellow in throat, with age veins becom-

ing dark-coloured, faintly sweet-scented; perianth tube

funnel-shaped, 13-15 mm long; tepals 1 6—21 x 8.5-11.0

mm, spreading, inner slightly wider than outer. Stamens :

filaments 11-12 mm long, unilateral, exserted 8-10 mm

from tube; anthers 4-5 mm long, well exserted from

flower, parallel and facing upward. Style dividing just

FIGURE 6. — Ixia reclinata , Goldblatt. Manning & Porter 12686 (MO,

NBG): A, whole plant; B, front view of flower; C, 1/s flower;

D, outer bract; E, inner bract. Scale bar: 10 mm. Artist: J.C.

Manning.

below to opposite lower third of anthers, branches 4.5-

5.0 mm long. Capsules and seeds unknown. Flowering

time\ mid-August to early September. Figure 6.

Distribution and habitat : with a narrow range in the

low hills south of Theewaterskloof Dam, Ixia reclinata

ranks as one of the most threatened species in the genus

(Figure 4). Populations we have seen are reduced today

to narrow strips of native renosterveld in rough and

rocky clay ground among ploughed land and pasture.

124

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Diagnosis and relationships : Ixia reclinata was

first collected in 1976 ( Goldblatt 4001 ) and tentatively

assigned to 1. capi/Iaris, largely because of the similar

narrow leaves. When we began to investigate that spe-

cies critically, the collection stood out in its very large

flowers with a tube up to 15 mm long and spreading

tepals forming a flower about 40 mm in diameter. In

the one properly developed flower in the collection, the

style divides just below the bases of the anthers into

style branches ± 5 mm long, unusual for the complex.

This contrasts with a tube up to 8 mm long, flower diam-

eter of about 20 mm, style dividing opposite the upper

third of the anthers and with branches less than 1.5 mm

long in I. capillaris. After noting the discordance of this

plant with all other collections of I. capillaris , we revis-

ited the area where plants were first found. Flowering

plants growing in fragmentary colonies confirmed our

initial observations and yielded sufficient specimens for

description, illustration, and preservation.

The flowers of I. reclinata are quite evidently zygo-

morphic, having unilateral stamens with parallel fila-

ments extended horizontally, with the anthers held closely

together and facing upward. The flowers are also faintly

scented. Unilateral stamens are rare in Ixia, and are known

in I. pauciflora and in some populations of I. fncata, the

latter only distantly related to I. reclinata. We also con-

firmed the point of division of the style at or below the

anthers, a distinctive feature unusual in the genus.

The large flower and unilateral stamens led us to con-

sider whether Ixia reclinata might not be an isolated

and somewhat divergent population of I. pauciflora.

That species has similar corms and leaves, but usually

an unbranched stem, pale blue-mauve, or sometimes

white or pink flowers, occasionally with unilateral sta-

mens, but the filaments are exserted only 2-5 mm, the

anthers are usually symmetrically arranged and diverg-

ing, and the style usually divides opposite the lower

third of the anthers. Equally significant, the stem is usu-

ally unbranched or has one or rarely two short branch-

lets, each with a single flower, and the underground part

of the stem is sheathed by a collar of fibres, a feature

uncommon in Ixia , but also present in the I. capillaris

group in I. dieramoides.

Selected specimen

WESTERN CAPE. — 3419 (Caledon): between Eseljacht Pass and

Queen Anne, clay slope, (-AA), 31 August 1976, Goldblatt 4001 (MO,

NBG).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Support for this study by grants 7799-05 and 8428-

07 from the National Geographic Society (US) is grate-

fully acknowledged. Collecting permits were provided

by the Nature Conservation authorities of Western Cape,

South Africa. We thank Lendon Porter for his assis-

tance and companionship in the field; Roy Gereau for

revising our Latin descriptions; and Mats Hjertson for

critically examining the type material of Ixia capillaris

in Thunberg Herbarium, Botanical Institute, Uppsala,

Sweden, and providing digitally scanned images of

them.

REFERENCES

BROWN, N.E. 1928. The South African Iridaceae of Thunberg 's her-

barium. Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 48: 1 5-55.

DE VOS, M.P. 1 999. Ixia. In M.P. de Vos & P. Goldblatt, Flora of south-

ern Africa 7, part 2, fascicle 1: 3-87.

FORBES, V.S. 1986. Carl Peter Thunberg: travels at the Cape of Good

Hope 1771-1775. Van Riebeeck Society, Cape Town.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1998. Gladiolus in southern

Africa: systematics, biology, and evolution. Femwood Press, Cape

Town.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1999. New species of Sparaxis

and Ixia (Iridaceae: Ixioideae) from Western Cape, South Africa,

and taxonomic notes on Ixia and Gladiolus. Bothalia 29: 59-63.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus

of the Cape flora of South Africa. Strelitzia 9. National Botanical

Institute, Cape Town and Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2008. Systematics of the southern

African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 1 . The I. rapunculoides complex.

Bothalia 38: 1-23.

HOLMGREN, P.K., HOLMGREN, N.H. & BARNETT, L.C. 1990.

Index herbariorum, Part 1: the herbaria of the World , edn 8.

New York Botanical Garden, New York.

KER GAWLER, J. 1802. Ixia capillaris (var. y gracillima). Slender

ixia. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 16: t. 570.

KLATT, F.W. 1882. Erganzungen und Berichtigungen zu Baker’s

Systema Iridacearum. Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden

Gesellschaft zu Halle 15: 44-404.

LEWIS, J. 1962. South African Iridaceae: the genus Ixia. Journal of

South African Botany 27: 45-195.

LINNAEUS, C. fil. 1782 [as 1781]. Supplementum plantarum.

Orphanotropheus, Brunswick.

MANNING, J.C., GOLDBLATT, P. & SNIJMAN, D. 2002. The color

encyclopedia of Cape bulbs. Timber Press, Portland, OR.

SALISBURY, R.A. 1796. Prodromus stirpium in horto ad Chapel

Allerton vigentium. London.

Bothalia 38,1: 125-129(2008)

Asteraceae in Strelitzia 14 (2003) and Southern African Botanical Diver-

sity Network Report No. 41 (2006): updates and corrections

P.P.J. HERMAN*

Keywords: Asteraceae, distribution, endemism, new combinations, new species, new tribes, southern Africa, updates

ABSTRACT

The distributions, endemism and tribal affiliations of taxa in the family Asteraceae in southern Africa are updated. New

combinations and newly described species are added to the previously published lists.

INTRODUCTION

Since the publication of Herman et al. (2003) and

Herman et al. (2006), a number of errors in the accounts

of the family Asteraceae in southern Africa came to my

attention. When the original work was started, the names

and abbreviations for the new political provinces were

still pliable and uncertain. Limpopo Province was origi-

nally known as the Northern Province, hence the letter

N was sometimes erroneously used for Limpopo (LIM),

but N was also used for Namibia. These discrepancies

are corrected. Some additions to the distributions were

necessary when the new political boundaries were made:

often new distributions were added to the existing ones

when it became clear that some plants occur just outside

the previously recorded distribution ranges — plants do

not comply to political boundaries! Following on these

updated distributions, it was noted that the state of ende-

mism of some species and genera had changed: these

taxa are marked with an E (as in SABONET Report No.

41, 2006). Naturalized species are marked with an aster-

isk. The seven-digit numbers that follow the main genus

entries are those used in the PRECIS database of SANBI.

Publications are listed beneath the genus name and are

numbered in brackets. A few newly described species and

new combinations are added. Some spelling mistakes are

corrected. In Herman et al. (2000) the tribes to which the

genera belong, were noted. Based on continuous molecu-

lar studies, some genera were moved to new or different

tribes. These are also indicated in this account. Some gen-

era which are currently under revision, are not added to

this account. Authors responsible for the different tribes

have changed since the publication of Strelitzia 14. The

tribe Senecioneae is now the sole responsibility of W.G.

Welman, and any changes in this tribe are not accounted

for in this publication. The format used in Strelitzia 14 is

used here.

EALATOSETA Compton 90900 1 0

Etenuis Compton

NC, WC

*ANTHEMIS L. 9330000

cotula L.

NW, G, M, FS, KZN, NC?, WC, EC

* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X 1 0 1 , 000 1

Pretoria.

MS. received: 2008-04-08.

ARCTOTIS L. 9432000

(22) McKenzie et al. 2006. Bothalia 36: 171-173.

(23) McKenzie et al. 2006. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society

151: 581-588.

Edebensis R.J. McKenzie

Perennial. Herb. Ht 0. 1-0.2 m. Alt 0-600 m. EC

Edecurrens Jacq.

A. merxmuelleri Friedrich (22)

A. scullyi Diimmer (22)

Perennial. Dwarf shrub or suffrutex. Ht up to 2 m. Alt

0-30 m. NC, WC

merxmuelleri Friedrich = A. decurrens

scullyi Diimmer = A. decurrens

ASTER L. 8900000

Eananthocladus Hilliard & B.L.Burtt

KZN, EC

bakerianus Burtt Davy ex C.A.Sm.

G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, WC, EC

erucifolius (Thell.) W.Lippert

non A. pinnatifidus (Hook.) Kuntze

ATHANASIA L. 9326000

Eadenantha (Harv.) Kallersio

NC, WC

Egrandiceps Hilliard & B.L.Burtt

KZN, EC

Ehirsuta Thunb.

NC, WC

Elinifolia Burm.

WC, EC

EmicrophyIla DC.

NC, WC

Epachycephala DC. subsp. pachycephala

WC, EC?

Epinnata L.f.

WC, EC

Etrifurcata (L.) L.

NC, WC, EC

Evestita (Thunb.) Druce

WC, EC

ATHRIXIA Ker Gawl. 9055000

EheterophylIa (Thunb.) Less, subsp. heterophylla

WC, EC?

BLUMEA DC. 8939000

dregeanoides Sch.Bip. ex A. Rich.

N, B, LIM, NW, G, M, S, KZN

126

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

BRACHYLAENA R.Br. 8936000

discolor DC.

LIM, M, S, KZN, EC

huillensis O.Hoffm.

B, LIM, M, KZN

ilicifolia (Lam.) E. Phillips & Schweick.

B, M, S, KZN, EC

Eneriifolia (L.) R.Br.

NC, WC, EC

rotundata S.Moore

B, LIM, NW, G, M, FS

^CALENDULA L. 9423000

monstrosa Burm.f. = Monoculus monstrosus

tomentosa L.f. = Inuloides tomentosa

CHRYSANTHEMOIDES Fabr 9427020

monilifera (L.) Norl. subsp. canescens (DC.) Norl.

G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, EC

Emonilifera (L.) Norl. subsp. monilifera

WC

monilifera (L.) Norl. subsp. pisifera (L.) Norl.

N, NC, WC, EC

monilifera (L.) Norl. subsp. rotundata (DC.) Norl.

KZN, WC, EC

monilifera (L.) Norl. subsp. septentrionalis Norl.

LIM, M, S

CHRYSOCOMA L. 8930000

Eoblongifolia DC.

NC, WC

obtusata (Thunb.) Ehr.Bayer

N, B, LIM, NW, G, FS, NC, WC

CONYZA Less. 8926000

(8) Pruski & Sancho. 2006. Novon 16: 96-101.

albida Willd. ex Spreng. = C. sumatrensis var. suma-

trensis

floribunda Kunth = C. sumatrensis var. leiotheca, not

FSA (8)

kraussii Sch.Bip. ex Walp. = Pluchea dioscoridis, not

FSA (7)

pinnata (L.f.) Kuntze

LIM, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, NC, WC, EC

sumatrensis (Retz.) E. Walker var. leiotheca, not FSA (8)

C. floribunda Kunth

Erigeron floribundus (Kunth) Sch.Bip.

*sumatrensis (Retz.) E. Walker var. sumatrensis

C. albida Willd. ex Spreng. (8)

Erigeron albidus (Willd. ex Spreng.) A. Gray (8)

Erigeron sumatrensis Retz. (8)

Annual. Herb. Ht 0.2-2 m. Alt 2-1912 m. N, B, LIM,

NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, NC, WC, EC

ulmifolia (Burm.f.) Kuntze

LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, NC, WC, EC

ECORYMBIUM L. 8764000

Based on molecular studies, the genus Corymbium was

put in its own subfamily and tribe: subfamily

Corymbioideae, tribe Corymbieae (Panero & Funk

2002. Proceedings of the Biological Society of

Washington 1 15,4: 909-922).

Eglabrum L. var. glabrum

WC, EC

CREPIS L. 9605000

*capillaris (L.) Wallr.

hypochaeridea (DC.) Thell.

DENEKIA Thunb. 8949000

capensis Thunb.

N, B, LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, NC, EC

DICOMA Cass. 9501000

(16) Ortiz & Netnou. 2005. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society

147: 509-513.

Based on molecular studies, the genus Dicoma was put

in its own tribe together with Macledium and

Pleiotaxis : the tribe Dicomeae (Panero & Funk

2002. Proceedings of the Biological Society of

Washington 115,4: 909-922).

capensis Less.

N, B, S, FS, NC, WC, EC

Egalpinii Wilson

LIM, M

Ekurumanii S. Ortiz & Netnou

Perennial. Dwarf Shrub. Ht? Alt? NC

macrocephala DC.

N, B, LIM, NW, G, M, FS, KZN, NC, EC

Epicta (Thunb.) Druce

NC, WC, EC

swazilandica S. Ortiz, Rodr.Oubina & Pulgar

S

DIMORPHOTHECA Vaill. ex Moench 9425000

Eacutifolia Hutch.

WC, EC

caulescens (Harv.) Harv.

LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, EC

Edregei DC. var. dregei

NC, WC

Enudicaulis (L.) DC. var. graminifolia (DC.) Harv.

NC, WC

Enudicaulis (L.) DC. var. nudicaulis

NC, WC

polyptera DC.

N, NC, WC

zeyheri Sond.

B, NW, FS, L, NC, WC, EC

*DITTRICHIA Greuter 9061005

graveolens (L.) Greuter

NC, WC

DOELLIA Sch.Bip. emended Anderb. 8939010

cafra (DC.) Anderb.

N, B, LIM, NW, G, M, S, KZN, EC

* ERIGERON L. 8901000

albidus (Willd. ex Spreng.) A. Gray = Conyza suma-

trensis var. sumatrensis

floribundus (Kunth) Sch.Bip. = Conyza sumatrensis

var. leiotheca, not FSA

sumatrensis Retz. = Conyza sumatrensis var. suma-

trensis

ERIOCEPHALUS L. 9320000

Edecussatus Burch.

FS, NC, WC

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

127

ERIOCEPHALUS L. (cont.)

EglanduIosus M.A.N.Miill.

FS, NC, WC, EC

Ekarooicus M.A.N.Miill.

NW, FS, NC, EC

merxmuelleri M.A.N.Miill.

N, FS, NC

Etenuipes C.A.Sm.

WC, EC

eHETEROLEPIS Cass. 9057000

Ealiena (L.f.) Druce

NC?, WC

EHIPPIA L. 9357000

Ebolusae Hutch.

WC

Epilosa (P.J.Bergius) Druce

WC

*FACELIS Cass. 8986000

retusa (Lam.) Sch.Bip.

KZN, WC, EC

FELICIA Cass. 8919000

(7) Ortiz. 2007. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 154,4:

545-548.

clavipilosa Grau subsp. clavipilosa

N, B, NW, NC

Emacrorrhiza (Thunb.) DC.

NC, WC

Fmartinsiana S. Ortiz

Annual. Herb. Ht 0.05-0.12 m. Alt 600-700 m. NC,

WC

Emicrocephala Grau

WC, EC

Eminima (Hutch.) Grau

NC, WC

petiolata (Harv.) N.E.Br.

FS, KZN, L, EC

quinquenervia (Klatt) Grau

M, FS, KZN, L, EC

rosulata Yeo

LIM, M, S, FS, KZN, L, EC

Etsitsikamae Grau

EC

*GAMOCHAETA Wedd

coarctata (Willd.) Kerguelen

LIM, G, M, S, KZN, WC, EC

spiciformis (Sch.Bip.) Cabrera

S, KZN, EC

subfalcata (Cabrera) Cabrera

LIM, G, M, S, FS, KZN, WC, EC

GARULEUM Cass.

Epinnatifidum (Thunb.) DC.

FS, NC, WC, EC

EGIBBARIA Cass.

ilicifolia (L.) Norl. = Nephrotheca ilicifolia

GNAPHALIUM L. 8992000

austroafricanum Hilliard

M, KZN, L, EC

confine Harv.

N, G, M, FS, KZN, L, NC, WC?, EC

*polycaulon Pers.

N, B, LIM, M, KZN

HELICHRYSOPSIS Kirp. 8992030

septentrionalis (Vatke) Hilliard (not septentrionale)

INULANTHERA Kallersjo 93260 1 0

calva (Hutch.) Kallersjo

LIM, M, S, FS, KZN, EC

EINULOIDES B.Nord. 9428040

(1) Nordenstam. 2006. Compositae Newsletter 44: 44, 45.

Etomentosa (L.f.) B.Nord.

Calendula tomentosa L.f. (1)

Osteospermum cuspidatum DC. (1)

Osteospermum tomentosum (L.f.) Norl. (1)

Tripteris tomentosa (L.f.) Less. (1)

Perennial. Herb. Ht 0. 1-0.2 m. Alt 100-900 m. WC

LASIOPOGON Cass. 8987000

Edebilis (Thunb.) Hilliard

NC, WC

micropoides DC.

N, NC, WC

muscoides (Desf.) DC.

N, B?, NW, FS, NC, WC, EC

MACLEDIUM Cass. 9501010

Based on molecular studies, the genus Macledium was

put in the tribe Dicomeae together with Dicoma

and Pleiotaxis (Panero & Funk 2002. Proceedings

of the Biological Society of Washington 115,4:

909-922).

zeyheri (Sond.) S. Ortiz subsp. zeyheri

LIM, NW, G, M, S, KZN

MACOWANIA Oliv. 9053000

pulvinaris N.E.Br.

L, EC

EMAIRIA Nees 8883000

Ecrenata (Thunb.) Nees

WC, EC

EMARASMODES DC. 9370000

Edummeri Bolus ex Hutch, (not duemmeri )

MICROGLOSSA DC. 892 1 000

Emespilifolia (Less.) B.L.Rob.

KZN, WC, EC

MONOCULUS B.Nord. 9428020

(1) Nordenstam. 2006. Compositae Newsletter 44: 39 — 41 .

Ehyoseroides (DC.) B.Nord.

Osteospermum hyoseroides (DC.) Norl. (1)

Tripteris hyoseroides DC. (1)

Annual. Herb. Ht 0.2-0.7 m. Alt 50-900 m. NC, WC

monstrosus (Burm.f.) B.Nord.

Calendula monstrosa Burm.f. (1)

Osteospermum clandestinum (Less.) Norl. (1)

Tripteris atropurpurea Turcz. (1)

8992060

9426000

9427010

128

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

MONOCULUS B.Nord. (cont.)

monstrosus (Bunn.f.) B.Nord. (cont.)

Tripteris clandestine! Less. (1)

Tripteris herbacea E.Mey. ex DC. (1)

Tripteris hyoseroides DC. var. echinocarpa DC. (1)

Tripteris scariosa DC. (1)

Annual. Herb, succulent. Ht 0.2-0. 5 m. Alt 15-900

m. N, NC, WC

eNEPHROTHECA B.Nord. & Kal- 9427060

lersjo

(1) Nordenstam, Kallersjo & Eldenas. 2006. Compositae Newsletter

44: 32-37.

Eilicifolia (L.) B.Nord. & Kallersjo

Gibbaria ilicifolia (L.) Norl. (1)

Osteospermum ilicifolium L. (1)

Perennial. Shrub. Ht 0.2-0. 5 m. Alt 300-1 115 m. WC

NIDORELLA Cass. 8925000

auriculata DC.

B, LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, WC, EC

Efoetida (L.) DC.

WC

NOLLETIA Cass. 8929000

Erarifolia (Turcz.) Steetz

LIM, NW, G, M, FS, KZN, EC

NORLINDHIA B.Nord. 9428030

(1) Nordenstam. 2006. Compositae Newsletter 44: 41-44, 49.

Eamplectens (Harv.) B.Nord.

Osteospermum amplectens (Harv.) Norl. (1)

Tripteris amplectens Harv. (1)

Tripteris amplexicaulis acc. to DC. in part, not of (Thunb.) Less. (1)

Tripteris confusa Bolus (1)

Tripteris gracilis Hutch. (1)

Annual. Herb. Ht 0.3-1. 2 m. Alt 90-900 m. NC, WC

aptera B.Nord.

Annual. Herb. Ht up to 1 m. Alt ? N

breviradiata (Norl.) B.Nord.

Osteospermum breviradiatum Norl. (1)

Tripteris breviradiata (Norl.) B.Nord. (1)

Annual. Herb. Ht 0.2-0.5 m. Alt 100-200 m. N, NC,

WC

OLIGOCARPUS Less. 9424000

(5) Nordenstam. 2006. Compositae Newsletter 44: 38, 45, 46.

Delete E as this genus is no longer endemic to South Africa.

A species of Osteospermum from St Helena was

transferred to this genus.

OSTEOSPERMUM L. 9427000

amplectens (Harv.) Norl. = Norlindhia amplectens

breviradiatum Norl. = Norlindhia breviradiata

clandestinum (Less.) Norl. = Monoculus monstrosus

cuspidatum DC. = Inuloides tomentosa

grandidentatum DC.

M, S, KZN, EC

hyoseroides (DC.) Norl. = Monoculus hyoseroides

ilicifolium L. = Nephrotheca ilicifolia

Epolygaloides L. var. polygaloides

WC, EC

Erigidum Aiton var. elegans (Bolus) Norl.

NC, WC

Erigidum Aiton var. rigidum

NC, WC

tomentosum (L.f.) Norl. = Inuloides tomentosa

PEGOLETTIA Cass. 9073000

senegalensis Cass.

N, B, LIM, NW, G, M, S, KZN, NC

PENTZIA Thunb. 9366000

Epeduncularis B.Nord.

WC

Equinquefida (Thunb.) Less.

NW, FS, NC, WC, EC

PLEIOTAXIS Steetz 9499000

Based on molecular studies, the genus Pleiotaxis was put

in the tribe Dicomeae together with Dicoma and

Macledium (Panero & Funk 2002. Proceedings

of the Biological Society of Washington 115,4:

909-922).

PLUCHEACass. 8941000

dioscoridis (L.) DC, not FSA

Conyza kraussii Sch.Bip. ex Walp. (7)

dioscoridis sensu Merxmiiller (1967) and Hilliard (1977)

was wrongly applied to southern African mate-

rial. Material previously identified as this species

actually belongs to P. bojeri (DC.) Humbert

PRINTZIA Cass. 9059000

Based on molecular studies, the genus Printzia was

moved from the tribe Gnaphalieae to the tribe

Astereae (Bayer & Cross 2002. Australian Jour-

nal of Botany 50,6: 677-686.)

Epolifolia (L.) Hutch.

NC, WC, EC

PSEUDOGNAPHALIUM Kirp 8992050

undulatum (L.) Hilliard & B.L.Burtt

N, G, M, FS, KZN, L, NC, WC, EC

PTERONIA L. 8862000

Ecamphorata (L.) L. var. longifolia Harv.

WC, EC

glauca Thunb.

N, B, NW, FS, NC, WC, EC

mucronata DC.

N, B, FS, NC, WC, EC

Epunctata E. Phillips

FS, NC, WC, EC

Eundulata DC.

NC, WC

SONCHUS L. 9595000

*asper (L.) Hill subsp. asper

N, B, LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, NC, WC, EC

*asper (L.) Hill subsp. glaucescens (Jord.) Ball

FS, WC, EC

wilmsii R.E.Fr.

LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, EC

ESYNCARPHA DC. 9000010

Eargentea (Thunb.) B.Nord.

WC, EC

Eferruginea (Lam.) B.Nord.

WC, EC

Estaehelina (L.) B.Nord.

NC, WC

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

129

ESYNCARPHA DC. (cont.)

Estriata (Thunb.) B.Nord.

WC, EC

Evestita (L.) B.Nord.

WC, EC

*TARAXACUM F.H.Wigg. 9592000

officinale Weber, aggregate species

N, LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, WC, EC

serotinum (Waldst. & Kit.) Poir.

KZN, NC, EC

TENRHYNEA Hilliard & B.L. 8994000

Burtt

phylicifolia (DC.) Hilliard & B.L. Burtt

LIM, M, S, KZN, EC

*TRAGOPOGON L.

dubius Scop.

G, M, FS, KZN, L, EC

TRIPTERIS Less.

amplectens Harv. = Norlindhia amplectens

amplexicaulis ace. to DC. in part, not of (Thunb.) Less.

= Norlindhia amplectens

atropurpurea Turcz. = Monoculus monstrosus

breviradiata (Norl.) B.Nord. = Norlindhia breviradiata

clandestine! Less. = Monoculus monstrosus

confusa Bolus = Norlindhia amplectens

gracilis Hutch. = Norlindhia amplectens

herbacea E.Mey. ex DC. = Monoculus monstrosus

hyoseroides DC. = Monoculus hyoseroides

hyoseroides DC. var. echinocarpa DC. = Monoculus

monstrosus

scariosa DC. = Monoculus monstrosus

sinuata DC. var. sinuata

N, FS, NC, WC, EC

tomentosa (L.f.) Less. = Inuloides tomentosa

TROGLOPHYTON Hilliard & B.L. 8992020

Burtt

capillaceum (Thunb.) Hilliard & B.L. Burtt subsp. capil-

laceum

N, FS, KZN, NC, WC, EC

URSINIA Gaertn. 943 1 000

nana DC. subsp. nana

N, LIM, NW, G, M, FS, KZN, L, NC, WC, EC

VELLEREOPHYTON Hilliard & 89920 1 0

B.L. Burtt

Eniveum Hilliard

NC, WC

VERNONIA Schreb. 8751000

poskeana Vatke & Hildebr. subsp. botswanica G.V.

Pope

N, B, LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS

REFERENCES

HERMAN, PPL, RETIEF, E„ KOEKEMOER, M. & WELMAN, W.G.

2000. Asteraceae (Compositae). In O.A. Leistner, Seed plants

of southern Africa: families and genera. Strelitzia 10: 101-170.

National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

HERMAN, P.P.J., WELMAN, W.G., RETIEF, E., KOEKEMOER,

M. & NETNOU, N. 2003. Asteraceae. In G. Germishuizen &

N. L. Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an annotated checklist.

Strelitzia 14: 178-310. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

HERMAN, P.P.J., WELMAN, W.G., RETIEF, E„ KOEKEMOER, M.

& NETNOU, N. 2006. Asteraceae. In G. Germishuizen, N.L.

Meyer, Y. Steenkamp & M. Keith, A checklist of South African

plants. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report

No. 41: 155-277. SABONET, Pretoria.

9579000

9428000

.

Bothalia 38,2: 131-140(2008)

Developmental variation in a species of Isoglossa (Acanthaceae: Ruelli-

oideae) over a season

D.L. PORIAZIS*t and K. BALKWILL*

Keywords: Acanthaceae, character variation, identification, Isoglossa Oerst., monocarpy, morphology

ABSTRACT

In his appraisal of Isoglossa Oerst., Clarke (1901) placed major emphasis on the sizes of leaves and inflorescences in

the key to species, but efforts to sort herbarium material have shown a great deal of variation in leaf size and inflorescence

length that is very difficult to interpret. Specimens of a species of Isoglossa were collected from wild subpopulations from

the Hartebeespoort Dam and Hartebeeshoek areas, at intervals over a season. Leaves and inflorescences were measured, and

frequencies of hair types on bracts and calyces were recorded photographically. Results indicate that leaf size within a species

increases over the vegetative phase of the plant and that inflorescence size within a species increases over the reproductive

phase of the plant. Therefore, caution should be applieefwhen these characters are used for species identification in Isoglossa.

Bract and calyx indumenta also change over a season, thus making it necessary to use wisdom when applying this character

taxonomically.

INTRODUCTION

Isoglossa Oerst. is a member of the pantropical fam-

ily Acanthaceae, with about 50 species in the Old

World tropics (Balkwill & Welman 2000). Most gen-

era within the Acanthaceae include perennial herbs,

subshrubs and shrubs but some members are mono-

carpic. Daniel (2006) has undertaken a review and pro-

vided references that record monocarpy in Acanthopale

C.B. Clarke, Aechmanthera Nees, Stenosiphomum Nees,

Strobilanthes Blume and Mimulopsis Schweinf. within

the Acanthaceae. In the genus Isoglossa, monocarpy has

been recorded for I. woodii C.B. Clarke (Clarke 1901;

Van Steenis 1978), I. substrobolina C.B. Clarke and 7.

oerstediana Lindau (Tweedie 1976). Therefore, recording

changes in leaf and inflorescence size of a wild subpopu-

lation of a monocarpic species of Isoglossa over a season

will provide an understanding of the nature of morpho-

logical variation and characters that are suitable for use

in a re-appraisal of species circumscriptions in Isoglossa.

In general, perennial plants are morphologically rela-

tively constant over a flowering season, so that herbar-

ium specimens of perennials show consistency, even if

collected at different periods over a season. In contrast,

however, annuals, short-lived perennials and monocar-

pic species often show great morphological variation

over a season because of the high level of translocation

of nutrients from vegetative structures into the reproduc-

tive organs. Herbarium specimens of the same species

may thus show considerable morphological differences

depending on whether they were collected at the begin-

ning or near the end of the flowering/fruiting season.

Indumenta of bracts and calyces are regarded as being

taxonomically important within the Acanthaceae and

are used in Clarke’s (1901) key to species in the genus

Isoglossa. In some cases, the difference in indumentum

* C.E. Moss Herbarium, School of Animal, Plant and Environmental

Sciences, Private Bag 3, University of the Witwatersrand, Wits 2050

Johannesburg.

t Corresponding author. E-mail: di.poriazis@wits.ac.za.

MS. received: 2006-12-04.

may be genetically determined [e.g. Isoglossa vulca-

nicola Mildbr. has a variety that is characterized on the

basis of being eglandular (Mildbraed 1943)], whereas

in others the difference may be developmental or envi-

ronmental. Observation of these characters within a sub-

population will clarify how they vary and whether or not

the variation is genetically fixed and thus whether it is

taxonomically useful.

Many more herbarium specimens of Isoglossa exist

now than were available to Clarke and it is difficult to

group them into Clarke’s (1901) taxa because it seems

that he did not take the probable morphological impli-

cations of monocarpy into account when delimiting

species. So a vital step in establishing useful circum-

scriptions and ranges of measurements for species of

Isoglossa is to determine how the developmental and

translocational processes associated with monocarpy

would influence the morphology expressed by a single

genome over the course of a flowering season. This

paper provides insight into meaningful ranges of mea-

surements of structures in monocarpic taxa and thus for

the evaluation of Clarke’s species circumscriptions.

An annual or monocarpic plant will show several

stages in its development with various nutrient balances

and fluxes resulting in various morphological conse-

quences. In the initial stage, nutrients will be translo-

cated from the cotyledons to form the radicle and plu-

mule. Very soon, the first leaves will begin to photo-

synthesize and in this vegetative phase photosynthate

will be used in the elaboration of the root system to

absorb water and minerals and the shoot system to pro-

vide a framework as well as leaves to photosynthesize.

Over the course of this phase, the leaf size is likely to

increase. When the plant enters the reproductive phase,

new framework is produced to support the inflorescences

and leaves are often associated with these new nodes. In

addition, bracts, bracteoles and calyces are produced,

which will usually complement the photosynthetic func-

tion of the leaves and will compete with the new leaves

for photosynthate during the development of both repro-

ductive and vegetative organs. Consequently, the leaves

132

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

formed at this stage are smaller than those formed at the

peak of the vegetative phase. Once anthesis begins, most

of the structures that are produced (i.e. corollas, stamens,

pollen, ovules) are not photosynthetic and are thus sinks

for, rather than sources of, photosynthate. At this stage,

the nutrients from the older leaves are often translocated

into these sinks, especially once fruits and seeds are

being produced. The older leaves (including the larger

ones) will be abscised once they no longer provide nutri-

ents and the plants will be left with the smaller leaves

that were formed at the onset of the reproductive phase.

Many theories exist to explain leaf growth and

although some may be inter-related, the debate remains

unresolved (Inze 2003). One such theory is the organ-

ismal one, which implies that there is a set number of

cells per leaf and that leaf growth is accounted for by

cell expansion (Beemster et al. 2003; Inze 2003); i.e.

by an increase of cell water content through vacuola-

tion (Beemster et al. 2003). The behaviour of leaf cells

is orchestrated at organ level and leaf size at whole

plant level (Tsukaya 2003). In contrast, the cell theory

proposes that leaf growth is due to an increase in cell

number, with the size of the cells remaining constant

(Tsukaya 2003; Cookson et al. 2006). Large mature

leaves formed in the manner implied by the organismal

theory would require less photosynthate to produce than

leaves of similar size formed in accordance with the cell

theory where there would be a considerably greater vol-

ume of cell wall. However, the organismal theory would

not explain why smaller leaves are produced at the onset

of the reproductive phase.

Since ‘the number of chloroplasts per cell remains

approximately constant’ (Taitz et al. 1991), an increase

in leaf size due to an increase in cell number will propor-

tionately increase the number of chloroplasts and thus

the amount of photosynthate produced per leaf. In con-

trast, an increase in leaf size attributed to an increase in

cell size would reflect no increase in chloroplast number

and correspondingly little or no increase in photosyn-

thate production. Thus, leaf cell counts done at crucial

developmental stages over a season may reflect on the

interaction of photosynthate production and transloca-

tion as well as which theory explains leaf growth in this

monocarpic species.

The species circumscription and nomenclature within

southern African Isoglossa has not as yet been final-

ized. Most specimens of the species under study in

this paper have been identified as Isoglossa stipitata

C.B. Clarke. Clarke (1901) cites one synonym, two mis-

applied names and two specimens under his I. stipitata.

His name should be typified on the type of the synonym,

Rhytiglossa glandulosa Hochst. Hochstetter’s (1845)

type is Krauss 302, which would have been in Berlin

and thus destroyed during World War II. Clarke (1901)

assumed that the Krauss 502 specimen of Isoglossa at

Kew was Hochstetter’s type, which had been mistakenly

distributed with the number 502 instead of 302. We have

obtained a Krauss 302 specimen from Missouri (origi-

nally from The Bernhardi Herbarium) which is different

from the Krauss 502 that was annotated by Clarke, at

least in having well-spaced nodes in the inflorescence, a

feature captured in Hochstetter’s description. Thus, Hoch-

stetter’s name, of which Clarke’s I. stipitata is strictly a

later synonym, should be applied to an entity which is

either closely allied to or conspecific with the well-

known monocarpic understorey shrub of the KwaZulu-

Natal coast, I. woodii C.B. Clarke. Clarke’s (1901)

description of I. stipitata matches the Krauss 502 speci-

men which he cites and we consider this to most likely

be conspecific with 7. woodii.

Flanagan 2322, the other specimen that Clarke cites,

agrees with the species we have worked on, but dif-

fers from Hochstetter’s and Clarke’s descriptions of

Rhytiglossa glandulosa and Isoglossa stipitata and

Krauss 302 and 502, by having lanceolate rather than

obovate, acuminate bracts. Our species also does not

agree with the types of the two misapplied names that

Clarke cites and we thus conclude that it has yet to be

described and refer to it as Isoglossa sp. 1 .

Clarke’s specimens of Isoglossa stipitata occur only

at the coast, whereas our specimens are found inland

and at the coast. Isoglossa sp. 1 is the most widely dis-

tributed of the southern African members of Isoglossa

(Figure 1), and occurs along the coast from the Eastern

Cape Province to eastern Kwazulu-Natal, as well as

inland from Barberton in Mpumalanga, through Gauteng

to the North-West Province (Sebola 1994).

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Isoglossa subpopulations from two localities in the

North-West Province (Sandspruit Farm, 2527DB, near

Hartebeespoort Dam and Sugar Bush Mountain L49,

2527DD, near Hartebeeshoek) (Figure 1) were sampled

at approximately three-week intervals, from January

2005 to August 2005. Due to the monocarpic nature of

the plant, which dies after bearing fruit, no samples were

taken in September or October 2005 (characteristically

dry months). Sampling recommenced two weeks after

the first rains in November 2005 and continued until

March 2006 but these were specimens from a subsequent

generation of plants.

FIGURE 1. — Map showing distribution of Isoglossa sp. 1,9; as well as

sampling positions at Hartebeeshoek, Sugar Bush Mountain and

Hartebeespoort Dam, Sandspruit Farm, North-West Province,

©.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

133

-

r7f^

\J0

A

\ >fjf

*r

It was extremely difficult to identity Isoglossa prior

to flowering and field trips in November yielded no

specimens of Isoglossa. The four neighbourhoods of

Isoglossa at Hartebeeshoek did not re-appear after the

first rains in November 2005. As a result, it was initially

believed that Isoglossa may be locally extinct at this

locality. However, an extensive search of the area in late

FIGURE 2. — Specimens of branches

of Isoglossa sp. 1 showing

stages of development over

a season: leaves subtending

lower branches have dropped

off in Dec. as in B, this proc-

ess continues including leaves

beginning to drop off axillary

branches in May as in H, all

leaves have dropped off by

Aug. as in I. A, 19 Dec. 2005;

B, 9 Jan. 2006; C, 16 Feb

2006; D; 1 Mar. 2006; E, 6

Mar. 2005; F, 20 Mar. 2005;

G, 8 Apr. 2005; H, 2 May

2005; I, 20 Aug. 2005. Scale

bar: 55 mm.

March 2006 revealed a single plant growing close to the

skeletons of what must have been a previously undiscov-

ered fifth neighbourhood. This plant was growing in denser

shade on the opposite, eastern side of the dry stream bed.

This may account for its survival. It is possible that the

seedlings of the first four neighbourhoods died after ger-

minating, as there was a dry spell between the first rains

FIGURE 3. — Development of inflorescences over a season: A, 9 Jan.; B, 1 Feb.; C, 1 Mar.; D, 20 Mar.; E, 8 Apr.; F, 2 May; G, 20 May; H, 12 Jun.;

I, 20 Aug. B, C, H, terminal inflorescences; D-G, inflorescences both terminal and lateral; I, lateral inflorescence. Inflorescence develop-

ment begins in Jan. with length peaking in June. All to same scale. Scale bar: 10 mm.

and subsequent more frequent rains. This may not have

affected the Hartebeespoort subpopulation, which experi-

enced slightly later, frequent rain. As a result, only those

specimens collected from the Hartebeespoort locality were

used in the analyses. The loss of the four neighbourhoods

from the second locality caused unintended limitations to

the methodology, because it would have been preferable to

have been able to study more than one subpopulation.

Where possible, two specimens per sampling period were

cut from plants with the most developed branches within

the subpopulation. Specimens were pressed in a plant press,

dried at 37°C for a three-day period, then sterilized in a deep

freeze for two days, before being brought into the herbarium

where they were photographed and measured.

Specimens were scanned with an Epson Expression

1640XL scanner, using the same frame size and resolu-

tion each time to ensure consistent magnification. The

length of the six largest leaves and the longest lateral

inflorescences were measured on each of the pairs of

specimens collected over the sampling period. During

the months of June to August, the number of leaves

measured per specimen decreased, as the leaves are

shed during these dry winter months and nutrients are

translocated to the reproductive organs. Terminal inflo-

rescence lengths were measured — the number of meas-

urements varied depending on the number of terminal

inflorescences on each specimen. Using the programme

Statistica, the mean, minimum and maximum lengths

together with the standard deviation were calculated

for each sampling period (Figures 4-6). Leaf variation

over a season was detennined by comparing the mean

of the shortest leaves produced to the mean of the larg-

est leaves produced within a subpopulation in a season.

Both terminal and lateral inflorescence variations over

a season were calculated in the same way. Whereas the

means in Figure 4 are based on up to six leaves from

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

135

I. woodii

I. eckloniana

I. prolixa

I. stipitata

I. bolusii

I. delicatula

I. grantii

I. macowanii

I. origanoides

25/11

19/12

09/01

- 01/02

g- 06/03

8 20/03

0 08/04

1 02/05

42 20/05

12/06

16/07

20/08

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

Leaf length (mm)

FIGURE 4. — Leaf length (mm) of

Isoglossa sp. 1 measured over a

season compared to leaf length

ranges of Clarke’s species men-

tioned in his key and descrip-

tions. Single lines show ranges

cited by Clarke (1901). Boxes

are leaf length measurements

in a natural subpopulation of

I. sp.l on dates indicated (n

= 6). Leaf length of I. sp. 1

reaches a maximum in March.

Leaf lengths of /. sp. 1 straddle

boundaries of leaf lengths of

2 of 3 groups of Clarke’s spe-

cies. □, mean; I I, min. -max.;

IE, SD.

two specimens, Figure 2 illustrates only one of the two

specimens from any collecting period. A similar situa-

tion exists between Figures 5 and 6 and Figure 3.

Photographs to show the indumentum of the bracts

and calyces at various stages of development (Figure

7) were taken using a Nikon SMZ 1500 dissecting

Microscope and Nikon Digital Camera DXM 1200

attachment. Entire plants (Figure 8) were photographed

using a Nikon E 990 digital camera to show morphologi-

cal changes over a season as well as various habits.

Cell counts were calculated from four mature leaves

sampled on the 9 January 2006 (representing leaves that

were first produced), 6 March 2005 (representing the

largest leaves produced) and 2 May 2005 (representing

the smaller leaves that were produced later during inflor-

escence development) to determine whether the increase

in leaf size over a season was attributable to an increase

in leaf cell numbers (indicating greater producution of

photosynthate). Similarly, a decrease in total cell num-

bers in the smaller leaves that are produced later in the

season, would indicate that the photosynthate initially

produced by the larger leaves is utilized mainly for inflor-

escence development. Since only two specimens were

collected per sampling date, only four leaves were used

for the cell counts, corresponding to the two most mature

leaves on each specimen collected. The specimens from

9 January 2006 were used for the leaf cell counts repre-

senting leaves that are first produced, as although speci-

mens were collected in December 2005, leaf clearing did

not produce consistently visible cells.

A modified leaf-clearing technique (O’Brien & von

Teichman 1974) was devised to make cell counts possible.

The instructions for normal specimens (O’Brien & von

Teichman 1974) were followed, with the exception that the

leaves were placed in a 5 % potassium hydroxide (KOH)

solution at room temperature following the 80 % ethanol

autoclave procedure. The leaves used were from the dried

samples, which may account for why initial experiments

revealed that the leaves disintegrated or became unman-

ageable when autoclaved with 1 % KOH. Additionally,

varying autoclave times of both the 80 % ethanol and 1 %

KOH did not produce the required clearing results. Time

durations for leaf submergence in the 5 % KOH varied,

according to leaf size (leaf area 391 mm2 — 36 hours, 627

mm2 — 49 hours, and 140 mm2 — 30 hours). When a leaf

looked clear it was removed from the KOH solution, sub-

jected to several distilled water washes, mounted on a glass

slide and observed under a compound microscope. If cells

were not visible, the leaf was replaced in the KOH solution

and the same procedure was repeated at regular intervals.

Once cells were visible, the leaf was stained with basic fus-

chin (O’Brien & von Teichman 1974).

Leaves and a ruler (for scale) were scanned with an

Epson Expression 1640XL scanner, and the programme

Simple PCI was used to calculate leaf areas. Three con-

stant sites per abaxial leaf surface were viewed under

an Olympus BH-2 compound microscope, linked to a

Nikon Digital Camera DXM 1200 and computer view-

ing screen. A stage micrometer was used to determine

the dimensions of the image and hence to calculate the

area (0.04 mm2) projected on the computer screen. The

same microscope magnification (x 20) and resolution

settings (Quick 3, 1280 x 1024) were used throughout,

for each of the sites and for each of the leaves. Each

site was positioned equidistant from the midrib and leaf

edge, with one site positioned centrally on one half of

the leaf. Each of the other sites was positioned on the

opposite side of the midrib, halfway between the mid-

136

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

09/01

01/02

06/03

20/03

08/04

02/05

20/05

12/06

16/07

20/08

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Lateral inflorescence length (mm)

FIGURE 5. — Lateral inflorescence

length (mm) of Isoglossa sp, 1

measured over a season. Boxes

are measurements made in a

natural subpopulation on dates

indicated (n = 6). Inflorescence

development begins in Jan. and

reaches its peak in June, a,

mean; I 1, min. -max.; HI, SD.

point and the base or apex of the leaf. This sampling

procedure standardizes cell size variation in different

areas of the leaf (Horvath et al. 2006). The programme

Act 1 enabled photography and subsequent cell count-

ing per site, with the counts based on Gundersen’s ‘unbi-

ased two-dimensional sampling rule’ (Kubiniova 1994;

Gundersen 1997). Both epidermal and stomatal cells

were included and since the variation in the cell numbers

per site in each leaf was very slight, the numbers were

averaged. The following equation rendered the total

number of cells per leaf:

leaf area

x mean no. cells per three sites

site area

Since more than one leaf was cleared per sampling

date, the mean and standard deviation for the total num-

ber of cells per leaf was calculated using the programme

Quattro Pro (Table 1). Cell areas were calculated by

dividing each of the three site areas (0.04 mm2) per leaf

by the number of cells per site and the mean and stan-

dard deviation for the total cell area per four leaves

sampled was calculated (Table 1). A t-test (using two

tails and two sample variance) between the means of the

cell areas for leaves sampled on the 9 January and the 6

March, and those on the 6 March and on the 2 May, was

carried out using the programme Epistat.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Isoglossa sp. 1 developed a tall (1-2 m high), scan-

dent habit in the shade (Figure 8B). It had a softer stem

and used woody branches from surrounding trees for

support. This enabled it to obtain more light. Plants in

the same subpopulations growing in brighter light were

not as tall and had more sturdy stems (Figure 8C).

Four phenological trends were identified over the

study period. In December the plants increased in size

and branching (Figure 2), followed by the development

of inflorescences in January (Figure 3). The first trend

involved an increase in inflorescence length, which

reached a maximum in June, together with the develop-

ment of fruit (Figures 3A-H). Thereafter, there was a

general waning of the subpopulations until August where

senescence was prevalent. The bare brown branches

were still in evidence the following season (Figure 8D).

The second trend was that leaves began to fall off the

main stem as early as February (Figure 2C) and the plant

continued to lose its leaves until May, when only the

leaves below the spikes were evident. By August (Figure

21), hardly any leaves were present. A caterpillar infes-

tation was apparent in the leaves in February and was

noted in both years at this time.

The third trend involved changes in bract indumen-

tum. Observation of the inflorescences showed that the

bracts of the young spikes were white-ciliate (Figure

7A). As the spikes increased in length and the bracts

diverged, a combination of both eglandular and glan-

dular trichomes became evident (Figure 7B, C). By

April (Figure 7D) and the onset of fruit production, the

gland tips were brown and stickier to the touch. By June

(Figure 7F), they were extremely sticky. As the seed was

dispersed, the bracts, calyces and trichomes senesced.

The fourth trend was that the leaves that were first

produced (i.e. 9 January 2006) had a lower mean cell

count per site area than those produced later, i.e. the

cell area was slightly larger (Table 1). A t-test between

the mean cell areas of the mature leaves that were first

produced (9 January) and the largest leaves produced

(6 March) showed a significant difference, with t =

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

137

I. ovata

I. stipitata

I. origanoides

I. woodii

I. bolusii

I. grantii

I. sylvatica

I. ciliata

I. delicatula

09/01

01/02

- 06/03

g- 20/03

g 08/04

j§ 02/05

§> 20/05

12/06

16/07

20/08

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Terminal inflorescence length (mm)

FIGURE 6. — Terminal inflorescence

length (mm) of Isoglossa sp. 1

measured over a season, com-

pared to inflorescence length

ranges of Clarke’s (1901) spe-

cies. Single and dotted lines

show ranges cited by Clarke:

dotted line indicates mostly

shorter than length cited; points

are single lengths mentioned in

Clarke’s species descriptions.

Box and whiskers are meas-

urements made in a natural

subpopulation of I. sp. 1 on

dates indicated. Inflorescence

lengths of I. sp. 1 straddle

boundaries of inflorescence

lengths of 3 out of 4 groups of

Clarke’s species, o, mean; I 1,

min. -max.; HI, SD.

8.903395 and P< 10 '6. However, these cells were not as

definable as those in the later samples, and thus counts

may be underestimated. Results of a t-test between the

means of the cell areas for the largest leaves produced (6

March) and the smaller leaves produced later (2 May),

with t = 1.172771 and P = 0.2534304, show no signifi-

cant difference between these samples, which is con-

sistent with the cell theory, where the cell size remains

fairly constant.

Morphological development of leaves

The mean leaf length at the beginning of the season

was 20.5 mm, peaking at 46 mm in March and was 6.5

mm at the end of the season, which gave a 39.50 mm

variation (Figure 4).

The girth of the stem and the length of intemodes

appear to remain constant over the season, but leaf size

varies considerably. Mean leaf length increases and

FIGURE 7. — Indumentum of bracts and calyx lobes over a season: A, Jan. 2006; B, Feb. 2006; C, Mar. 2006; D, Apr. 2005; E, May 2005; F, Jun.

2005. Closed bracts are white ciliate in Jan. Bracts diverge in Feb. revealing mix of translucent glandular and eglandular trichomes on bracts

and calyces. Glandular trichomes become increasingly viscid from April until June. All to same scale. Scale bar: 1 mm.

138

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 8. — Morphological changes over a season as well as various habits of Isoglossa sp. 1. A, April, 1-2 m tall, scandent habit in shade;

B, April, extremely viscid inflorescence; C, May, growing in brighter light, not as tall, sturdier stem; D, Aug. inflorescence on dry, bare

branches.

then decreases with time (Figure 4). The increase in the

mean leaf length (Figure 2) is consistent with the sug-

gestion that early in the season, photosynthate (initially

produced by the cotyledons) is used for leaf production

on the major branches. The leaf area for leaves that are

first produced (9 December) is 359.75 ± 9845 mm2 and

corresponding cell counts of 112355 ± 11225 (Table 1).

Increasing numbers of leaves led to an increase in avail-

able photosynthate, and therefore more nutrients for the

development of larger leaves, evidenced by the leaf area

being 743.75 ± 195.22 mm2 with a cell count per leaf of

343323 ± 102779 on 6 March (Table 1). This increase

in cell number per leaf indicates an increase in chloro-

plast numbers per leaf and thus an increase in photosyn-

thate production. Although abaxial epidermal cells were

counted, it is assumed that the number of palisade cells

and thus the numbers of chloroplasts would be propor-

tional to the number of epidermal cells. Later, during

the reproductive phase, there is competition between the

leaves and the reproductive structures for photosynthate

(Meyer & Anderson 1949) resulting in the production

of smaller mature leaves, with the leaf area falling to

340.50 ± 73.79 mm2 and cell count to 264925 ± 125194

(2 May), (Table 1). Variance in leaf size for 6 March is

accounted for by there being only two specimens per

sampling period, which subsequently explains the rela-

tively high standard deviation for the mean total leaf

cell numbers calculated (Table 1). The same is true for

leaves sampled on 2 May. In addition, the larger leaves

that were formed in the vegetative phase are divested of

nutrients and thus they senesce and are dropped (Figure

2). These changes in leaf size and their deciduous nature

account for the apparent decrease in the mean leaf length

(Figure 4). The cell numbers counted in mature leaves

of different sizes support the cell theory (Tsukaya 2003)

of leaf enlargement and of the hypothesis of competi-

tion for photosynthate resulting in smaller mature leaves

being produced during the reproductive phase.

Measurements gleaned from Clarke’s (1901) descrip-

tions and key for Isoglossa (see below) produce three

groups of species, with leaf sizes of I. sp.l in the field

TABLE 1 . — Leaf area, cell counts and cell areas based on three measurements (from

middle, base and apex) on each of four leaves (i.e. n = 12). Leaf cell counts

increase during vegetative phase, reaching maximum in March

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

139

straddling the boundary between two of the groups

(Table 2, Figure 4). The field data can be more closely

associated with the group with smaller leaves than

with the group with leaves of intermediate size. In

fact, Clarke’s data for I. stipitata reflect a greater leaf

length than the largest leaf size recorded in the field.

Although it is likely that subpopulations of the species

growing in more mesic climates would have larger

leaves, no direct comparisons can be made as our 7.

sp. 1 is not equivalent to Clarke’s 7. stipitata. Clarke

differentiates Isoglossa woodii from other species

in the key on the basis of its extremely long leaves

(Figure 4) and in addition he quotes the maximum leaf

lengths for 7. hypoestiflora, I. sylvatica, I. ovata and

7. cooperi in the descriptions. The considerable vari-

ation observed in leaf length of Isoglossa over a sea-

son (Figure 4) suggests that leaf length alone should

not be used for species determination within Isoglossa

and other monocarpic species. Further, a comparison

of leaf length measurements taken from Clarke’s key

with those taken from individual species descriptions

(Figure 4) shows slight anomalies, in that Clarke states

‘leaves up to l3/4 inches’ in his species description for

Isoglossa delicatula, whereas, in the key (see below)

it is grouped with species with leaves ‘attaining 1 — 1 V

inches’ in length.

Clarke’s (1901) key to species of Isoglossa

(Copyright protection has expired — in the Public Domain, 1957)

Subgenus 1. Eu-Isoglossa. Corolla ‘/3— 2/3 in. long; tube cylindric:

Calyx with hairs none gland-headed:

Infloresecences V - 2 in. long:

Bracteoles not white margined ( 1 ) ciliata

Bracteoles white-margined (2) sylvatica

Inflorescences 3-6 in. long (3) ovata

Calyx with numerous gland-headed hairs:

Leaves large, some up to 5 by 2-3 in (4) woodii

Leaves medium-sized, some up to 3 by 1-1 V in.:

Flowers very loosely paniculate, nearly all solitary (5) prolixa

Flowers approximated:

Bracts linear-lanceolate (6 ) eckloniana

Bracts obovate, obtuse with a short acumination ... (7) stipitata

Leaves attaining I — 1 */ in. in length, mostly shorter:

Spikes slightly interrupted, manifestly viscid-hairy:

Bracts V2— 2/3 in. long, broadly lanceolate (8) origanoides

Bracts74-73 in. long, spathulate-obovate (9 ) grantii

Bracts 7g-7, in. long, oblong (10) bolusii

Spikes interrupted, loose, sparingly hairy (except the calyx):

Corolla 3/4 in. long, rather broad (11) macowanii

Corolla 7 -V, in. long, slender (12) delicatula

Subgenus 2. Ramusia. Corolla 17, in. long; tube slender:

Bracteoles and calyx thinly hispid with white non-glandular

hairs (13) hypoestiflora

Bracteoles and calyx viscid with many gland-headed hairs . . (14) cooperi

Morphological development of inflorescence

The mean lateral inflorescence length at the beginning

of the season was 6.00 mm and increased to 39.8 mm

showing a 33.8 mm variation over the season (Figure

5). Similarly, the mean terminal inflorescence length

was initially 7.5 mm in January and reached a maximum

mean length of 68 mm, showing a 60.5 mm increase

over the season (Figure 6). Terminal inflorescences are

generally longer than the lateral inflorescences (Figures

5, 6) with the anomalies probably accounted for by the

low number of terminal inflorescences found on some

specimens. It should be noted that Isoglossa ovata has

predominantly terminal inflorescences which is charac-

teristic of that species. Both terminal and lateral inflor-

escences show a decrease in length in July and August

(Figures 5, 6). This may be attributed to variation found

within a subpopulation, i.e. plants that have developed

later in a season when conditions are less favourable

produce smaller infloresences, or to these specimens

possibly having grown in sunnier conditions.

In monocarpic plants, leaf loss is associated with the

nutrients being translocated for reproduction (Wareing &

Phillips 1970). Our studies show that leaf loss begins in

February and continues to May (Figure 2). Inflorescence

development begins in January (Figure 5), with inflor-

escence length increasing over a season and reaching a

peak in June. Thus, relatively late inflorescence develop-

ment (Figures 2, 3) suggests that photosynthate is first used

for leaf production, then production of larger leaves (sup-

ported by an 227144 increase in leaf cell numbers) (Table

1) and lastly as the leaves senesce, the photosynthate is

translocated for inflorescence development. A compari-

son of inflorescence length over a season (Figure 6) with

Clarke’s inflorescence ranges shows that Clarke’s species

form four groups (Table 2). Isoglossa ovata is characte-

rized by an extremely long inflorescence and is entirely

separate from the other groups and from the field data. The

second group of species includes 7. stipitata and 7. origa-

noides. I. bolusii, I. grantii, I. woodii, L sylvatica and 7. cil-

iata form the third of Clarke’s groups. This group, together

with the fourth group, comprising 7. delicatula, fall within

the boundaries for the field data of 7. sp. 1 . Although it

should be noted that Clarke (1901) only uses inflorescence

length to diagnose 7. ovata in the key, he does quote inflo-

rescence lengths for the previously mentioned species in

the descriptions. The variability in inflorescence length

suggests that it should be used with caution as a taxonomic

character for species delimitation within Isoglossa and in

future studies of other monocarpic plants.

TABLE 2. — Conversion of imperial to metric measurements, for inflorescence and leaf lengths used in Clarke’s

(1901) key to and descriptions of species of Isoglossa and groups of species defined by these characters

140

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Micromorphological development of indumentum on

bracts and calyces

A comparison of bracts over a season (Figures 7A-

F) reveals that the proportion of glandular trichomes

increases on individual bracts over a season. Further, the

increase in degree of viscidity of the glandular trichomes

may exist as a means of protection for the fruit against

predation. Although the developmental variation in pro-

portion of glandular hairs may question the taxonomic

usefulness of the indumentum in Clarke’s (1901) key

to species of Isoglossa, he does use the indumentum in

conjunction with other characters. Our findings suggest

that it is important to compare the various kinds of tri-

chomes in species at comparable developmental stages,

especially when using the indumentum as a taxonomic

character in monocarpic plants.

CONCLUSION

Results showed that the mature larger leaves had

more cells than the mature smaller leaves which supports

the cell theory (Tsukaya 2003; Cookson et al. 2006) as

the process for leaf enlargement within this monocarpic

species. Investigations showed considerable variation in

leaf and inflorescence length over a season, and in addi-

tion, there was variation in the density of different kinds

of hairs in the indumentums on the bracts and calyces

over a season. Thus, it is suggested that this kind of

study should be undertaken before using leaf size, inflo-

rescence length and the indumentum as characters for

taxonomic purposes, especially for monocarpic plants.

This study does not necessarily suggest that the species

described by Clarke are not worthy of recognition, but it

brings the characters he has used in his key (i.e. the leaf

and inflorescence length and possibly indumentuma of

bracts and calyces) into some question.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The NRF and the University of the Witwatersrand are

gratefully acknowledged for Research funding. Special

thanks to Donald McCallum, Dr Franscesca Parrini

and Renee Reddy for technical assistance. Wannie and

Hannah Scridente and Grant and Belinda Heywood are

thanked for making their farms accessible for specimen

collection. Thanks to Walter and Jill Barker, and Cheryl

Denning for assistance in the field. We are grateful to

anonymous reviewers for very helpful comments on an

earlier manuscript.

REFERENCES

BALKWILL, K. & WELMAN, W.G. 2000. Acanthaceae. In O.A.

Leistner, Seed plants of southern Africa: families and genera.

StreUtzia 10: 34-45. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

BEEMSTER, G.T.S., FIORANI, F. & INZE, D. 2003. Cell cycle: the key

to plant growth control? Trends in Plant Science 8: 154—158.

CLARKE, C.B. 1901. Acanthaceae. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora cap-

ensis 5,1: 1-92. Reeve, London.

COOKSON, S.J, RADZIEJWOSKI, A. & GRANIER, C. 2006. Cell

and leaf size plasticity in Arabidopsis'. what is the role of endore-

duplication? Plant, Cell and Environment 29: 1273-1283.

DANIEL, T.F. 2006. Synchronous flowering and monocarpy suggest

plietesial life history for Neotropical Stenostephanus chiapen-

sis (Acanthaceae). Proceedings of the California Academy of

Sciences, ser. 4, 57,3: 101 1-1018.

GUNDERSEN, H.J.G. 1977. Notes on the estimation of the numeri-

cal density of arbitrary profiles: the edge effect. Journal of

Microscopy 111: 21 9-223 .

HOCHSTETTER, C.F. 1 845. In F. Krauss, Pflanzen des Cap- und Natal-

Landes gesammelt und zusammefgestelt von Dr. Ferdinand

Krauss. Flora oder allegemeine botanische Zeitung 28: 65-80.

HORVATH, B.M., MAGYAR, Z„ ZHANG, Y„ HAMBURGER, A.W.,

BAKOL, L„ VISSER, R.G., BACHEM, C.W. & BOGRE, L.

2006. EBP1 regulates organ size through cell growth and prolif-

eration in plants. The Embo Journal 18: 25; 20: 4909, 4910.

INZE, D. 2003. Why should we study the plant cell cycle? Journal of

Experimental Botany 54, 385: 1125, 1126.

KUBINOVA, L. 1 994. Recent stereological methods for measuring leaf

anatomical characterisitics: estimation of the number and sizes

of stomata and mesophyll cells. Journal of Experimental Botany

45, 270: 119-127.

MEYER, B.S. & ANDERSON, D.B. 1949. Growth, assimilation and

accumulation. Plant physiology, edn 6: 567-570. Van Nostrand,

New York.

MILDBRAED, G.W.J. 1943. In W. Robyns, Sympetales nouvelle de

la region du Parc National Albert (Congo Beige). Bulletin du

Jardin Botanique de VEtat a Bruxelles xvii: 65-107.

O’BRIEN, T.P. & VON TEICHMAN, I. 1974. Notes on Technic. Auto-

claving as an aid in the clearing of plant specimens. Stain

Technology 49: 175, 176.

POOLE, I., WEYERS, J.D.B., LAWSON, T. & RAVEN, J.A. 1996.

Variations in stomatal density and index: implications for pal-

aeoclimatic reconstructions. Plant Cell and Environment 19:

705-712.

SEBOLA, R.J. 1994. Taxonomic studies in the Acanthaceae: a revi-

sion of Isoglossa Oerst. in southern Africa. B. Sc. (Hons) thesis,

University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg. Unpublished.

TAITZ, L. & ZEIGER, E. 1991. Plant and cell architecture. Plant

Physiology : 3-27. Benjamin/Cummings, California.

TSUKAYA, H. 2003. Organ shape and size: a lesson from studies of leaf

morphogenesis. Current Opinion in Plant Biology 6: 154—158.

TWEEDIE, E.M. 1976. Habitats and check-list of plants on the Kenya

side of Mt Elgon. Kew Bulletin 31: 227-257 .

VAN STEENIS, C.G.G.J. 1978. Gregarious flowering in the mono-

carpic genus Isoglossa (Acanthaceae). Bothalia 12: 553.

WAREING, P.F. & PHILLIPS, I.D.J. 1970. Senescence. The control of

growth and differentiation in plants, edn 1: 255-258. Pergamon

Press, Oxford.

Bothalia 38,1: 141-159 (2008)

Notes on African plants

VARIOUS AUTHORS

DROSERACEAE

DROSERA ER1CGREENII, A NEW SPECIES FROM THE FYNBOS OF SOUTH AFRICA

INTRODUCTION

The Western Cape region of South Africa is well

known for the floral diversity of its fynbos vegetation.

The genus Drosera L. (Droseraceae) includes ± 130 spe-

cies distributed world-wide, of which ± 20 are known to

occur in the Western Cape Province, 12 of them endemic

to this area (Obermeyer 1970; Goldblatt & Manning

2000; Debbert 2002).

Drosera hilaris Cham. & Schlechtd. is a large,

stem-forming species distributed along coastal moun-

tains from Cape Town to Hermanus. A few collections

were known from further inland, around the town of

Franschhoek and from Du Toitskloof. Studying speci-

mens and photographs (Miyamoto 2002) of plants from

near Franschhoek, it was obvious that they differed

from typical D. hilaris. When visiting this location in

September 2006, it became clear that this population

represents a new species, which is described below.

Drosera ericgreenii A. Fleischm., R.Gibson & F.Riva-

davia, sp. nov., Droserae hilaris Cham. & Schlechtd. simi-

lis, sed caulibus brevibus, stipulis membranaceis, scapo e

basi curvato adscendenti-erecto et ramis stigmaticis furca-

tis vel lobatis differt.

TYPE. — Western Cape, 3319 (Worcester): French

Hoek [Franschhoek], alt. 2000’ [610 m], (-CC), October

1913, Phillips 1121 (NBG, holo.!).

Perennial herb; stems short, at most 100 mm tall,

usually much shorter; older part of stem densely cov-

ered with persistent leaf remains. Stipules triangular to

oblong, ± 7 mm x 2 mm, irregularly lobed into 5-8 seg-

ments 2. 0-3. 5 mm long, white, drying brownish, papery,

fused with base of petiole up to 1 mm. Leaves broadly

obovate (in early growth season) to narrowly oblong,

densely covered by carnivorous glands on abaxial sur-

face; apical marginal tentacles with broadened base and

enlarged, unifacial gland tip. Petiole 3-5 x 1. 5-3.0 mm

in early and late season’s growth leaves, up to 25 mm

in leaves produced in full growth and during flowering;

densely covered by woolly indumentum of simple white

hairs, ± 3 mm long on both abaxial and adaxial surface.

Scape ascendant, reddish green to deep wine-red, curved

at base, up to 300 mm long and with up to 8 flowers,

lower 7 densely covered with long simple white hairs

which are deciduous with age, glandular in upper 2/3;

pedicels 5-10 mm long, glandular; bracts filiform, 2-3

x 0.2-0. 3 mm, glandular. Calyx subcampanulate, glan-

dular, ± 5 mm long; sepals 5, ovate, ±4x2 mm, apex

acute, abaxial surface covered in short glandular hairs.

Petals 5, cuneate with rounded margin, ± 10 x 5 mm,

pink. Stamens 5, ± 2 mm long; filaments dilated towards

apex; anthers and pollen yellow. Styles 3, 3^1 mm long,

style arms divided near base, spreading, sometimes bifid,

stigmatic apices swollen, lobulate or divided. Ovary sub-

globose, ± 2 mm diarn. Capsule ovoid, 20-30 mm diam.

Seeds fusiform. No ripe seed seen for exact measure-

ments. Figure 1.

Distribution : Drosera ericgreenii is geographically

very restricted, so far only known from the Franschhoek

region of the inland mountains in the Western Cape. The

related D. hilaris, in contrast, seems to be more wide-

spread along coastal mountain ranges, such as Table

Mountain, Tafelberg, Silverhill and Hermanus. One col-

lection of D. hilaris ( Esterhuysen 26463), however, was

made further north, extending the range of that species.

Figure 2.

Ecology. Drosera ericgreenii grows in short (< 0.5

m tall) ericoid fynbos in sandy soil with clay and scat-

tered boulders over Table Mountain Sandstone, in a

scree slope on south- to southeast-facing slopes near the

town of Franschhoek in the Stellenbosch region of the

Western Cape, at ± 600-850 m. Associated vegetation

at the site includes Elegia filacea, species of Cannomois

and Hypodiscus, Erica plukenetii, E. longiaristata, E.

mammosa, species of Anaxeton, Brunia albifora. Protea

acaulis, P. speciosa, Leucadendron salignum, Drosera

cistiflora, species of Gladiolus, Oxalis and Ixia, Gazania

pectinata, Diastella divaricata subsp. montana and

Aristea racemosa. Like Drosera hilaris, D. glabripes

(Harv.) Stein and D. ramentacea Burch, ex DC., it pre-

fers rather dry soil with subsoil moisture. The plant

grows in partial shade between rocks or beneath shrubby

fynbos vegetation.

The evergreen chamaephyte, Drosera ericgreenii

grows in close proximity to the summer dormant geo-

phyte, D. cistiflora L. Like D. hilaris and D. ramenta-

cea, which have evolved a similar chamaephytic habit,

D. ericgreenii may stop growth during the driest summer

months, forming a perennating, dense green apical bud

well above ground level, while the persistent leaves des-

iccate. At the beginning of the cooler months of the rainy

season, the plant resumes growth and produces flower

scapes. It was collected in flower in November.

Taxonomy. Drosera ericgreenii is placed in subgenus

Drosera section Drosera (sensu Diels 1906; Seine &

142

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 1. — Drosera ericgreenii. A, mature plant in flower; B, lower surface of early season leaf, with stipule; C, upper surface of leaf at anthesis,

with stipule; D, stipule; E, sepal; F, petal; G, gynoecium with one of five anthers. Scale bars: A, 20 mm; B, C, 10 mm; D-G, 2 mm. A, drawn

from type; B-G, W. Giess & S. Rehm 1368. Artist: Andreas Fleischmann.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

143

18° 19° 20°

FIGURE 2. — Known distribution of Drosera ericgreenii, ▲; and D.

hilaris, O; in the Western Cape.

Barthlott 1994). Table 1 gives a comparison with its clo-

sest relative, D. hilaris.

Etymology. Drosera ericgreenii , that has been for-

merly neglected or incorrectly identified as specimens of

D. hilaris (Miyamoto 2002), is named in honour of Mr

Eric Green, who over the past few decades has extensively

explored the Western Cape Region for carnivorous plants,

and in so doing has gathered priceless information about

South African Drosera species (Gibson & Green 1999).

Additional material examined

Drosera ericgreenii

WESTERN CAPE.— 3319 (Worcester): Franschhoek, (-CC),

17 November 1946, W. Giess & S. Rehm 1368 (M); French Hoek

[Franschhoek], (-CC), Schlechter 9358 (PRE, photo.!).

Drosera hilaris

WESTERN CAPE. — 3318 (Cape Town): Table Mountain Sum-

mit, (-CD), Harvey s.n. (BM); Constantia Neck, (-CD), 29 October

1951, Salter s.n. (NBG); Orangekloof, (-CD), 04 November

1955, Salter 9690 (BM), 20 October 1896, Wolley-Dod 262 (BM);

Botmanskop, (-DD), 10 November 1946, Strey s.n. (M); Jakkalsvlei

list 4, Jonkershoek, (-DD), 23 October 1963, Taylor 5479 (NBG);

Stellenbosch, Swartsboskloof, (-DD), 13 October I960, Van Rensburg

2083 (M). 3319 (Worcester): Du Toit’s Kloof [Du Toitskloof], (-CA),

4 November 1956, Esterhuysen 26463 (BOL); De Hoop, kloof near

Elandspad homestead, (-CD), 16 October 1984, Van Wyk 2040 (NBG).

3418 (Simonstown): Noordhoek, (-AB), October 1929, Godman 808

(BM); Steenberg Plateau, (-AB), November 1944, Lewis 988 (NBG);

Glencaim Valley, (-AB), 20 October 1927, Salter 263/6 (BM);

Silvermine, (-AB), 21 September 1958, Werdermann & Oberdieck

114 (B); Simon's Bay, (-AB), 09 December 1856, Wright s.n. (P);

Smitswinkel Bay, (-AD), Marloth 338 (NBG); Kogelberg Forest

Reserve, (-BB), 23 October 1969, Boucher 790 (NBG); quarry at

southern end of Buffelstralberg, (-BD), 16 September 1969, Boucher

652 (NBG). 3419 (Caledon): near Villiersdorp, 9 miles [14.4 km] from

Grabouw, (-AA). 30 October 1928, Gillett 1873 (NBG); Viljoen's Pass,

(-AA), 30 October 1928, Hutchinson 1078 (BM), 22 September 1946,

Strey s.n. (M); mountain slopes above estuarine vlei, Caledon, (-AB),

30 September 1928, Gillett 952 (NBG); Zwartberg [Swartberg], (-AB),

October 1886, MacOwan 728 (BOL); Hermanus, (-AC), Barker 1690

(NBG); Palmietriviermond. Paardeberg, (-AC), 12 October 1962,

Grobles 25258 (NBG); Riviera, Hermanus, (-AC), 2 October 1916,

Purcell s.n. (NBG); Femkloof Nature Reserve, (-AD), 18 October

1989, Greuter 21929 (B), 27 September 1980, Orchard 570 (NBG).

Key to stem-forming Drosera species of Western Cape

la Summer dormant geophyte; stipules absent; seasonally emerging basal rosette of leaves (sometimes absent at time of flowering) forming

annual stems covered with living, green leaves well spaced along stem; flower scape terminal, erect 1 . D. cistiflora ( s.l .)

lb Plant in growth year-round; stipules present (but reduced to inconspicuous setae in D. hilaris ); stems perennial, ± woody, covered by

remnants of dead leaves, green living leaves at growing tip only; flower scapes emerging laterally, ± ascending:

2a Leaves with petiole graduating continuously into lamina:

3a Stem glabrous and leaves with short, scattered white hairs only (in addition to tentacles) 2. Drosera capensis x D. aliciae

3b Stem and leaves densely covered with woolly indumentum of short white hairs (in addition to tentacles):

4a Stipules well developed, papery; stem short (< 100 mm); scapes ascending with curved base; flowers ± 20 mm diam 3. D. ericgreenii

4b Stipules reduced to tiny setae; stem >100 mm (at least in flowering specimens); scapes erect with straight base; flowers more than

20 mm diam. (up to 40 mm) 4. D. hilaris

2b Leaves with distinct petiole narrower than lamina:

5a Stem and leaf lower surface covered with long white or brown hairs; inflorescence forked 5. D. ramentacea

5b Stem glabrous and leaf lower surface only sparsely covered by short appressed hairs; inflorescence unbranched (only very rarely

branched in robust plants):

6a Lamina broadly linear, up to 150 mm long; stipules entire, triangular 6. D. capensis

6b Lamina obovate to spatulate, up to 30 mm long; stipules laciniate:

7a Petiole 1—2 mm wide; intemodes > 2 mm 7. D. glabripes

7b Petiole 3—4 mm wide; intemodes < 2 mm 8. D. x corinthiaca ( D . aliciae x D. glabripes)

TABLE 1. — Comparison of Drosera ericgreenii and D. hilaris

144

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors highly appreciate the help of Eric Green for

providing the exact location of this new species, as well as

additional location data for numerous other Drosera species

in the Cape Region. Thanks go to Dr Deon L. Hignett from

the Western Cape Province Cape Nature Head Office for his

fast and kind correspondence issuing the research permits

for the Western Cape Province (Flora Research Permit No.

AAA005-00064-0028). Dr John Rourke, a former curator of

the Compton Herbarium, and Dr Terry Trinder-Smith, cura-

tor of the Bolus Herbarium, are thanked for providing study

access to specimens deposited at their herbaria. Thanks also

to P.J.D. Winter for providing a scan of Schlechter 9358

(PRE). Finally, the authors would like to thank Kirk ‘Fuzzy’

Hirsch and Stewart McPherson for the great help and assis-

tance in the field, and Dr Barry Rice and an anonymous

reviewer for useful comments on the manuscript.

REFERENCES

DEBBERT. R 2002. Einige neue Drosera- Arttn aus Siidafrika. Linzer

biologische Beitrage 34: 793-800.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

DIELS, L. 1906. Droseraceae. In H.G.A. Engler, Das Pflanzenreich

26,4: 1-136.

GIBSON, R. & GREEN, E. 1999. Drosera x corinthiaca (Droseraceae),

a newly recognised natural hybrid from the Cape Province, South

Africa. Carnivorous Plant Newsletter 28: 81-84.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus of

the Cape flora of South Africa. Strelitzia 9: 420, 42 1 .

MIYAMOTO, M. 2002. Drosera of South Africa. The detail view of an

undecided kind, and comparison of a definite kind [sic!]. Journal

of the Japanese Carnivorous Plant Society 8: 15-18.

OBERMEYER, A. A. 1970. Droseraceae. Flora of southern Africa 13:

187-201.

SEINE, R. & BARTHLOTT, W. 1994. Some proposals on the infrage-

neric classification of Drosera L. Taxon 43: 583-589.

A. FLEISCHMANN*, R. GIBSON** and F. RIVADAVIA***

* Systematic Botany, University of Munich, Menzinger Strasse 67,

80638 Munich, Germany. Email: fleischmann@lrz.uni-muenchen.de.

** 5 Kristen Close, Cardiff Heights, 2285, NSW, Australia. Email:

rgibson@dnr.nsw.gov.au.

*** 1 Daniel Burnham Court #519, San Francisco, CA, 94109, USA.

Email: fe_riva@uol.com.br.

MS. received: 2007-09-25.

LAMIACEAE

ANEW COMBINATION IN SYNCOLOSTEMON

A re-assessment of the relationship between Synco-

lostemon and Hemizygia based on molecular and mor-

phological data (Otieno et al. 2006b), showed that

neither genus as previously circumscribed, was mono-

phyletic, and thus led to the merging of Hemizygia into

Syncoloslemon, the earliest name. Members of the genus,

as newly circumscribed, are characterized by fused ante-

rior stamens, a feature that sets them apart from other

genera in the tribe Ocimeae (Paton 1998). In Otieno et

al. (2006a, b), several name changes were made in the

combined Hemizygia and Syncoloslemon to conform to

the new circumscription. However, Hemizygia cinerea

Codd was inadvertently omitted. The new combination

for this species is presented below.

Syncolostemon cinereum (Codd) D.F.Otieno &

Retief comb. nov.

Hemizygia cinerea Codd in Bothalia 12: 6 (1976). Type: KwaZulu-

Natal, Cathedral Peak Forest Research Station, Killick 1644 (PRE,

holo.).

REFERENCES

CODD, L.E. 1976. The genus Hemizygia (Lamiaceae). Bothalia 12:

1-20.

OTIENO, D.F., BALKWILL, K. & PATON, A. 2006a. A multivari-

ate analysis of morphological variation in the Hemizygia brac-

teosa complex (Lamiaceae, Ocimeae). Plant Systematics and

Evolution 261: 19-38.

OTIENO, D.F., BALKWILL, K„ PATON, A.J. & SAVOLAINEN,

V. 2006b. A reassessment of Hemizygia and Syncolostemon

(Ocimeae-Lamiaceae). Taxon 55: 941-958.

PATON, A.J. 1998. New records and new combinations in Hemizygia

and Syncolostemon. Kew Bulletin 53: 483 — 485 .

D.F. OTIENO* and E. RETIEF**

* Department of Biological Sciences, Moi University, P.O. Box 3900,

Eldoret, Kenya. E-mail: dfotieno@yahoo.co.uk.

** National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,

Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria. E-mail: retief@sanbi.org.

MS. received: 2008-06-06.

PTERIDOPHYTA: ASPLENIACEAE

ASPLENIUM LOBATUM VAR. PSEUDO-ABYSSINICUM , A NEW RECORD FOR SOUTH AFRICA

Asplenium lobatum Pappe & Rawson is a terres-

trial fern with tufted, glabrous, narrowly lanceolate

to elliptic fronds of up to 400 mm long. The stipe is

dark matt brown, 45-230 mm long, glabrous or with a

few hair-like scales and is sometimes vigorously pro-

liferous. This fern is found on shaded floors of high-

altitude, evergreen forests, often away from water,

where it can form dense stands. The species is very

variable, especially in the degree of lamina dissec-

tion and the shape and proportions of the pinnules. In

general, Zimbabwean material is more often 3-pinnate

to 4-pinnatifid with narrowly linear ultimate lobes,

whereas South African material is generally 2-pinnate

to 3-pinnatifid, with broadly obtuse ultimate lobes.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

145

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34

FIGURE 3. — Distribution of Asplenium lobatum var. pseudo-abyssini-

cum, adapted from Burrows (1990), with kind permission of the

author, •; new localities in South Africa, ■.

Furthermore, the more dissected fronds from north of

the Limpopo River are sometimes proliferous at the

base of the lamina, whereas the less dissected plants

are not proliferous (Jacobsen 1983; Burrows 1990).

Due to these differences, A. lobatum var. pseudo-abys-

sinicum Schelpe & N.C. Anthony was described in

1982 (Schelpe & Anthony 1982). Some authors still

consider A lobatum as a single extremely variable spe-

cies and do not recognize the latter variety as a sepa-

rate entity (Roux 2001).

Asplenium lobatum var. lobatum is widespread in

the Eastern Cape, KwaZulu-Natal, along the eastern

escarpment of Mpumalanga and Limpopo, in Swazi-

land, along the border of Zimbabwe and Mozam-

bique, in Malawi and also on Madagascar. The much

more dissected A. lobatum var. pseudo-abyssinicum

has previously been recorded only on the highlands

of Zimbabwe and Mozambique (Figure 3) (Jacobsen

1983; Burrows 1990; Roux 2001).

On a recent trip to the Entabeni State Forest near

Levubu in the Soutpansberg, three plants of A. loba-

tum var. pseudo-abyssinicum were found next to the

trail near Vera’s Tears Waterfall. They grew on a mod-

erately steep slope, well away from the stream. Fronds

were 350^100 mm long and strongly 3 -pinnate to 4-

pinnatifid, with very narrow ultimate lobes. The plants

were initially thought to be small specimens of the

superficially similar A. hypome/as Kuhn, a widespread

fern occurring from west tropical Africa and Ethiopia

southwards to the Nyika Plateau in Malawi and the

Zimbabwean highlands, with a disjunct collection from

Woodbush in Limpopo, South Africa (Burrows 1990).

A. lobatum var. pseudo-abyssinicum is easily distin-

guished from the latter species by the sori: A. hypome-

las has a single, apparently marginal, cup-shaped sorus

per lobe, whereas A. lobatum var. pseudo-abyssini-

cum has several oval, non-marginal sori per lobe. The

fronds of A. hypomelas are, furthermore, usually longer

than 1.5 m, whereas A. lobatum var. pseudo-abyssini-

cum is a smaller plant with fronds shorter than 0.5 m

(Schelpe & Anthony 1986; Burrows 1990). On closer

inspection of the Entabeni plants, it was found that one

had a fertile frond, and it was subsequently identified

as A. lobatum var. pseudo-abyssinicum .

This is the first confirmed record of A. lobatum var.

pseudo-abyssinicum in South Africa. However, on

inspection of the A. lobatum collection at the National

Herbarium, Pretoria (PRE), two collections from South

Africa labelled as the ‘tripinnatifid’ form of the species

were found. The first was collected by A. A. Obermeyer,

also at Entabeni, Soutpansberg, in 1931, but no precise

locality information is given. The second collection

was from Kowyn’s Pass near Graskop in Mpumalanga

by J.P. Kluge in 1979 (Figure 3). The fronds of both

these collections are strongly 3-pinnate to 4-pinnatifid

and the ultimate lobes narrow and linear, making it A.

lobatum var. pseudo-abyssinicum. Both localities fall

within the Northern Mistbelt Forest vegetation type

(Mucina & Rutherford 2006).

The Soutpansberg forms part of a centre of ende-

mism with a very high biodiversity and with floristic

links to several other such centres in southern Africa.

Entabeni is situated at the intersection of the Drakens-

berg and Soutpansberg Mountain Ranges and has the

highest annual rainfall recorded for the Soutpansberg

(1 874 mm). The area also receives an additional aver-

age precipitation through mist of 1 366 mm per annum

(Hahn 2002). These wetter areas of the Soutpansberg

Centre of Endemism form part of the Afromontane

region and show clear affinities with, amongst oth-

ers, the Chimanimani-Nyanga Centre in the Eastern

Highlands of Zimbabwe and the Wolkberg Centre of

the northeastern Drakensberg Escarpment, of which

the Graskop area forms the eastern border (Van Wyk

& Smith 2001). It is therefore not surprising that A.

lobatum var. pseudo-abyssinicum , previously known

only from the Eastern Highlands of Zimbabwe, also

occurs further south in the Soutpansberg and Wolkberg

Centres of Endemism.

LIMPOPO. — 2230 (Messina): Levubu, Entabeni State Forest,

near Vera’s Tears Waterfall, (-CC), R.R. Klopper & A.W. Klopper 218

(PRE); Zoutpansberg, Entabeni, (-CC), A. A. Obermeyer TM1919C

(PRE).

MPUMALANGA. — 2430 (Pilgrim’s Rest): Kowyn’s Pass, (-DD),

J.P Kluge 1699 (PRE).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Mr John Burrows is thanked for giving permission to

use the distribution map of this species from his book

Southern African ferns and fern allies (1990); Ms Hester

Steyn, Data Management Unit, SANBI, Pretoria, for

producing the distribution map; Ms Emsie du Plessis, of

the Scientific Publications Section, SANBI, Pretoria, for

comments on an earlier draft of this paper.

REFERENCES

BURROWS, J.E. 1 990. Southern African ferns and fern allies. Frandsen

Publishers, Sandton.

HAHN, N. 2002. Endemic flora of the Soutpansberg. M.Sc. thesis,

University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.

146

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

JACOBSEN, W.B.G. 1983. The ferns and fern allies of southern Africa.

Butterworths, Durban.

MUCINA, L. & RUTHERFORD, M.C. (eds). 2006. The vegetation

of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19. South

African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

ROUX, J.P. 2001. Conspectus of southern Africa Pteridophyta.

Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 13.

SABONET, Pretoria.

SCHELPE, E.A.C.L.E. & ANTHONY, N.C. 1982. New species

and combinations in African Pteridophyta and Orchidaceae.

Contributions from the Bolus Herbarium 10: 143-161 .

SCHELPE, E.A.C.L.E. & ANTHONY, N.C. 1986. Pteridophyta. In

O.A. Leistner, Flora of southern Africa. Botanical Research

Institute, Pretoria.

VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001. Regions of floristic ende-

mism in southern Africa. A review with emphasis on succulents.

Umdaus Press, Hatfield, Pretoria.

R.R. KLOPPER*, J. NEL**, A.W. KLOPPER+ and G.F. SMITH**

* Biosystematics Research and Biodiversity Collections Division, South

African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria.

** Fem Society of Southern Africa, P.O. Box 73125, 0040 Lynnwood

Ridge, South Africa.

+ Molecular Ecology and Evolution Programme, Department of Genetics,

University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.

* Acocks Chair, H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of Botany,

University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.

MS. received: 2007-05-10.

BEGONIACEAE

BEGONIA SON DERI AN A, A NEW KWAZULU-NATAL RECORD FROM THE SOUTHERN LEBOMBO RANGE, MAPUTALAND, SOUTH

AFRICA

In the Begoniaceae account for the Flora of southern

Africa ( FSA ), Hilliard (1976) treated only two regional

taxa that possess bilamellate placentae, the naturalized

Begonia hirtella Link, and the indigenous B. sonderi-

ana Irmsch., with only the former reported by her from

KwaZulu-Natal. However, subsequent regional check-

lists (Van Wyk 1993; Bredenkamp 2003, 2006) record B.

sonderiana as occurring in KwaZulu-Natal, based, seem-

ingly, on a misidentified specimen of B. sutherlandii

Hook.f. collected in 1980 from Karkloof Falls ( Hildyard

102 PRE). The previously documented occurrence of B.

sonderiana falls within the Afromontane Archipelago-

like Centre of Endemism (Van Wyk & Smith 2001),

reported from the eastern highlands of Zimbabwe/west-

em highlands of Mozambique through mountainous

sites in the Limpopo and Mpumalanga Provinces of

South Africa, to northwestern Swaziland (Figure 4). In

the FSA region, the altitude range for B. sonderiana has

been given as 1 000-1 850 m (Hilliard 1976), whereas

in the Flora zambesiaca ( FZ) region, plants have been

found at expectedly higher elevations of between 1 650

and 2 000 m (Kupicha 1978). Herbarium records fur-

ther reveal a single collection {J. Culverwell 789 PRE)

from the Lebombo Mountains in Swaziland; plants were

found growing in Chilobe Forest at an altitude of 600 m,

in deep shade with very moist conditions.

During a recent search for Begonia homonyma Steud.

in the vicinity of Gwalaweni (Hlatikulu) Forest in the

southern Lebombo Mountains, KwaZulu-Natal, plants of

B. sonderiana were unexpectedly encountered growing

at a site overlooking the Jozini Dam, close to the bor-

der with Swaziland, at an altitude of 680 m. The exact

locality is the head of Devil’s Dive. Although found on

a southern aspect, the habitat was xeric, very unlike the

mesic one recorded previously for this species: Kupicha

(1978) described its occurrence on rocks in the spray of

waterfalls or on damp mossy boulders in kloof forest,

whereas Hilliard (1976) recorded it from forest or forest

margins in which sites it favours rockfalls or broken cliff

faces. Hilliard (1976) also reported its presence amongst

shady rock outcrops in steep grasslands. At the Devil’s

Dive site, B. sonderiana grows in shallow humic pock-

ets overlying rhyolite, together with Euphorbia evansii,

Streptocarpus confusus subsp. lebomboensis, Cheilanthes

hirta var. nemorosa, Kalanchoe rotundifolia, Dracaena

aletriformis, Plectranthus verticillatus and Dioscorea

sylvatica. The vegetation type corresponds to Southern

Lebombo Bushveld (Rutherford et al. 2006).

Subsequent consideration of herbarium materials

revealed that this gathering on the western edge of the

southern Lebombo range was actually the second collec-

tion from this vicinity, the first ( Vahrmeijer & Drijhout

2002 PRE) having been made nearly 30 years earlier, but

misidentified as Begonia homonyma. These two records

are the first to authenticate the occurrence of B. sonde-

riana in KwaZulu-Natal as well as the Maputaland-

Pondoland Region of Plant Endemism (Van Wyk &

Smith 2001), extending its known distribution in a

southerly direction by 95 km. The plants grow at a lower

altitude than northern subpopulations of the Lebombo

Mountains, and here receive less than 800 mm of rain

per annum on average (Rutherford et al. 2006). The

plants conform in most respects to typical B. sonderiana,

possessing tubers and glabrous aerial parts, in contrast

to the thinly villous and atuberous B. hirtella which is

known from the same general locality ( Vahrmeijer 2000

PRE). Further, in contrast to B. homonyma , the B. sonde-

FIGURE 4. — Known distribution of Begonia sonderiana in FSA region

based on specimens at J, NH, NU and PRE, •; new provincial

localities, ■.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

147

riana plants presented female flowers with characteristic

divided placentae, and ovate-acuminate leaves with lobed

and toothed margins. However, tepal dimension differ-

ences warrant mention: the male flowers, which are white

flushed pink, possess outer pairs up to 16x21 mm, and

inner pairs up to 11 x 5 mm, relative to the respective

dimensions of outer (8-13 x 11-17 mm), and inner (5-8

x 3-4 mm) pairs provided by Kupicha (1978). Hilliard

(1976) described flowers as being up to 30 mm across,

somewhat larger than tropical material (Kupicha 1978),

but slightly smaller than the Lebombo form. In contrast

to male flowers, tepals of female flowers from Devil’s

Dive were shorter than the maximum known from the

tropics, attaining 12 mm rather than 17 mm (Kupicha

1978). Further, tubers of plants from the arid site were

entire rather than presenting spaced swellings as noted

for the mesic form ( Hilliard & Burtt 5962 NU). Despite

their dry habitat, flowering specimens still attained a

height of 350 mm and remained turgid whereas the sur-

rounding vegetation, with the exception of stem and leaf

succulents, showed signs of drought stress. The drought

tolerance of these begonias may be attributed to their suc-

culent tubers, one measured 75 x 29 mm.

An unconfirmed sight record by the second author

places Begonia sonderiana still further south, in the

mistbelt component of Ngome Forest (2731 CD) at ±

1 200 m elevation.

Specimens examined

Begonia hirtella

KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2732 (Ubombo): Gwalaweni Forest, south-

ern Lebombo Mountain range, (-AA), 08-01-1970, J. Vahrmeijer 2000

(PRE).

Begonia sonderiana

MPUMALANGA. — 2430 (Pilgrims Rest): cliffs on road to summit

of Mariepskop. 1 830 m, (-DB), 16-01-1969, Hilliard & Burtt 5962

(NU).

KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2731 (Golela): in humus on rocky ledge of

steep dry southern slope at head of Devil’s Dive on crest of Lebombo

range overlooking Jozini Dam, 680 m, S 27°.31442, E 31°,97721,

(-BD), 05-02-2008, N. Crouch, T. Edwards & I. Johnson 1166 (NH).

2732 (Ubombo): Gwalaweni Forest, (-AC), 1969, Vahrmeijer & Drij-

hout 2002 (PRE).

SWAZILAND. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Chilobe Forest, Lubombo

Mountains south of Siteki, southeast of Jilobi, very close to Tikuba,

climax wet canopy forest, 600 m, (-AC), 10-04-1977, J. Culverwell

789 (PRE).

Begonia sutherlandii

KWAZULU-NATAL.— 2930 (Pietermaritzburg): Karkloof Waterfalls,

picnic spot in riverside forest remnant at waters edge, (-AD), 21-01-

1980, C.J. Hildyard 102 (PRE).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The trip during which the Begonia material was

collected was financed in part by the University of

KwaZulu-Natal. The Curators of J, NH, NU and PRE

kindly allowed use of their specimens. The staff of the

Mary Gunn Library are thanked for facilitating access

to literature, as is the Data Section of the National

Herbarium for providing PRECIS data.

REFERENCES

BREDENKAMP, C.L. 2003. Begoniaceae. In G. Germishuizen & N.L.

Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an annotated checklist. Stre-

litzia 14: 278.

BREDENKAMP, C.L. 2006. Begoniaceae. In G. Germishuizen, N.L.

Meyer, Y. Steenkamp & M. Keith, A checklist of South African

plants. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report

No. 41:311, 312.

HILLIARD, O.M. 1976. Begoniaceae. Flora of southern Africa 22:

136-144.

KUPICHA, F.K. 1978. Begoniaceae. Flora zambesiaca 4: 499-506.

RUTHERFORD, M.C., MUCINA, L„ LOTTER, M.C., BREDEN-

KAMP, G.J., SMIT, J.H.L., SCOTT-SCHAW, C.R., HOARE,

D.B., GOODMAN, P.S., BEZUIDENHOUT, H., SCOTT, L.,

ELLIS, F„ POWRIE, L.W., SIEBERT, F„ MOSTERT, T.H.,

HENNING, B.J., VENTER, C.E., CAMP, K.G.T., SIEBERT,

S.J., MATTHEWS, W.S., BURROWS, J.E., DOBSON, L., VAN

ROOYEN, N., SCHMIDT, E„ WINTER, P.J.D., DU PREEZ,

J., WARD, R.A., WILLIAMSON, S. & HURTER, P.J.H. 2006.

Savanna Biome. In L. Mucina & M.C. Rutherford, The veg-

etation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19:

438-538.

VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001 . Regions offloristic endemism in

southern Africa. A review with emphasis on succulents. Umdaus

Press, Pretoria.

VAN WYK, C.M. 1993. Begoniaceae. In T.H. Arnold & B.C. De Wet,

Plants of southern Africa: names and distribution. Memoirs

of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 62: 513. National

Botanical Institute, Pretoria.

N.R. CROUCH* and T. McLELLAN**

* Ethnobotany Unit, South African National Biodiversity Institute, P.O.

Box 5299, 4007 Berea Road/School of Chemistry, University of Kwa-

Zulu-Natal, Durban 4041 .

** School of Molecular and Cell Biology, University of the Witwaters-

rand, Private Bag 3, 2050 Wits, Johannesburg.

MS. received: 2008-03-19.

APOCYNACEAE

SPECIES DELIMITATION IN CARVALHOA CAMPANULATA (RAUVOLFIOIDEAE)

INTRODUCTION

The genus Carvalhoa, typified by C. campanulata

K.Schum., was established in 1897 by Karl Schumann

based on a collection made by Manuel Rodrigues P. de

Carvalho in 1884—1885 on the small island of Cabaceira

Pequena (15°0'40" S, 40°45'5"E), about 11 km ESE of

Mossuril, a seaside settlement in Nampula Province of

northern Mozambique. Despite Leeuwenberg’s assertion

that all material within the genus belongs to a single spe-

cies (Leeuwenberg 1985a), it is clear that there are two

distinct taxa represented over its range: one a species of

moist evergreen forest, and the other of dry coastal veg-

etation at low altitudes. In this contribution the morphol-

ogy and ecology of the two taxa are examined and the

younger name, C. macrophylla K.Schum., for the taxon

that is widespread in the montane forests, is reinstated.

The name C. campanulata is retained for the typical

148

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

material which is confined to the coastal regions of

northern Mozambique.

Until the Buffelskloof Herbarium, Lydenburg, is awar-

ded an international acronym, the temporary acronym

BNRH is used here.

DISCUSSION

Morphology, if Carvalhoa is regarded as a monotypic

genus (Leeuwenberg 1985a, b; Omino 2002), the mor-

phological variation in leaf size, leaf shape, leaf indu-

mentum and petiole length over its range is, in the opin-

ion of the author, unacceptably great. However, if the

genus is divided into two species, the most striking and

consistent differences between the two taxa are the shape

and size of the leaf. In C. campanulata sensu stricto the

leaves are narrowly elliptic to oblanceolate or narrowly

obovate, with the base attenuating to a narrowly auricu-

late or truncate base (Figure 5 A). Leaf size is 34—120 x

14-34 mm, with a width-to-length ratio of l:(2.2-)2.8-

4.0(-4.5). In C. macrophylla, the leaves measure 80-280

FIGURE 5. — Carvalhoa campanu-

lata, Burrows & Burrows

9735 (BNRH): A, leaf; B,

indumentum. C. macrophyl-

la, Golding, Timberlake &

Clarke 41 (BNRH, K, PRE):

C, leaf. Scale bars: A, C, 20

mm; B, 5 mm. Artist: Sandra

Burrows.

x 30-120 mm, with a width-to-length ratio of 1:1. 9-2. 5.

The leaf base is always variously cuneate (Figure 5C).

In addition, the lateral venation of Carvalhoa cam-

panulata is rather obscure, whereas those of C. macro-

phylla are always distinct, both in fresh and dried mate-

rial. The leaves of C. macrophylla are almost always

glabrous, although a single specimen from Namuli

Mountain in Mozambique displayed a few sparse hairs.

In contrast, the leaves of C. campanulata are always

set on both surfaces with a very sparse indumentum of

minute pale hairs, slightly more densely so along the

margins, the midrib and the lateral veins (Figure 5B).

The author has been unable to detect any significant

floral or fruit characters on which to differentiate the

species, although it would appear that the paired carpels

of Carvalhoa campanulata are smaller than those of C.

macrophylla and are held at 180° to one another when

ripe, whereas those of C. macrophylla are seldom spread

as wide apart as 180°.

Ecology, the author has visited the type locality of

Carvalhoa campanulata on two occasions: once in

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

149

October 2005 and once in December 2006. The area

around Mossuril comprises a mosaic of open to closed

woodland on coastal sands, interspersed with dense

patches of coastal thicket, that are sometimes extensive

and are dominated by emergent specimens of Terminalia

sambesiaca (Combretaceae). In October, the area was

extremely dry and the vegetation, with the exception of

only a handful of species (notably Ludia mauritiana ,

Flacourtiaceae), was totally leafless and grey. Although

not detected then, the Carvalhoa were almost certainly

leafless at that time of year. In contrast, in mid-December

the vegetation in the same area was fully in leaf, despite

having had little, and late, rain. At this time C. campanu-

lata was collected in flower and with immature fruit.

This collection therefore represents topotypic material,

close to where Carvalho originally collected the type

specimen. Data from other collections of the same taxon

indicate that the species occurs in coastal Brachystegial

Julbernardia (‘miombo’) woodland as well as on granite

inselbergs where the plants are exposed to extreme heat

and aridity during the dry season. Typical C. campanu-

lata is therefore a species of seasonally arid deciduous

woodland and deciduous thicket on coastal sands, or on

rocky outcrops. Altitude ranges from sea level to 550 m.

In direct contrast, White et al. (2001) state that in

Malawi, Carvalhoa campanulata sensu lato occurs ‘in

understorey of mid-altitude and montane rain forest’,

between altitudes of 750-2 000 m. Leeuwenberg (1985b)

records that in the Flora zambesiaca region, C. campanu-

lata s.l. occurs in ‘montane rain forest and secondary

forest; (300)800-1 900 m’, whereas Omino (2002) states

that in East Africa it grows in ‘moist forest, riverine for-

est; 300-2 300 m.’ The author has seen this taxon grow-

ing in moist undergrowth of evergreen lowland forest

in the Great Ruo Gorge of Mt Mulanje, Malawi. While

the altitudinal range of the montane taxon is commonly

between 750 and 2 000 m, it does sometimes extend to

altitudes of as low as 288 m in the moist lowland forests

of coastal Kenya and Tanzania.

In his original description of the genus, Schumann

(1897) mentions that Carvalhoa campanulata stretches

from the inland highlands to the Mozambique coast, a

view he was to change a few years later when he raised

two predominantly montane species, C. macrophylla in

1902 and C. petiolata in 1904. However, it is puzzling

that, although Leeuwenberg lists in his Flora zambe-

siaca treatment, numerous collections from coastal

Mozambique, including the specimen Gomes e Sousa

4559 which was collected near the sea at Pemba, and

Carvalho’s type collection gathered on an island, he does

not recognize or indicate that it grows at or near sea level

(Leeuwenberg 1985b). This gives the contemporary, but

erroneous impression that C. campanulata sd. is only a

montane species.

Because of the foregoing, I propose the reinstatement

of Schumann’s Carvalhoa macrophylla which is a mon-

tane evergreen species with leaves cuneate at the base

and almost entirely glabrous. In contrast, C. campanu-

lata is a deciduous coastal species with smaller, sparsely

pubescent leaves with a narrowly auriculate base. C. pet-

iolata, while differing in some minor aspects (e.g. num-

ber of lateral veins), is regarded as synonymous with C.

macrophylla.

Key to species of Carvalhoa

la Plants deciduous; leaves narrowly elliptic to oblanceolate or

narrowly obovate, attenuated into a very narrowly auricu-

late or truncate base; in deciduous coastal woodland and

thicket; 0-550 m 1. C. campanulata

lb Plants evergreen; leaves elliptic, subsessile or petiolate up to

7 mm long, base cuneate; in evergreen lowland or montane

forests; (290-)750-2 000(-2 300) m 2. C. macrophylla

1. Carvalhoa campanulata K.Schum. in Engler

& Prantl, Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, edn 1, 4,2;

189 (1897); Leeuwenberg: 50 (1985a), pro parte excl. C.

macrophylla K.Schum. (1902) and C. petiolata K.Schum.

(1904). Type: Mozambique, Nampula Province, Mossuril,

Cabaceira Pequena, 1884-1885, M.R.P. de Carvalho s.n.

(B, holo.f; COI, lecto.; K!, P, Z, isolecto.).

Ecology, occurring in seasonally arid deciduous or

semi-deciduous coastal forest, thicket or coastal miombo

woodland, on sands and ‘basaltic sands’. On the Gomes

e Sousa 4559 voucher, he states ‘very common in

Querimba Islands, where it forms dense communities’.

It also grows on rocky granite outcrops with species of

Xerophyta, Myrothamnus, Aloe and Asparagus on Monte

Ancuabe. Altitude range from 0-550 m.

Distribution', endemic to the provinces of Cabo

Delgado and Nampula in northern Mozambique; pos-

sibly yet to be discovered in the extreme southeast of

Tanzania. Its entire distribution falls within White’s

(1983) Zanzibar-Inhambane undifferentiated forest of

his Zanzibar-Inhambane regional mosaic (mapping unit

16a).

Conservation status: a status of Not Threatened,

Least Concern is recommended. The species appears to

be widespread within its area of occurrence and is, in

places, still frequent.

Specimens examined

MOZAMBIQUE. — 1 139: Cabo Delgado Province, Mueda to Nega-

mano road, Nambiti village, fl. & if. 2 April 1960, Gomes e Sousa 4561

(COI, K!, PRE!, SRGH). 1239: Ancuabe District, Monte Ancuabe,

550 m, de Koning & Groenendijk 9525 (K!, LMU). 1240: S of Porto

Amelia (Pemba), road to Maringanha lighthouse, 2 April 1960, Gomes

e Sousa 4559 (COI, K!, PRE!). 1440: Nampula Province, Memba

District, Memba, fl. & fr. 18 March 1961, M.F. de Carvalho 468 (K! ,

LMU); Monapo District, Monapo, Monte Ndjidji, 250 m, 12 February

1984, Groenendijk, de Koning & Dungo 9598 (K!, LMU); Monapo

District, Monapo, forest reserve of Sr Wolf, fr. 10 February 1984,

Groenendijk, de Koning & Dungo 976 (Kl, LMU); ibid., Groenendijk,

de Koning & Dungo 994 (K!, LMU); ibid., 11 February 1984, de

Koning, Groendijk & Dungo 9344 (K!, LMU); Mossuril District, on

road from Mossuril to Matibane, 60 m, fr. & fl. 22 December 2006,

J.E. & S.M. Burrows 9735 (BNRH).

2. Carvalhoa macrophylla K.Schum. in Engler,

Botanische Jahrbiicher 30: 381 (1902); Beentje: 479

(1994); White et al.: 138 (2001), both as C. campanulata.

Type: Tanzania, Rungwe District, Poroto Mts, Gurumbi

(Ngurumbi) Mtn, 1 700 m, October 1899, Goetze 1343

(B, holo.f; BR, lecto.; E, K!, Z, isolecto.).

C. petiolata K.Schum.: 317, 318 (1904). Type: Tanzania, Usambara

Mtns, Derema, 800 m, 14 February 1900, Scheffler 219 (B, holo.|;

PRE, lecto.!).

Note: Leeuwenberg (1985a: 50) states that Schumann

erroneously cites Goetze’s collecting number as 1143.

This is confirmed here; Goetze’s correct number is 1343.

150

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Ecology : an evergreen shrub in the understorey of

moist evergreen montane or lowland forest, sometimes

locally frequent, mostly at altitudes of 750-2 000 m but

extending to much lower altitudes along the East African

coast: 390 m (Shimba Hills, Kenya); 350 m (Lushoto,

Tanzania); 400 m (Udzungwa Mountains, Tanzania); 288

m (Namatimbili Forest, Lindi District, Tanzania); 500 m

(Mueda Plateau, Mozambique). At the upper limit of its

range, Carvalhoa macrophy/la is recorded growing at

2 300 m in ‘bush often under Hageniafs pecimen data).

Distribution', coastal Kenya, Tanzania, Malawi, north-

western Mozambique (as in Leeuwenberg 1985a, exclud-

ing specimens from coastal Mozambique).

Conservation status : a status of Not Threatened, Least

Concern is recommended. This taxon is widespread in

the moist evergreen forests of southeastern Africa and

much of this habitat is legally protected.

Selected specimens examined

KENYA. — 0439: Kwale District, Shimba Hills, Longomagandi,

390 m, 17 March 1991, Luke & Robertson 2727 (EA, K!); ibid., Mwele

Mdogo Forest, 400 m, 28 May 1987, Roberston 4673 (EA, K!, MO).

TANZANIA. — 0637: Morogoro District, Uluguru Mts, 1 250

m, 16 January 1933, Schlieben 3253 (B, BM!, G, K!, LISC, M, MO,

Z). 0933: Mbeya District, Rungwe, ‘Station Kyimbila’, 1 450 m, 29

November 1910, Stoltz 375 (BM!, BR, G, GH, HBG, K!, L, MO, S,

US, W, WAG, Z).

MALAWI. — -1133: Vipya Plateau, in Pamphala rainforest, 11

February 1956, J.D. Chapman 285 (BM!, FHO, K!). 1334: Nchisi

Mtn, 1 450 m, 19 February 1959, Robson 1657 (BM!, K!, LISC, PRE!,

SRGH).

MOZAMBIQUE. — 1237: Niassa Province, Niassa Game Reserve,

Simba Camp to Serra Mecula Peak, 1 000 m, 11 June 2003, Golding,

Timberlake & Clarke 41 (BNRH!, K!, PRE!). 1636: Zambezia

Province, Lugela District, Tacuane, Faulkner 124 (K!, S).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The Curators of K, BM and PRE are acknowledged

for allowing me to examine their herbarium material, and

in particular, David Goyder of K, John Hunnex of BM

and Pieter Bester of PRE. Sandie Burrows is thanked for

her leaf line drawing.

REFERENCES

BEENTJE, H.J. 1994. Kenya trees, shrubs and lianas. National

Museums of Kenya, Nairobi.

LEEUWENBERG, A.J.M. 1985a. A revision of Carvalhoa K.Schum.

In Series of revisions of Apocynaceae XVII. Agricultural

University Wageningen Papers 85,2: 49-55.

LEEUWENBERG, A.J.M. 1985b. Carvalhoa. In E. Launert, Flora

zambesiaca 7,2: 444-447, t. 102. Flora Zambesiaca Managing

Committee, London.

OMINO, E.A. 2002. Apocynaceae. In H.J. Beentje, Flora of tropical

East Africa , Apocynaceae, Part 1 . Balkema, Rotterdam.

SCHUMANN, K. 1897. Apocynaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl, Die

Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, edn 1,4,2: 109-189.

SCHUMANN, K. 1902. Apocynaceae. In A. Engler, Beitrage zur Flora

von Afrika. XXII. Berichte iiber die botanischen Ergebnisse

der Nyassa-See-und Kinga-Gebirs-Expedition. Botanische

Jahrbucher 30: 380, 381.

SCHUMANN, K. 1904. Carvalhoa. Botanische Jahrbucher 33: 317,

318.

WHITE, F. 1983. The vegetation of Africa: a descriptive memoir to

accompany the Unesco/AETFAT/UNSO vegetation map of

Africa. Unesco, Paris.

WHITER F„ DOWSETT-LEMAIRE, F. & CHAPMAN, J.G. 2001.

Evergreen forest flora of Malawi. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

J.E. BURROWS*

* Buffelskloof Herbarium, Buffelskloof Private Nature Reserve, P.O.

Box 710, 1120 Lydenburg, South Africa. E-mail address: botart@

mweb.co.za.

MS. received: 2008-01-08.

CELASTRACEAE

A NEW SPECIES OF GYMNOSPOR1A FROM SOUTH AFRICA AND SWAZILAND

Gymnosporia hemipterocarpa Jordaan, sp. nov.,

G. buxifoliae (L.) Szyszyl. affinis, sed ramis primo rubro-

purpureis; foliis caeruleo-griseis; capsulis sub-porcatis,

laevigatis, flavis differt.

TYPE. — South Africa, KwaZulu-Natal, 2830 (Dun-

dee): Weenen District, Farm Mkholombe, 5 km E of

Weenen, (-CC), 6 April 1987, Jordaan 1155 (PRE, holo.;

NH, iso.).

Maytenus cymosus forma DE2507 sensu Edwards: 269 (1967)

quoad specimens Edwards 2507, 2784, 2810.

Shrub up to 2 m high, rarely a small tree up to 4

m high, spinescent, glabrous. Branches terete, red-

dish brown when young, becoming grey with age.

Brachyblasts short. Thorns robust, terete, up to 70

mm long, rarely floriferous. Stipules subulate, ± 1 mm

long, margin fimbriate. Leaves fasciculate or alter-

nate towards tips of branchlets, subcoriaceous, grey-

ish green when fresh, greyish when dry; lamina ovate,

obovate to oblanceolate, 15-40 x 10-20 mm, apex

acute to rounded, base cuneate, margin with incisions

in distal half, venation not obvious below except for

raised midrib in dry specimens; petiole ± 0.5 mm long.

Inflorescence a dense dichasium, slightly shorter than

or as long as leaves; peduncle 6-12 mm long, reddish

purple; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Flowers unisexual, pen-

tamerous, white or cream-coloured, 15-19 per cyme,

sweetly scented. Sepals triangular, ± 0.8 mm long,

margin laciniate. Petals oblong, 1-2 mm long, margin

uneven. Disc ± 1.5 mm wide, 5-lobed. Male flowers:

stamens slightly shorter than petals; filaments ± 1 mm

long; pistillode short; style unbranched. Female flow-

ers: staminodes shorter than stamens in male flowers;

ovary 3-locular, half-ridged; style very short; stigma

3-branched, spreading. Capsules subglobose, 4-5 mm

diam., 3-valved, each valve with outer surface ridged

towards distal end, smooth, coriaceous, yellow to dark

red to purplish. Seeds reddish brown, shiny; aril thin,

yellow, partially covering the seed. Figures 6, 7.

Diagnostic characters and affinities'. Gymnosporia

hemipterocarpa is easily recognized by its leaves which

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

151

FIGURE 6. — Gymnosporia hemipterocarpa. A, flowering branch; B, C, fruiting branches; D. female flower; E, male flower; F, capsule, note wing-

like ridges on upper half of valves; G, seed with aril. A, D, Edwards 2909 (PRE); B, F, G, Edwards 3299 (PRE); C, Edwards 2507 (NU);

E, Compton 2640 (PRE). Scale bars: A, B, C, 20 mm; D, E, 4 mm; F, 5 mm; G, 2 mm. Artist: Marietjie Steyn.

are coriaceous and greyish green, giving the plant a

greyish appearance. Furthermore, the inflorescences

have dark reddish purple axes which contrast with the

rest of the plant, and the capsules are small, dark red to

purplish and half-ridged. It is related to species in what

was previously referred to as the Maytenus heterophylla

complex (Robson 1965, 1966, 1994). Subsequently

the complex has been resolved into several species, all

now placed in the genus Gymnosporia (Wight & Am.)

Hook.f. (Jordaan 1995; Jordaan & Van Wyk 1999). The

new species belongs to Gymnosporia section Buxifoliae

Jordaan (Jordaan & Van Wyk 2006) by having seeds

152

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 7. — Gymnosporia hemipterocarpa. Leaves and fruit. Photo-

graph: G. Nichols, taken from a plant growing in the Hluhluwe

- iMfolozi Park.

with partially enclosed arils. It can be distinguished from

the related and widespread G. buxifolia (L.) Szyszyl. in

having subglobose, semi-ridged, smooth, dark red or

purplish capsules (Figure 7). G. buxifolia has very small,

globose, non-ridged, very rough, reddish or yellowish

brown capsules. G. hemipterocarpa is also related to G.

devenishii Jordaan, a species of Afromontane Forest with

sulcate capsules from KwaZulu-Natal and the Transkei

region of the Eastern Cape.

Gymnosporia hemipterocarpa can easily been con-

fused with G. glaucophylla Jordaan which also has

glaucous leaves. It can be distinguished from G. glauco-

phylla by having leaves which are always toothed in the

distal part, whereas G. glaucophylla has often subentire

leaves with only remnants of teeth on the margins. Both

species have 3-valved capsules, but G. glaucophylla has

smooth, subglobose, entire, reddish brown, non-ridged

fruits.

Distribution and habitat', reported from the hot, arid,

Mooi, Thukela, Mfolozi and Pongola River Valleys in

KwaZulu-Natal and also from Swaziland (Figure 8).

Plants grow on rocky hillsides in dense Valley Thicket

(Lubke 1998: 16) in the Savanna Biome at altitudes of

0-600 m.

Etymology', the epithet is a compound of the Greek

words, hemipteron, half-winged, and carpos, fruit, allud-

ing to the half-winged pericarp of the capsule. Proposed

FIGURE 8. — Known distribution of Gymnosporia hemipterocarpa.

names for the species are: valley spikethom and val-

leipendoring in Afrikaans.

Other specimens examined

SWAZILAND. — 2631 (Mbabane): Fllatikulu District, Sitobela,

(-DC), Compton 26404 (NBG, PRE).

KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2731 (Louwsburg): Ngotshe District,

6 miles [9.6 km] on Kosi-Pongola Weir road, (-BC), Edwards 3198

(PRE); Pongola Bosveldplaas, (-BC), Nel 41 (NH). 2732 (LJbombo):

Ubombo District, 6 miles [9.6 km] W of Jozini Dam Village, (-AC),

Edwards 2909 (NU, PRE). 2830 (Dundee): Thukela Ferry, (-CB),

Galpin 14798 (PRE); Piet Retief Monument, Entonyaneni, (-CB),

Gerstner 3580 (NH); Weenen Veld Reserve, (-CC), Acocks 10146

(NH, PRE); 1 km from Muden, (-CC), Archer 350 (PRU); Blauwkrans

River, (-CC), Pentz 214 (PRE); Umhlumbe Mountains, (-CC), West

1460 (PRE); Muden Valley, (-CD), Edwards 2507 (NU, PRE); 4 miles

[6.4 km] from Muden to Greytown, (-CD), Edwards 2759 (PRE); 3

miles [4.8 km] from Muden in Mooi River Valley, (-CD), Edwards

2784 (NU, PRE). 2831 (Nkandla): Umfolozi Game Reserve, (-BD),

Edwards 3299 (PRE); 3 miles [4.8 km] W of Masimba, (-BD), Moll

5258 (NH, PRE); Umhlatuzi Valley, (-DC), Lawn 567, 1470 (NH).

2930 (Pietermaritzburg): Umvoti District, Upper Huis River Valley,

(-AB), Edwards 2810 (PRE); Richmond Road near Thomville, (-

CB), Thompson 10 (NU). Without precise locality: bushveld of Black

Umfolozi, Gerstner 3199 (NH).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am indebted to the curators of the following her-

baria for the loan of their specimens: NH, NU, and PRU.

Thanks are due to Marietjie Steyn for the drawings,

Emsie du Plessis for critically reading the manuscript,

Hugh Glen for checking the Latin diagnosis and Hester

Steyn for preparing the distribution map. Geoff Nichols

is also thanked for providing the photograph.

REFERENCES

EDWARDS, D. 1 967. A plant ecology survey of the Tugela River Basin,

Natal. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 36:

1-285.

JORDAAN, M. 1995. A taxonomic revision of the spiny members of

subfamily Celastroideae (Celastraceae) in southern Africa.

M.Sc. thesis, University of Pretoria.

JORDAAN, M. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1999. Systematic studies in sub-

family Celastroideae (Celastraceae) in southern Africa: rein-

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

153

statement of the genus Gymnosporia. South African Journal of

Botany 65: 177-181.

JORDAAN, M. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2006. Sectional classification of

Gymnosporia (Celastraceae), with notes on the nomenclatural

and taxonomic history of the genus. Taxon 55: 515-525.

LUBKE, R.A. 1998. Thicket Biome. In A.B. Low & A.G. Rebelo,

Vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Department

of Environmental Affairs & Tourism, Pretoria.

ROBSON, N.K.B. 1965. New and little known species from the Flora

zambesiaca area XVI. Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana , ser. 2,

39: 6-25.

ROBSON, N.K.B. 1966. Celastraceae. In A.W. Exell & H. Wild, Flora

zambesiaca 2: 355^117. Crown Agents, London.

ROBSON, N.K.B. 1994. Maytenus. In R.M. Polhill, Flora of tropical

East Africa, Celastraceae : 3-21. Balkema, Rotterdam.

M. JORDAAN*f

* South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X 1 0 1 , 000 1

Pretoria.

t Student affiliation: Department of Botany, University of Pretoria,

0002 Pretoria.

MS. received: 2005-08-29.

SELAGINELLACEAE

SELAGINELLA NUBIGENA. A NEW SPECIES FROM THE DRAKENSBERG, SOUTH AFRICA

In the southern African pteridophyte literature, the

name SelagineUa imbricata (Forssk.) Spring ex Decne.

first appeared in the Ferns of South Africa (Sim 1915:

336, 337), but no collections were listed from South

Africa. Alston & Schelpe (1952: 155) also list the spe-

cies, but they too did not provide an indication or ref-

erence to any collections made in South Africa and/or

Lesotho per se. The first supposed record of this plant

south of the Zambezi River is a collection made on 12

December 1928 by E.E. Galpin at Devil’s Hoek in the

Royal Natal National Park, KwaZulu-Natal at ± 1 825

m [6000'] (Letter by T.R. Sim to E.E. Galpin dated 26

December 1928 at PRE). Although the identity was

[± 1 825 m] incorrect, the name for the Drakensberg

plant was used by several authors (Jacobsen 1983;

Schelpe & Anthony 1986; Burrows 1990; Roux 2001).

Jacobsen (1983: 145) found the high rainfall and dis-

junct distribution of the species in the Drakensberg

puzzling, but never investigated the matter further.

The true SelagineUa imbricata has a somewhat dis-

junct distribution, occurring in Arabia, Ethiopia, Eritrea,

Somalia, Sudan, Kenya, Mozambique, Namibia, Zam-

bia and Zimbabwe. Since the species occurs along the

Namibian side of the Kunene River, it is expected that

it may also occur in southern Angola. S. imbricata was

erroneously reported for Swaziland by Roux (2003a,

b). The unnumbered Chase collection listed in Flora

zambesiaca (Jermy 1970: 26) reported to have come

from the high-rainfall Vumba Mountains in eastern

Zimbabwe, may be an erroneous location. Although

occurring at altitudes ranging from 200 to 3 000 m, it is

mostly associated with open woodland. In Eritrea and

TABLE 2. — Main morphological features distinguishing SelagineUa nubigena from S. imbricata

Characters

Plant architecture

Roots

Stolon leaves

Primary stem leaves

Lateral leaf shape and dimensions

S. nubigena

Primary and secondary stems creeping, unequally

dichotomously branched

Single root bome at each branching point along

primary and secondary stems

Stolon absent

Dorsolaterally arranged; leaves anisophyllous

along entire length

Obliquely ovate, up to 2.2 x 1 mm

S. imbricata

Primary stems erect, grouped along a creeping sto-

lon, unequally dichotomously branched

Several roots bome at each branching point from

stolon; primary stems rootless

Radially arranged, isophyllous, brown

Proximally isophyllous and radially arranged, high-

er up anisophyllous and dorsolaterally arranged

Broadly scimiter-shaped, erose, acroscopic convex

half of leaf forms a broad wing, which is signifi-

cantly thinner than basiscopic side of leaf, up to 3

x 1.8 mm

Distribution of stomata on lateral leaves

Median leaf shape and dimensions

Distribution of stomata on median leaves

Sporophyll shape and dimensions

Epidermal cell surface

Adaxially with narrow band of stomata parallel to

central vein in distal part of leaf; abaxially with

narrow band of stomata parallel to vein extending

from near leaf base to near leaf apex

Obliquely ovate, up to 2.3 x 0.9 mm

Adaxially with narrow band of stomata along cen-

tral vein extending from lower 7 of leaf to near

apex; abaxially with broad central band of stomata

extending from base to near apex

Isophyllous, lanceolate to broadly ovate, weakly

carinate, denticulate, up to 2 x 1.2 mm

Smooth

Adaxially with narrow band of stomata parallel to

central vein extending from leaf base to near apex;

abaxially with narrow band of stomata parallel to

vein extending from leaf base to near leaf apex

Inaequilaterally ovate to broadly scimitar-shaped,

lacerate, up to 2.5 x 1.5 mm

Adaxially with short and narrow band of stomata

in upper V of leaf; abaxially with narrow central

band of stomata extending from leaf base to near

apex

Isophyllous, ovate, carinate, lacerate, up to 1 .3 x

1 mm

With 2 ± parallel rows of papillae

154

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 9. — Selaginella nubigena, Esterhuysen 30228. A, adaxial view of stem; B, abaxial view of stem; C, lateral leaf; D, median leaf; E, sporo-

phyll. Scale bars: A, B, 1 mm; C-E, 0.5 mm. Artist: J.R Roux.

Ethiopia it is chiefly associated with calcareous rocks,

but elsewhere it appears to favour granite and basalt.

Selaginella imbricata is characterized by its mini-

ature tree-like habit with 1-3 upright dorsoventrally flat-

tened primary and lower order stems that are intermit-

tently grouped along a creeping stolon, and roots that

largely form at or near the branching points. The stolons

and proximal stem parts are radially symmetric, and the

appressed, scale-like leaves along the stolons and lower

primary stem parts are without chlorophyll. These fea-

tures are not exhibited by the Drakensberg plants and

a close examination proved that it represents an as yet

undescribed Selaginella species, which until now, was

erroneously ascribed to S. imbricata. This Drakensberg

endemic is here described as S. nubigena, referring to its

habitat which is regularly shrouded by clouds and mist.

The distinguishing features separating S. nubigena from

S. imbricata are listed in Table 2.

Selaginella nubigena J.P.Roux, sp. nov., a specie-

bus aliis in regione caule repenti anisotomiter furcato

foliis lateralibus medianisque imbricatis aliquantum

obliquis ovatis coriaceis, foliorum medianorum margine

proximali laciniato sed foliorum lateralium margine dis-

tali laciniato distinguitur.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

155

The creeping, unequally dichotomously branched

stem which has coriaceous, overlapping (imbricate),

somewhat oblique ovate lateral and median leaves, sep-

arates Selaginella nubigena from other species in the

region. The proximal margin of the median leaves is lac-

iniate, whereas the distal margin of the lateral leaves is

laciniate.

TYPE. — KwaZulu-Natal, 2828 (Bethlehem): Royal

Natal National Park, on near vertical, much weathered,

basalt cliff, NE aspect, along path up to ridge leading to

The Sentinel, (-DB), 8000' [± 2 430 m], 10 July 1963,

Esterhuysen 30228 (BOL!, holo.; PRE!, iso.).

Plants epilithic. Stems creeping, terete, often slightly

flattened adaxially, up to 1 mm diam., unequally dicho-

tomously branched, anisophyllous, heterophyllous, a

single root is borne laterally or abaxially at or near a

branching point along stems. Leaves on older stems

brown and often tom, closely imbricate and arranged in a

dorsoventral plane; lateral leaves set at 30o^5o to stem

axis, obliquely ovate to scimiter-shaped, up to 2.2 x 1

mm, basally truncate to near-truncate, forming a narrow

erose collar, acute, bright green adaxially, drying matt

green, greyish to greyish green abaxially, coriaceous,

outer margin irregularly set with short outgrowths,

often somewhat short-fimbriate near base, inner mar-

gin entire, but basally slightly folded inwards, clasping

stem, and short-fimbriate, adaxially with a narrow band

of stomata in distal part of leaf, parallel to central vein,

abaxially with a narrow band of stomata parallel to vein

extending from near leaf base to near leaf apex; median

leaves set at 60° or more to stem axis, obliquely ovate,

up to 2.3 x 0.9 mm, bright green adaxially, drying matt

green, greyish green abaxially, coriaceous, basally trun-

cate to near truncate, forming a narrow erose to short-

fimbriate, acute, outer margin irregularly set with short

outgrowths, proximal part infolded, clasping stem and

short-fimbriate, inner margin irregularly short-fimbriate,

adaxially with narrow band of stomata along central vein

extending from lower 7 of leaf to near apex, abaxially

with broad central band of stomata extending from base

to near apex; ligule near circular, erose. Strobili sessile,

solitary at apex of secondary or lower order branches, up

to 4 mm long, isophyllous; sporophylls in 4 ranks, coria-

ceous, peltate, weakly carinate, with narrow repand col-

lar proximally, irregularly serrulate, up to 2 x 1.2 mm.

Sporangia sessile, isovalvate, reniform, up to 1 x 0.8

mm. Megaspores pale yellow, 4 per sporangium, collicu-

late. Microspores unknown. Figure 9.

Distribution and ecology. Selaginella nubigena

is known from the northern parts of the Drakensberg

escarpment only (Figure 10), growing in exposed or

partially sheltered crevices and on narrow ledges of the

predominant east-facing basalt cliffs at altitudes ranging

between 1 825 and 3 100 m. The vegetation within this

montane zone has been described as uKhahlamba Basalt

Grassland (Mucina et al. 2006: 370). Precipitation within

the zone measures ± 1 234 mm per annum and comes as

summer rains (September to March), whereas several

annual snowfalls may occur between April and August.

The Drakensberg scarp is also regularly shrouded in mist

and this contributes significantly to the annual precipita-

tion. The mean annual day temperature within the region

measures 11.6°C.

Conservation', plant populations occur along the high,

mostly east-facing cliffs unaffected by human activ-

ity or pressure within well-managed nature reserves.

The current IUCN classification recommended is Least

Concerned.

Other material studied

KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2828 (Bethlehem): Royal Natal National

Park, Devil's Hoek, (-DB), 13-12-1928, Galpin CH3532 (PRE);

Witsieshoek Reserve, near parking area, path to The Sentinel, (-DB),

15-01-1981, Roux 906 (NBG); Witsieshoek, on sheltered basalt

ledges near summit, (-DB), Schelpe 7673 (BOL); Drakensberg, Inner

Tower Ravine, (-DD), 16-07-1963, Esterhuysen 30234 (BOL, PRE);

Royal Natal National Park, Devil’s Tooth Gully, (-DD), 17-07-

1963, Esterhuysen 30244 (BOL, PRE). 2829 (Harrismith): Bergville

District, MnWeni area, outer MnWeni Needle, (-CC), 7-1962,

Esterhuysen 29601 (BOL, PRE); Bergville, ridge leading to Cathedral

Peak, (-CC), Esterhuysen 23028 (BOL); Bergville, Cathedral Peak

area, north face of small peak next to The Bell, (-CC), Esterhuysen

29598 (BOL); Bergville, north ridge of Cathedral Peak overlooking

Ntonjelane area, (-CC), 7-07-1974, Esterhuysen 33583 (PRE). 2929

(Underberg): Bergville District, The Turret and Amphlett, (-AB), 7-

1957, Esterhuysen 26097 (BOL, NBG, PRE); Bergville, Umshlwazine,

Cathedral area, (-AB), Esterhuysen 28510 (BOL).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My appreciation goes to Ezemvelo KZN Wildlife

for providing the necessary permits to study and col-

lect plants in the Drakensberg conservation areas

under its jurisdiction. My thanks also go to Dr Ted

Oliver for the Latin diagnosis and the Curator of the

National Herbarium, Pretoria, and the Bolus Herbarium,

University of Cape Town, for making the Selaginella

material housed in these collections available for study.

REFERENCES

ALSTON, A.H.G. & SCHELPE, E.A.C.L.E. 1952. An annotated check-

list of the Pteridophyta of southern Africa. Journal of South

African Botany 18: 153-176.

BURROWS, J.E. 1990. Southern African ferns and fern allies. Frandsen

Publishers, Sandton.

JACOBSEN, W.B.G. 1983. The ferns and fern allies of southern Africa.

Butterworth, Durban.

JERMY, C. 1970. Selaginellaceae. In A.W. Exell & E. Launert, Flora

zambesiaca, Pteridophyta. University Press, Glasgow.

156

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

MUCINA, L., HOARE, D.B., LOTTER, M.C., DU PREEZ, P.J.,

RUTHERFORD, M.C., SCOTT-SHAW, C.R.. BREDENKAMP,

G.J., POWRIE, L.W., SCOTT, L„ CAMP, K.G.T., CILLIERS,

S.S., BEZUIDENHOUT, H„ MOSTERT, T.H., SIEBERT, S.J.,

WINTER, P.J.D., BURROWS. J.E., DOBSON, L„ WARD, R.A.,

STALMANS, M„ OLIVER, E.G.H., SIEBERT, F„ SCHMIDT,

E„ KOBISI, K. & ROSE, L. 2006. Grassland Biome. In L.

Mucina & M.C. Rutherford, The vegetation of South Africa,

Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19: 349 — 436. South African

National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

ROUX, J.P. 2001. Conspectus of southern African Pteridophyta.

Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 13.

SABONET, Pretoria.

ROUX, J.P. 2003a. An annotated checklist of the pteridophyte flora of

Swaziland. Bothalia 33: 53-57.

ROUX, J.P. 2003b. Swaziland ferns and fern allies. Southern African

Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 19. SABONET,

Pretoria.

SCHELPE, E.A.C.L.E. & ANTHONY, N.C. 1986. Pteridophyta. In

O.A. Leistner, Flora of southern Africa. Botanical Research

Institute, Pretoria.

SIM.T.R. 1915. The ferns of South Africa, edn 2. Cambridge University

Press, Cambridge.

J.P. ROUX*

* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,

Private Bag X7, Claremont 7735, Cape Town.

MS. received: 2008-06-05.

APONOGETONACEAE

APONOGETON FUG AX, A NEW SPECIES ENDEMIC TO THE CAPE FLORAL REGION, SOUTH AFRICA

The genus Aponogeton L.f. (Aponogetonaceae) com-

prises over 40 species of rhizomatous or tuberous, fresh-

water aquatics from Africa, Asia and Australia, nine of

which are recorded in southern Africa (Van Bruggen

1998; Glen & Cook 2003; Cook 2005). For many years,

just two species, the familiar waterblommetjies or pond

blossoms, A. angustifolius Aiton and A. distachyos L.f.,

were known from the southwestern Cape, where they

inhabit ponds, rivers and ditches at low and middle ele-

vations. In 1983, however, Cape Town botanist Deidre

Snijman collected an unidentified Aponogeton sp. from

a vernal pool on the Bokkeveld Mountains in Northern

Cape, South Africa. This attractive little species produces

flowers with delicate, membranous tepals in dainty, float-

ing inflorescences that bear a remarkable resemblance

to those of A. ranunculiflorus Jacot Guill. & Marais, a

species endemic to the Drakensberg of southern Lesotho

and KwaZulu-Natal (Jacot Guillarmod & Marais 1972).

This similarity in appearance led Goldblatt & Manning

(2000) to identify the Bokkeveld material with A. ranun-

culiflorus, despite the significant disjunction between

the two locations. Examination of fresh material of the

Bokkeveld plants collected in the spring of 2007, how-

ever, revealed that the two are quite distinct.

Soon after the collection of fresh material from the

Bokkeveld, a group of wetland ecologists working on

biological monitoring in the southwestern Cape encoun-

tered an Aponogeton resembling A. ranunculiflorus

in pools near Elim on the Agulhas Plain. These plants

proved to match the Bokkeveld plants in all essential

respects, thus extending the known range of the new

species considerably. Subsequently, Cape Town bota-

nist John Rourke mentioned that he had encountered

what appeared to be the same species in a vernal pool

on the West Coast near Philadelphia, some 20 km north

of Cape Town, as long ago as 1976. A trip to this locality

confirmed its occurrence there, and most recently biolo-

gist Nick Helme collected the species from a vernal pool

near Darling.

This interesting new species is described here as

Aponogeton fugax, in allusion to its delicate, short-lived

flowers.

Aponogeton fugax J.C. Manning & Goldblatt, sp.

nov.

Geophyton aquaticum ex tubere globoso vel bilobo

10-15 mm diam., foliis 5 ad 8 submersis linearibus arcu-

atis vel sinuosis usque ad 600 x 0. 8-2.0 mm viridibus

vel usitate aeneis, inflorescentia fluitanti bifida ex spicis

binis utraque 4-5 mm longa 3(4)-flora, constante, spatha

ampulliformi rostrata 10-12 mm longa, omnibus floribus

fertilibus inodoris, tepalis duobus inaequalibus albis ad

basem colore ex cameo albis exteriore 5-7 mm diam.,

late ovato-cordato, interiore ± 1 mm diam., staminibus 4

suberectis, filamentis ± 2 mm longis ad basem connatis,

antheris ± 1 mm longis, carpellis 2 subglobosis 2-ovula-

tis, stylo erecto vel suberecto ±1.5 mm longo, folliculis

anguste ellipsoideo-fusiformibus 5-7 x 2 mm, seminibus

2 in quoque follicolo fusiformibus 4. 5-5. 5 mm longis

laevis nitidisque.

TYPE. — Western Cape, 3419 (Caledon): Farm Mod-

dervlei southwest of Elim, pond on southern edge of

Bredasdorp road just west of Voelvlei homestead, (-DB),

28 September 2007, Manning & K. Roux 3114 (NBG,

holo.; K, MO, PRE, iso.).

Aquatic geophyte. Tuber globular, or bilobed and

testicular, 10-15 mm diam., pale brownish. Leaves

5-8, submerged, arching or sinuose, linear, elliptical in

section, up to 600 x 0. 8-2.0 mm, leathery, aerenchy-

matous, pale green or more usually bronze-coloured.

Inflorescence floating, forked, forming 2 opposed spikes,

each 4—5 mm long, 3(4)-flowered; peduncle filiform,

widening slightly below inflorescence, up to 800 mm

long, elastic. Spathe flask-shaped with elongate beak,

completely enclosing young inflorescence, 10-12 mm

long, operculate, basally circumscissile, caducous.

Flowers unscented, dorsal and subsecund, alternate, all

fertile; tepals 2, very unequal, rotund or broadly ovate-

cordate, cucullate, membranous, translucent white

flushed pinkish at base, evanescent, outer tepal larg-

est, 5-7 mm diam. in lowermost flower but decreasing

in size acropetally and up to 4 mm diam. in uppermost

flower, inner tepal scale-like, ± 1 mm diam. Stamens 4,

suberect; filaments connate basally, subterete, ± 2 mm

long, translucent white; anthers ± 1 mm long at dehis-

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

157

FIGURE 11. — Aponogeton fugax. Manning & Goldblatt 3105 (NBG). A, flowering and fruiting plant; B, spathe; C, inflorescence; D, flower; E,

gynoecium; F, follicles; G, seed. Scale bar: A, 10 mm; B-D, F, 2 mm; E, 0.75 mm; G, 1 mm. Artist: J. Manning.

cence, brownish green; pollen yellow. Carpels 2, subglo-

bose, 2-ovulate; style erect or suberect, ± 1.5 mm long.

Follicles narrowly ellipsoid-fusiform, 5-7 x 2 mm with

straight beak 1. 5-2.0 mm long, 2-seeded, thin-textured.

Seeds fusiform, 4. 5-5. 5 mm long, yellowish brown,

smooth and shining. Flowering time: (late July) August-

September. Figure 11.

Distribution and ecology. Aponogeton fugax is known

from several scattered locations in the southwestern Cape

(Figure 12): from vernal pools on the Farms Avontuur

and Willemsrivier on the Bokkeveld Mountains near

Nieuwoudtville in Northern Cape; from two vernal pools

on the West Coast north of Cape Town in Western Cape;

and from several temporary and permanent waterbodies

that form part of the drainage basin of the Uintjieskuil

and Nieuwejaars Rivers on the Agulhas Plain southeast of

Elim. Plants grow in silt or clay in shallow water, about

10 cm deep on the Bokkeveld but up to 120 cm deep

on the West Coast and Agulhas Plain, with the leaves

158

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 12. — Known distribution of Aponogeton fugax.

completely submerged and trailing. The Bokkeveld and

West Coast plants, and those in Waskraalvlei near Elim

grow in waterbodies that dry out completely as soon as

two months after flowering, whereas in Uintjieskuil the

plants form part of a permanent aquatic community in

a deep waterbody over one metre deep. The scattered

distribution of A. fugax is closely matched by the small,

annual, hygrophilous grass genus Prionanthium Desv.,

with a single species each endemic to the Bokkeveld

Escarpment, the West Coast, and the Cape Flats and

Overberg (Davidse 1988).

The inflorescence of Aponogeton fugax floats on the

surface of the water, with the outermost tepals of the

lowermost flower on each of the paired spikes acting

as buoyancy floats, one on each side. The tepals in the

Bokkeveld population are especially delicate and sur-

face tension spreads the lower two tepals out flat on the

water surface, whereas in the southern populations all

the tepals remain suberect and the inflorescence is thus ±

cupped. The flimsy tepals do not persist in fruit and the

infructescence sinks to the bottom as it matures.

Aponogeton fugax occurs in several different aquatic

plant communities, in many instances in the com-

pany of other narrow Western Cape endemics. On the

Bokkeveld it is found together with Spiloxene aquatica

(Hypoxidaceae) and Romulea multisulcata (Iridaceae),

and on the West Coast it occurs with Cadiscus aquati-

cus (Asteraceae) and Crassula natans (Crassulaceae).

On the Agulhas Plain, A. fugax is known from at least

four localities. At the type locality, the species grows

together with Crassula natans, Limosella grandiflora

(Plantaginaceae) and Aponogeton distachyos', fur-

ther south in Waskraalvlei it grows in shallow water

on clay in a dense population of the aquatic sedge

Isolepis striata', on the Uintjieskuil farm it has been

found in a small farm dam together with Nymphoides

thunbergiana (Gentianaceae), species of Potamogeton

(Potamogetonaceae) and Oxalis natans (Oxalidaceae),

the latter a range extension for this rare species; and

in the Melkbospan area it was found in temporary

water between tussocks of Chondropetalum tectorum

(Restionaceae), Eragrostis plana (Poaceae) and Eleo-

charis limosa (Cyperaceae). It appears therefore that

the species has a relatively wide ecological range, from

temporary to permanent water, and on various sub-

strates, from limestone to ferricrete to shales.

The delicate, short-lived flowers and submerged

leaves raise the possibility that careful examination of

other vernal pools along the West Coast, such as those

around Hopefield, may reveal additional populations of

Aponogeton fugax. We have, however, failed to locate

any early collections of the species in BOL or SAM,

where we would have expected to find evidence of the

species from the Cape Peninsula and surrounding Cape

Flats should it ever have occurred here in view of the

extensive holdings in these herbaria of aquatics from

Isoetesvlei and other vernal pools on the Flats. We

therefore conclude that A. fugax did not grow on the

Peninsula and surrounding Cape Flats in historical times.

Small differences between the known populations

suggest that they have been isolated for some time.

The Agulhas plants have narrower leaves, at most up

to 1 mm wide, slightly firmer tepals that remain suber-

ect, and styles that are erect and parallel. The leaves of

the Bokkeveld plants are broader, up to 2 mm wide, the

tepals are very membranous, such that the lowermost are

drawn onto the water by surface tension, and the styles

are divergent. The West Coast plants are similar to those

from the Bokkeveld, with leaves up to 2 mm wide and

flowers with slightly divergent styles. These morpho-

logical differences between the southern and western

populations indicate that they have been isolated from

one another long enough to have diverged genetically.

The morphological differences between the populations

are consistent with either long-distance dispersal or with

vicariance events. Considerably greater areas of the

coastal plains were exposed during lower sea levels dur-

ing Pleistocene glaciations, and the concomitant cooler

climates would almost certainly have resulted in more

temporary pools than persist today, providing a greater

number of suitable habitats for the species than currently

available, as well as continuity between the western and

southern populations.

Agricultural transformation of the Western Cape low-

lands places this species at high risk and only some of

the Bokkeveld locations are currently conserved.

Diagnosis and relationships'. Aponogeton fugax is a

very distinct species in the genus, characterized by its

long, shoelace-like leaves and short, paired spikes bear-

ing three (rarely four), subsecund flowers in two rows

on the adaxial side. Each flower has two, very unequal,

membranous tepals, four stamens, and two, bi-ovu-

late carpels. A. fugax is the only species of Aponogeton

known in which this reduction in stamens and carpels

has been observed (Cook 2005), and the reduced num-

bers of stamens and carpels, together with the anisopet-

alous perianth, are significant autapomorphies for the

species.

The bifid spikes and secund, distichous flowers with

spreading tepals longer than the stamens are unusual

in the genus but are shared with the other two south-

ern African winter rainfall species, Aponogeton angus-

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

159

tifolius and A. distachyos (Obermeyer 1966), and the

secund flowers in particular suggest a relationship with

them. Both of these species, however, have leaves with

floating blades, ± fleshy tepals, and six or more stamens

per flower. In addition, the seeds of these two species are

characterized by a distinctive, spongy testa, whereas the

seeds of A. fugax are smooth, like those of other species

in the genus.

Although the dainty, floating inflorescence with

membranous tepals of Aponogeton fugax bears a strik-

ing superficial resemblance to that of A. ranunculi-

florus from tarns on sandstone in the high southern

Drakensberg of KwaZulu-Natal and Lesotho, the two

species differ in their vegetative morphology and in fun-

damental details of their inflorescence and flowers. The

leaves of A ranunculiflorus are fusiform, 3 . 5 — 4 . 0 mm in

diameter and only 50-100 mm long; the simple, highly

condensed spike comprises heteromorphic flowers, with

the lower sterile and reduced to solitary tepals, the cen-

tral flowers with paired, equal tepals, and the uppermost

flowers lacking a perianth. The fertile flowers have 6

stamens and 3 carpels each, and the follicles are globose

and ± 2 mm in diameter. The congested, heteroflorous

spike of A. ranunculiflorus and the globose follicles are

evidently autapomorphies for the species. The spirally

inserted flowers of A. ranunculiflorus preclude any direct

alliance with A. fugax and its relationships appear to lie

rather among other species with spirally inserted flow-

ers, notably A. stuhlmannii Engl, and A. vallisnerioides

Baker (Jacot Guillarmod & Marais 1972). The congru-

ence in the appearance of the inflorescence between

A. fugax and A. ranunculiflorus is remarkable but the

numerous fundamental differences in inflorescence form,

floral insertion, and structure of the flowers themselves

indicate that it is best interpreted as the result of conver-

gent evolution and not as an indication of close affinity.

Additional specimens examined

Aponogeton fugax

NORTHERN CAPE. — 3119 (Calvinia): Farm Meulsteenvlei

[Willemsrivier], west of Nieuwoudtville, (-AC), 7 September 1983, D.

Snijman 749 (NBG); Farm Willemsrivier, west of Nieuwoudtville, ver-

nal pool alongside R27, 800 m, (-AC), 23 September 2007, Manning,

Goldblatt & L.J. Porter 3105 (NBG, MO); northeastern edge of

Kromvlei on Farm Avontuur 641, 15 km NW of Nieuwoudtville,

(-AC), 5 August 2008, Helme 5520 (NBG); large pan on Farm Inhoek

637, (-AC), 5 August 2008, Helme 5521 (NBG).

WESTERN CAPE. — 3318 (Cape Town): Darling, seasonal pan 0.3

km E of Darling Golf Course, (-AD), 22 July 2008, N.A. Helme 5517

(NBG); Philadelphia, Farm Tierhoogte, pool on western edge of N7

opposite farm entrance, (-DA), 2 October 2007 [sterile], Manning &

Rourke 3115 (NBG).

Aponogeton ranunculiflorus

LESOTHO. — 2929 (Underberg): Sehlabathebe National Park,

Matsa a Mafikeng, 2 450 m, (-CC), F.K. Hoener 2150 (NU); Sehla-

bathebe National Park, 2 250 m, (-CC), 17 January 1983, G.C. Mat-

thews 981 (NBG).

KWAZULU-NATAL.— 2929 (Underberg): within 3/4 km of

Lesotho border at Sehlabathebe National Park, down from the Devil’s

Knuckles, (-CC), 14 January 1979, F.K. Hoener 2164 (NU); vicinity

of Tam Cave above Bushman’s Neck, 8000 ft [2 400 m], (-CC), 21

November 1983, Hilliard & Burn 16824 (NU).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Material was collected with permission from Northern

Cape Nature Conservation. We are grateful to John

Rourke and Dee Snijman for assistance in relocating the

species from previously known localities, to Elizabeth

Parker and Rosemary Smuts for assisting in the collec-

tion of fruiting material, to Nick Helme for additional

material, and to the curators of the herbaria for the loan

of herbarium material. Thanks also to Roy Gereau for

advising us on the Latin diagnosis. Support for this study

by grant 8428-07 from the National Geographic Society

(US) is gratefully acknowledged.

REFERENCES

COOK, C.D.K. 2005. Aquatic and wetland plants of southern Africa.

Backhuys, Leiden.

DAVTDSE, G. 1988. A revision of the genus Prionanthium (Poaceae:

Arundinea e). Bothalia 18: 143-153.

GLEN, RP. & COOK, C.D.K. 2003. Aponogetonaceae. In G.

Germishuizen & N.L. Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an anno-

tated checklist. Strelitzia 14: 971. National Botanical Institute,

Pretoria.

GOLDBLATT. P. & MANNING, J.C. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus

of the Cape flora of South Africa. Strelitzia 9. National Botanical

Institute, Cape Town & Missouri Botanical Garden.

JACOT GUILLARMOD, A. & MARAIS, W. 1972. A new species of

Aponogeton (Aponogetonaceae). Kew Bulletin 27: 563-565.

OBERMEYER, A. A. 1966. Aponogetonaceae. Flora of southern Africa

1: 85-92.

VAN BRUGGEN, H.W.E. 1998. Aponogetonaceae. In K. Kubitzki, The

families and genera of vascular plants. IV Flowering Plants.

Monocotyledons'. 21-25. Springer, Berlin.

J.C. MANNING*, P. GOLDBLATT**, E.J.J. SIEBEFf and J.P. ROUX*

* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,

Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.

** B.A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botanical

Garden, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, USA.

+ University of the Free State, Qwaqwa Campus, Private Bag X13,

9866 Phuthaditjhaba, South Africa.

MS. received: 2007-10-11.

'

'll

■

Bothalia 38,2: 161-191 (2008)

Diversity and species turnover on an altitudinal gradient in Western

Cape, South Africa: baseline data for monitoring range shifts in

response to climate change

L. AGENBAG*, K.J. ESLER* + G.F. MIDGLEY**and C. BOUCHER}

Keywords: Fynbos-Succulent Karoo ecotone, long-term monitoring. Sandstone Fynbos, Shale Renosterveld, species-environment relationships

ABSTRACT

A temperature and moisture gradient on the equator-facing slope of Jonaskop on the Riviersonderend Mountain, Western

Cape has been selected as an important gradient for monitoring the effects of climate change on fynbos and the Fynbos-

Succulent Karoo ecotone. This study provides a description of plant diversity patterns, growth form composition and species

turnover across the gradient and the results of four years of climate monitoring at selected points along the altitudinal gradient.

The aim of this study is to provide data for a focused monitoring strategy for the early detection of climate change-related

shifts in species’ ranges, as well as gaining a better understanding of the role of climate variability in shaping species growth

responses, their distributions, and other ecosystem processes.

INTRODUCTION

The vegetation of mountain ranges of the Cape

Floristic Region (CFR) is characterized by gradients of

high species turnover. These gradients are associated

with increasing precipitation and lower temperatures

with increasing elevation, as well as edaphic diversity

(Goldblatt 1997). The vegetation of Cape mountain

ranges within the CFR is dominated by fynbos (Mucina

& Rutherford 2006). However, in inland intermontane

valleys in the Western Cape interior, fynbos is replaced

by Succulent Karoo, an arid shrubland, at lower eleva-

tions with an ecotonal zone in between, called renoster-

veld (Cowling & Holmes 1992).

Ecotones, or areas of transition between distinct

biomes or vegetation types, have been pointed out as

important areas for monitoring the effects of global cli-

mate change (Kupfer & Cairns 1996). Modelling of

future climate scenarios for the Western Cape indicates

that large areas of fynbos will be subjected to warmer

and drier climate conditions similar to what is currently

associated with Succulent Karoo, and that vegetation

shifts might take place resulting in a loss of distribu-

tion area of fynbos due to a southward shift of Succulent

Karoo (Rutherford et al. 2000). Therefore vegetation

gradients incorporating transitions between fynbos and

Succulent Karoo are important areas to monitor for the

early detection of climate change-induced biome shifts.

The elevational gradient on the equator-facing slope

of Jonaskop, one of the highest peaks in the Rivier-

* Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, University of

Stellenbosch, Private Bag XI, Matieland 7602, South Africa.

' Centre for Invasion Biology, University of Stellenbosch, Private Bag

XI, Matieland 7602, South Africa.

** Global Change and Biodiversity Programme, Ecology and Conser-

vation, South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X7,

Claremont 7735, South Africa.

t Department of Botany and Zoology, University of Stellenbosch,

Private Bag XI, Matieland 7602, South Africa.

+ Corresponding author: e-mail address: KJE@sun.ac.za.

MS. received: 2008-01-18.

sonderend Mountains, Western Cape, has been identified

as a key site for monitoring the effects of climate change

on fynbos and the Fynbos-Succulent Karoo boundary.

On the equator-facing foothills of Jonaskop, fynbos veg-

etation type FFsl3, North Sonderend Sandstone Fynbos,

intersects with Succulent Karoo vegetation type SKv7,

Robertson Karoo (Mucina & Rutherford 2006) through

a renosterveld ecotone. The Jonaskop gradient has

been described in terms of vegetation biomass turnover

(Rutherford 1978), but no formal description of the plant

communities or of species diversity turnover on the gra-

dient has been done to date. Other studies conducted at

the site include investigations into Protea species and

classic rodent pollinator interactions (Rourke & Wiens

1977; Wiens et al. 1983; Fleming & Nicolson 2002a, b),

including rodent diets and metabolism (Johnson et al.

1 999; 2004; 2006); a comparative study between nectar

qualities of Cape and Australian Proteaceae (Nicolson

& Van Wyk 1998); seed dispersal by small mammals

(Midgley & Anderson 2005); lizard foraging behaviour

(Cooper et al. 1999); leaf functional classification of a

number of species in a Mediterranean context (Vile et al.

2005); xylem traits in relation to water stress tolerance

(Jacobsen et al. 2007); plant phenophase responses to

climate (Agenbag et al. 2004a); how biome boundaries

might respond to climate change (Agenbag et al. 2004b,

c); and sampling for vegetation structural changes as

part of a biome-wide study (Campbell 1985). These

studies mark Jonaskop as an important site for ecologi-

cal research that would benefit greatly from a formal

description of the biotic and abiotic environment.

The aim of this paper, therefore, is to describe the

Jonaskop gradient in terms of its vegetation changes,

species turnover, soil chemistry and climate and to serve

as a source of reference for future monitoring.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Study area

The Riviersonderend Mountain is situated on the

western end of a chain of east-west trending moun-

162

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

• onml

^)fm2

mvi*/ ’

mv2*

mvl*

Roads =

.

\ Rivers ~

Protected area bgwtTdary'

Aapfcultural land

Weatherstation £

Data logger £

Vegetation sampling plot •

tit* -

mv2#, C*r61

\SKOP PEAK

1646 m

Kilometers

FIGURE 1 . — Topographical map of study site indicating location of weather stations, data loggers and vegetation sampling plots. Contours rep-

resent 100 m intervals. 1, Karoo/ Renosterveld site, 545 m. 2, low-altitude fynbos sites: 2a, 690 m; 2b, 744 m. 3, mid-altitude fynbos sites:

3a, 953 m; 3b, 1 044 m; 3c, 1 196 m; 3d, 1 303 m. 4, high-altitude fynbos site, 1 576 m. Vegetation plot codes: onm, plot on heuweltjie or

mima-like mound; ofm, plot in renosterveld/Karoo matrix vegetation; rb, plots in recently burnt fynbos vegetation; mv, plots in mature fyn-

bos vegetation. GIS data provided by CapeNature, Department of Land Affairs: Surveys and Mapping, and the Department of Agriculture.

tain ranges at the southern edge of the Cape Fold

Belt. Jonaskop, 33°58'00 S 19°30'00 E, altitude 1 646

m (Figure 1) is located within the Riviersonderend

Mountain Catchment — a protected area that is man-

aged by CapeNature as an important water source to the

Riviersonderend River below the southern slopes and the

Breede River towards the north. The protected area is

bordered by privately owned agricultural land. A service

road leading up to a Sentech radio mast on the moun-

tain summit provides access to the equator-facing slope

of Jonaskop.

The Jonaskop gradient spans a change of roughly

1 200 m in elevation between foothills in the Breede

River Valley and Jonaskop Peak. Whereas the south-

facing slope of Jonaskop is extremely steep, the equa-

tor-facing slope rises somewhat less rapidly, except for a

flattened ‘step’ in the middle of the gradient, at ± 900 m.

Several drainage lines leading down from the northern

slope converge in the Sand River, which at ± 400 m is

the lowest point of the gradient. This small stream joins

the Doom River, a tributary of the Breede River, further

down the valley.

Soils on the mountain are shallow and very rocky.

The coarse, grey, sandy soils of the mountain slope are

derived from quartzitic sandstone of the Table Mountain

Group. At the foot of the mountain (below 600 m) soils

are finer grained and less rocky compared to those of the

Table Mountain Group. Here the geology is alternating

bands of arenaceous shale and argillaceous sandstone

from the Bokkeveld Group (Besaans 1966).

Vegetation changes from Succulent Karoo at the very

lowest elevations (± 500-600 m) through an ecotonal

area of renosterveld with succulent as well as fynbos ele-

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

163

ments (roughly around 600-800 m), to fynbos from 800

m upwards. The boundary between the Succulent Karoo

and ecotone coincides with the transition from shale-

derived to sandstone-derived soils.

Ecotonal and fynbos vegetation on either side of the

road leading to the top of the mountain differs in fire his-

tory: with few exceptions, one side burned fairly recently

(2000), whereas on the other side, mature vegetation has

established after the last fire in 1992.

Climate monitoring

Climate change monitoring and experimental stations

have thus far been placed at six sites along the length

of the gradient (Figure 1). Weather stations (Watchdog

Model 600 Weather Station 3325WD), recording air

temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, soil moisture

and wind speed and direction, are situated at the top

(1 303 m), middle (953 m) and lowest (545 m) end of

the gradient, whereas data loggers (Watchdog 450

Relative Humidity/Temperature Data Logger) record rel-

ative humidity, air temperature and soil moisture at the

intermediate sites (1 196 m, 1 044 m, 744 m). Weather

stations have been recording climate continuously since

February 2002 (with some breaks at all stations from

time to time due to equipment malfunction and damage,

e.g. from rodent gnawing on exposed cables. Where such

breaks occurred, data were interpolated from adjacent or

nearby weather stations assuming average air tempera-

ture lapse rates or average annual altitude-related rain-

fall trends). Readings are taken automatically every 30

minutes. Climate data were analysed to show patterns in

temperature, rainfall and wind conditions across the gra-

dient.

Soil analysis

Soil samples were taken at each of the monitoring

sites along the gradient and analysed for P, Ca, Mg, K,

Na, N and pH according to standard methods: to analyse

for P, a 5 g sample was added to 50 ml 1 % citric acid

solution. To an aliquot of the clear and colourless extract

was added an acidified ammonium molybdate solu-

tion. The phosphomolybdate complex was then reduced

with stannous chloride and the absorbance of the result-

ing blue colour measured with a spectrophotometer and

compared with the absorbances obtained from standard

phosphorus. To analyse for N, a known mass of soil

was digested with sulphuric acid using selenium as a

catalyst. The resultant ammonia was distilled into a satu-

rated boric acid solution and titrated with standard acid.

Macro elements (Ca, Mg, Na, K) were determined by

measuring a 1 mol dm-3 ammonium acetate extraction

by atomic absorption against known standards.

Field sampling methods

For the vegetation analysis, two more sites were

added to the existing climate monitoring stations: one on

the lower sandstone slopes of the ecotonal zone (690 m),

and another one near the mountain summit (1 576 m).

Vegetation sampling was done in October and November

2003. Releves of 10 x 10 m were used, with two releves

located in mature vegetation and one in recovering veg-

etation at each site. Species were scored following the

Braun-Blanquet cover-abundance scale (Braun-Blanquet

1928). At the Succulent Karoo site, at the lowest end of

the gradient (545 m), a releve was added to include sam-

pling of vegetation on nutrient-enriched heuweltjies or

mima-like mounds usually found in association with ter-

mitaria in this region (Esler & Cowling 1995).

Environmental characteristics noted at each releve

included slope, aspect, percentage rock cover, soil type

and soil depth. Soil depth was determined up to 0.5 m

deep at 10 points at regular intervals across one diago-

nal of each releve. Soil depth for each releve was then

expressed as a range from shallow to deep, with depths

of more than 0.5 m indicated by 0.5 m+.

Data analysis

Species data were assembled into a phytosociologi-

cal table and sorted according to constancy and affinity

to determine plant communities and their characteris-

tic species. Braun-Blanquet scores were then converted

to percentage cover values for the calculation of spe-

cies diversity (See Table 1 for conversion values). The

diversity of each releve was calculated according to the

Shannon-Wiener Index (Kent & Coker 1994) with the

formula:

S

Diversity H' = -Z Pi ln P,

i = l

where s is the number of species, and pi is the proportion

of the i-th species to the total vegetation cover. Diversity

values of the releves of each site were then averaged to

arrive at a diversity estimate for each site. Within-site

comparisons of diversity between recently burned and

mature vegetation were also done for all sites except the

karoo site (545 m), which did not bum.

All sampled species were classified according to

growth form. Growth forms were assigned according to

a scheme adapted from Cowling et al. (1994) (Table 2).

The contribution of each growth form to total vegetation

cover in each releve was calculated by summing con-

verted percentage cover values of all species belonging

to each growth form, and expressing it as a proportion

of total vegetation cover. Site specific growth form com-

position was then calculated by averaging cover values

of the releves of each site. Comparisons of growth form

composition between recently burnt and mature vegeta-

tion were done for all sites except the lowest karoo site

(545 m). Releves of mature vegetation of all sites were

lumped, and the average growth form composition was

TABLE 1 . — Conversion of Braun-Blanquet scores to percentage cover

values

164

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

TABLE 2. — Categorization of growth forms, adapted from Cowling

etal. (1994)

compared with the average composition of all recently

burnt releves across the gradient.

Similarity of species composition of different sites

were compared using Jaccard’s coefficient (Kent &

Coker 1994). The formula is:

where Sj is the Jaccard similarity coefficient, a is the

number of species common to both sites compared, b is

the remaining number of species present at the first site,

and c is the remaining number of species present at the

second site. S. was multiplied by 100 to arrive at a per-

centage similarity. The average turnover rate across the

gradient was determined according to the methods of

Itow (1991). Log percentage similarity between every

pair of sites (on y-axis) was plotted against their differ-

ence in altitude (on x-axis). The slope of the regression

line fitted is taken as the average turnover rate of species

per 1 m altitudinal difference.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Temperature

Temperatures decrease with increasing altitude (Barry

1 992); however, the rate at which temperatures decrease

can vary spatially as well as seasonally (Rolland 2003).

On Jonaskop, there is an average difference of 4.4°C

between the highest (1 303 m) and lowest site (545 m)

on the gradient (Table 3). Temperatures along this gra-

dient generally decrease by 0.58°C with every 100 m

altitude gained, as indicated by the slope of a regression

line fitted to mean annual temperatures recorded at each

of the monitoring sites (not shown). However, diurnal

and seasonal temperature lapse rates on the mountain

slope vary between -0.40°C.100 m ' for winter minimum

temperatures (April to September) and -0.77°C.100 nr'

for summer maximum temperatures (October to March)

(Figure 2). This is consistent with patterns found in

mountainous regions elsewhere (Rolland 2003 and ref-

erences therein). Complex factors contribute to seasonal

and diurnal variation in lapse rates. These include wind

regime, cloud cover, amount of incoming solar radiation

and the moisture content of the air (Barry 1992) and it is

therefore difficult to explain the variations observed on

Jonaskop without detailed analysis of other meteorologi-

cal patterns.

It should be noted that the middle site (953 m) is

somewhat colder than the site directly above it (1 044

m) (Table 3). This effect is particularly strong at night

during winter (Figure 2), when mean minimum temper-

atures recorded at the site are on average 1.6°C colder

than the expected trend. Such local temperature inver-

sions are generally the result of cold air drainage, and are

often observed in valley bottoms (O’Hare et al. 2005).

The fact that the middle site is located on a plateau prob-

ably results in cold air flowing downwards from the

steeper slopes above and collecting at this site during the

long winter nights.

Monthly mean temperature summaries indicate that

August is the coldest month at the site (Figure 3), with

mean minimum temperatures ranging from 3.3-6.9°C

between the highest and lowest monitoring points.

Highest temperatures were recorded during February,

when daily maximum temperatures are on average

around 30°C at the karoo site (545 m) at the lowest end

of the gradient.

Rainfall

During three years of climate recording (2002-2004),

the highest site (1 303 m) received an average of 719.6

mm annual precipitation, the middle site (953 m) 411.3

mm and the bottom karoo site (545 m) 315.4 mm. The

highest site receives on average a slightly lower pro-

portion of its annual rainfall in winter (Table 3, Figure

4). Higher summer rainfall at the highest site is pos-

sibly due to orographic effects, with southerly winds

pushing clouds over the mountaintop and bringing rain

to the highest site but not to lower sites. According to

Aschmann (1973), Mediterranean climates are defined

by winter rainfall constituting at least 65 % of the annual

rainfall. The proportions of winter rainfall recorded

across the Jonaskop gradient, which ranges from 57-66

%, therefore indicates that the study site does not fall

within the strictly winter rainfall zone of the CFR. Long-

term rainfall data for the Riviersonderend Mountain con-

firm that many large rainfall events, associated with post-

frontal cut-off lows occur in summer, resulting in the

TABLE 3. — Summary of temperatures and mean annual precipitation

(MAP) recorded at different altitudes on Jonaskop elevational

gradient

MAT, mean annual temperature; Tmin, mean minimum temperature

of coldest month; Tmax, mean maximum temperature of warmest

month; % Winter, proportion of total MAP recorded during winter

(April-Sep.); nr, not recorded.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

165

Summer (Oct. - Mar.)

Winter (Apr. - Sep.

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Altitude (m)

FIGURE 2. — Plot of mean daily tem-

peratures, ■ ; mean daily maxi-

mum temperatures, ♦; and

mean daily minimum tempe-

ratures, ▲ , against altitude,

showing seasonal variation in

temperature decreases with

increasing altitude.

area not being subjected to as severe summer droughts

as elsewhere in the CFR (R.M. Cowling pers. comm.).

Monthly rainfall patterns recorded during three years

of this study were very variable (Figure 5). The year

2002 had good winter rains and a relatively dry summer.

The high monthly total precipitation of March 2003 was

due to a single extreme rainfall event on 24 March when

174.5 mm was recorded at the highest site (1 303 m) and

103.9 mm at the lowest site (545 m). Year 2003 was an

extremely dry year throughout the whole Western Cape,

and the low rainfall, especially during the winter months,

is reflected in the data from Jonaskop. Although 2004

had, in total, a much higher annual precipitation, it also

had a very dry winter, with most of the annual precipita-

tion recorded during October.

Cowling et al. (2005) highlighted the importance

of rainfall reliability in terms of interannual variation

in rainfall, as well as the size and structure of rain-

fall events, as a driver of plant traits in Mediterranean

ecosystems. Rainfall data recorded at Jonaskop were,

therefore, further analysed to explore seasonal pat-

terns in the size, duration and frequency of rainfall

events. Whenever rain was recorded on a number of

consecutive days, rainfall recorded over the period was

added together as a single rainfall event. Cowling et al.

(2005) also mentioned the importance of the regularity

of rainfall events in Mediterranean climates, especially

with regard to the germination of seedlings. Mustart &

Cowling (1993) showed that the duration of dry periods

between rainfall events is an important factor determin-

ing the successful germination of Proteaceae seeds, and

that rainfall patterns during germination stages have a

large impact on the distribution patterns of Proteaceae

populations observed in the field. Therefore a frequency

analysis of the number of days between rainfall events

was also done.

At all sites, rainfall events occur most often as small

(< 5 mm) events lasting only one day (Figure 6). This

trend was observed during winter and summer. However,

larger rainfall events (> 10 mm), and events lasting lon-

ger than two days occur much more frequently in winter

than summer at all sites. In terms of the duration of dry

periods between rainfall events, patterns are more diver-

FIGURE 3. — Monthly mean daily, ■; mean daily maximum, ♦; and mean daily minimum, ▲, temperatures recorded at six sites across gradient.

Numbers in lower left comer of graphs indicate altitude at which temperatures were recorded.

166

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

1 303 m 953 m 545 m 1 303 m 953 m 545 m 1 303 m 953 m 545 m

2002 2003 2004

FIGURE 4. — Total annual rainfall (April to March) recorded at top

(1 303 m), middle (953 m) and lower (545 m) monitoring points

on Jonaskop gradient. Total annual rainfall is split into winter

rainfall season (April to September) and summer growth rainfall

season (October to March).

gent among sites and seasons. At the highest site (1 303

m), rainfall events were most often separated by less

than four days during winter and summer. At the middle

site (953 m), the winter rainfall events in contrast, are

far more frequently within four days of each other than

in the summer. Summer rainfall events show a larger

frequency distribution towards longer dry intervals. At

the lowest site (545 m), the winters tend to have longer

dry intervals at low altitudes, indicating that even during

winter, rainfall at this site can be very sporadic. At this

site, dry intervals of longer than 14 days are also more

common during winter and summer than at the higher

sites.

Wind

An analysis of wind patterns at the top (1 303 m),

middle (953 m) and lowest (545 m) sites (Figure 7)

shows altitudinal as well as seasonal differences. All

sites experience predominantly southerly winds dur-

ing summer months (October to March). During winter

(April-September) wind patterns shift to predominantly

northwesterly at the top site and westerly at the middle

site, whereas winter wind patterns at the lowest site are

essentially the same as during summer conditions, with a

slight shift towards more north and northwesterly winds

and less easterly winds.

Wind speeds tend to increase with increasing altitude

(Barry 1992), and can have an impact on plant growth.

High wind speeds in combination with very low tem-

peratures on exposed mountain peaks can cause stunted

growth in plants, for example, in the prostrate cushion

forms of pine trees found in the Krummholz zone of

alpine regions (Komer 1999). However, mean seasonal

wind speeds on Jonaskop do not indicate an increase of

wind speed with increasing altitude (Figure 8).

When wind speeds are compared across the gradient,

lowest mean wind speeds are recorded during both win-

ter and summer at the middle site (953 m). The southerly

winds of summer reach highest speeds (mean 1 1 .8 km/h,

maximum 28 km/h) at the lowest site. At the middle and

lowest sites, winds are stronger during summer than in

winter, but the predominantly northeasterly winds asso-

ciated with advancing rain-bearing cold fronts are much

stronger during winter at the highest site. It is difficult

to place wind speed data recorded on Jonaskop into con-

text, as windspeed data for mountain slopes elsewhere

in the CFR are not readily available. According to Barry

(1992), mean wind speeds of around 25 km/h are typi-

cal for mountain peaks in the mid-latitudes of the north-

ern hemisphere, which is much higher than wind speeds

recorded on Jonaskop. Whether wind on Jonaskop

is likely to affect the vegetation is also not certain.

Controlled experimental studies have indicated that wind

speeds higher than 1 0 km/h negatively affects the growth

of herbaceous annuals and grasses (Whitehead 1962;

Woodward 1993). On Jonaskop, mean wind speeds

during the growth season (summer) are higher than 10

km/h only at the lowest site, but it is unlikely to affect

growth in the sturdy perennial shrubs of the site, except

when associated with high temperatures and low relative

humidity, as under berg wind conditions.

Soil characteristics

Soils on the gradient are generally very shallow and

rocky, the rockiness increasing with increasing altitude

(Table 4). This has an effect on soil moisture, as soils at

FIGURE 5. — Monthly rainfall recorded from April 2002 to March 2004

at the top (1 303 m), middle (953 m) and lower (545 m) monitor-

ing points on the Jonaskop gradient.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

167

545 m

953 m

1 303 m

20 -

18 '

16 -

14 '

,2-fl

6 -

4 -

rt ill

5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 >75

Rainfall per event (mm)

I I summer

iSH winter

fjJ.J4.X4. ill . a.

Rainfall per event (mm)

5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 >75

Rainfall per event (mm)

c 16^

o

W 14 -

ro

CD

w 12 -

10 -

CD

CL

>

o

c

CD

3

O’

£ 4 f

2 '

1 rh fh

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 >10

Event duration (days)

I

Event duration (days)

1 234567 89 10>10

Event duration (days)

r44i & iL iL fll

2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 >30

Interval between events (days)

Interval between events (days)

Interval between events (days)

FIGURE 6. — Amount of rain per rainfall event, duration of rainfall events, and duration of dry intervals between rainfall events summarized as

mean frequencies per season. Altitude where rainfall was recorded on gradient is indicated above each column. Error bars indicate 1 standard

error.

the highest site (1 303 m) are generally drier than the site

just below (1 196 m) (data available on request). At the

1 303 m site, slopes are steeper, and the soil is shallower

and rockier than at the 1 196 m site (Table 4). These

factors imply that faster drainage and runoff of rainfall

occurs at the highest site, resulting in soils being drier. It

is important to note that the soil moisture sensors did not

record values drier than 1 00 kPa, and thus indicate when

water was freely available, and then only in shallow sur-

face layers of the soil. The calibrated range of the sen-

sors was not wide enough to record the onset of stressful

soil moisture conditions, which are generally associated

with soil water tensions lower than -1500 kPa (Miller

& Gardiner 1998). Soil moisture values do not give an

indication of water availability to deep-rooted species.

However, our data (available on request) does illus-

trate that there is a trend toward different soil moisture

dynamics at different altitudes that is related to rainfall.

The main differences in soil chemistry between shale-

derived soils at the karoo site (545 m) and the sandstone-

derived soils of the rest of the mountain was in terms of

P, Ca and Mg, which were much higher in the shale-

derived soils. Soil on the mounds ( heuweltjies ) was very

168

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 7. — Seasonal wind patterns recorded at top, middle and

lower monitoring points on Jonaskop gradient. Lengths of bars

indicate no. days.

different from that in the sandstone-derived soils, as well

as from off-mound shale-derived soils (see also Ellis

2002). Heuweltjie soils have much higher Ca, K and N

content than either sandstone or off-mound shale. Off-

mound shale has roughly double the Na content of either

heuweltjie or sandstone-derived soils.

Vegetation

A total of 286 species were recorded at sampling

sites along the gradient. The highest number of species

recorded in a single 10 x 10 m releve was 50 species at

the middle site (953 m) (Appendix 1 & 2). Species accu-

mulation curves, calculated for each site, revealed that

vegetation sampling did not approach complete sam-

pling of communities (data not shown). Typically, the

vegetation of the Fynbos Biome has three strata and is

a mid-tall to tall shrubland (Campbell 1985). The veg-

etation recorded in this study differed only at the sum-

mit where extreme subalpine conditions have resulted in

dwarf shrubland vegetation, less than 0.5 m tall.

Karoo site (545 m)

Out of a total of 56 species recorded at this site, 45

(80 %) occurred at no other sites on the gradient. A num-

ber of species were specific to heuweltjies alone (Group

II, Appendix 1), namely Galenia africana, Schismus

barbatus and Galium tomentosum. The off-mound com-

munities are defined by the presence of Dicerothamnus

rhinocerotis, Oedera squarrosa and Pteronia panicu-

lata (Group III, Appendix 1). General species typify-

ing the vegetation at this site are Euphorbia burmannii.

Pteronia incana and Ruschia lineolata. These species

are found in high abundances on heuweltjies, and to a

lesser extent elsewhere at the site (Group I, Appendix

1). Four species found frequently at the karoo site, that

are able to successfully cross the soil barrier between the

karoo and ecotonal site are Anthospermum aethiopicum,

Drosanthemum speciosum, Montinia caryophyllacea and

Passerina obtusifolia (Group VII, Appendix 1). Eight

other species were found on both sandstone and shale-

derived soils, but these were rare and had low cover val-

ues.

Dicerothamnus rhinocerotis ( renosterbos ) and Oedera

genistifolia, which both have fairly high cover values

in releves 6B & 6C (Appendix 1), are generally associ-

ated with renosterveld (Mustart et al. 1997; Goldblatt &

Manning 2000), a vegetation type of the Fynbos Biome

which is found on more nutrient-rich soils (Rebelo

1998). According to Mucina & Rutherford (2006), the

vegetation on the lower eastern slope of Jonaskop, which

is quite close to the karoo site, is classified as Breede

Shale Renosterveld (FRs8). This is probably a function

of mapping scale as Holmes (2002), in an environmen-

tal impact study on the vegetation of the Breede River

Valley northeast of Jonaskop, found that in this area.

Succulent Karoo is found on the foothills of equator-fac-

ing slopes, wheareas renosterveld is found on pole-fac-

ing slopes. The karoo site is located between the foot

of the equator-facing slope of Jonaskop and the south-

facing slope of a low hill, with releves 6B & 6C (plot

OFM3 in Figure 1) located on the south-facing hillslope.

The species composition of this site, considered in com-

bination with the topography, points either to an altitu-

dinal banding of the vegetation types, or to transitional

vegetation, or to a mosaic of adjacent Succulent Karoo

and renosterveld, which has resulted in an inevitable mix

of species from both vegetation types found in the sam-

pling plots. The substrate, in conjunction with the local

climate, appears to be the main driving force determin-

ing the vegetation found here (Boucher & Moll 1981),

but it is still unclear whether this is due to soil nutritional

or soil water retention constraints.

The site also has a relatively high incidence of unpal-

atable asteraceous shrubs such as Chrysocoma ciliata

(bitterbos), Galenia africana (kraalbos) and species of

Pteronia, which may indicate that the vegetation at this

Summer (Oct.-Mar.) Winter (Apr.-Sep.)

FIGURE 8. — Mean seasonal wind speeds recorded at top (1 303 m),

middle (953 m) and lowest (545 m) end of Jonaskop gradient.

Wind speeds measured at 1 m above soil surface. Error bars

indicate 1 standard error.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

169

site has been somewhat degraded by overgrazing in the

recent past.

Ecotone (690-744 m)

In all, 105 species were recorded at the two sites

located at low altitude sandstone sites. Fifty five species

were found nowhere else on the gradient. Species typical

of the low altitude sandstones are Cannomois scirpoides,

Ficinia oligantha, Protea humiflora and Ruschia sp. (L.

Agenbag 5A09, Group IV, Appendix 1). The lower site

(690 m) has a number of highly abundant species occur-

ring only at this site, which defines it as supporting a

subcommunity within the ecotonal Low-altitude Inland

Sandstone Fynbos (Group V, Appendix 1). They are

Clijfortia crenata, Ischyrolepis sieberi, Lachnospermum

fascicidatum and Polygala fruticosa. A number of spe-

cies were also found unique to the higher ecotonal site

(744 m), namely, Hermannia rudis, Othonna ramu-

losa and Phylica sp. (L. Agenbag 5A03) (Group VI,

Appendix 1).

The vegetation of the ecotonal Low-altitude Inland

Sandstone Fynbos recorded here is very similar in spe-

cies composition and physical aspects to the Cannomois

parviflora-Passerina obtusifolia Shrublands described

by McDonald (1993), which occurs on the lower north-

ern slopes of the nearby Langeberg. These arid Sandstone

Fynbos shrublands are also found near the transition

between Table Mountain Sandstone and Bokkeveld

Shales, which support Little Karoo vegetation.

Mid-altitude Sandstone Fynbos (953-1 303 m)

Although there were a number of species character-

istic of different sites within the Mid-altitude Sandstone

Fynbos (Groups IX, X, XI and XII, Appendix 1), as a

whole, these sites seem to represent variations within a

specific community ( Protea repens-Phaenocoma pro-

lifera Closed Tall Mid-altitude Sandstone Fynbos) char-

acterized by Edmondia sesamoides, Hypodiscus arista-

tus, Leucadendron laureolum, Phaenocoma prolifera,

Protea amplexicaulis and Protea magnifica (Group VIII,

Appendix 1).

Site 4: Protea repens-Tetraria flexuosa Closed Tall

Mid-altitude Sandstone Fynbos, which is located in the

middle of the gradient (953 m), has by far the highest

species number on the gradient, with 85 species recorded

at this site alone. It has a high number of rare species

which were recorded in low abundances and low fre-

quencies. Tetraria flexuosa and Wahlenbergia neorigida

(Group IX, Appendix I), typify this community.

Sites 1-3: Protea repens-Tetraria ustulata Closed

Tall Mid-altitude Sandstone Fynbos, is typified by

Tetraria ustulata and the other less frequent species

listed in Group X (Appendix 1). The sites at 1 196 m and

1 303 m, however, do have characteristic species, but in

both cases, these species were not found in the recently

burned vegetation. These latter communities are there-

fore given lower ranking.

The Elegia filacea Subcommunity, recorded at an

altitude of 1 196 m, is characterized by the following

species: Elegia filacea. Erica sp. (L. Agenbag 2A02)

and Nebelia laevis (Group XI, Appendix 1). The Elegia

racemosa Subcommunity was recorded at 1 303 m and

is characterized by Erica longifolia, Elegia racemosa,

Tetraria fasciata and Diosma sp. (L. Agenbag 1A08)

(Group XII, Appendix 1).

Ehrharta ramosa-Restio triticeus High Altitude Sand-

stone Dwarf Fynbos (1 576 m):

Structurally, vegetation at the mountain summit is

very low compared to the rest of the gradient (less than

0.25 m tall). Some species found at this site, that also

occur elsewhere on the gradient, such as Helichysum

zwartbergense, are found near the summit as dwarfed

growth forms, compared to taller individuals lower

down. Soils are extremely shallow (surface rock to

pockets of soil not often more than 10 cm deep) and

very rocky, with an average of 75 % rock cover. Species

numbers at this site are very low, with only 26 species

recorded in the plots. The vegetation at this site is domi-

nated by grasses, sedges and restios, although dwarf

shrubs are present throughout. Species characteristic of

this high-altitude summit vegetation include Ehrharta

ramosa, Metalasia sp. (L. Agenbag 0B02), Restio tri-

ticeus and Stoebe sp. (L. Agenbag 0C04) (Group XV,

Appendix 1).

Diversity

Shannon diversity indices showed highest diversity

at the low to middle altitudes (690-953 m) and sites on

a sandstone substrate (Figure 9A). When diversity was

compared within sites between recently burned and

mature vegetation, burned releves had higher diver-

sity in all fynbos sites (953, 1 044, 1 196 and 1 303 m)

as well as at the summit (1 576 m, Figure 9B). Low-

altitude inland sandstone fynbos sites (690 and 744 m)

TABLE 4. — Soil characteristics of selected sites along Jonaskop gradient

170

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

have lower diversity in recently burned releves. Other

studies in fynbos have also found that richness is highest

in the first few years after fires, due to the presence of

ephemeral species (Bond & Van Wilgen 1996; Holmes

& Cowling 1997).

Growth form composition

A comparison of the relative contribution of various

growth forms to vegetation cover shows clear shifts in

dominant growth forms across the gradient (Figure 10A).

From the karoo site (545 m) up to the lowest fynbos site

(953 m), vegetation is dominated by low shrubs. At the

karoo site, succulents are also a significant contributor to

vegetation cover, but not at any of the other sites. Above

953 m, the dominant growth form shifts to graminoids,

which includes grasses, sedges and restios. The low veg-

etation at the summit site (1 576 m) is reflected in a high

proportion of vegetation cover represented by dwarf

shrubs, with heights lower than 0.25 m. At this site,

herbs also represent a larger proportion of the vegetation

cover than at other sites.

When growth form composition between recently burn-

ed and mature vegetation is compared, ecotonal low-alti-

FIGURE 9.— A, Shannon-Wiener

diversity indices (H’) recorded

across gradient. H’ values for

each altitude is mean of three

10 x 10 m releves; B, com-

parative diversity indices (H’)

between recently burned and

mature vegetation at selected

altitudes along Jonaskop gradi-

ent. Diversity values for mature

vegetation is mean of two 10 x

1 0 m releves, whereas only one

releve was sampled in recently

burned vegetation at each alti-

tude. Error bars in A indicate 1

standard error.

tude inland sandstone sites show very similar composition

(Figure 10B). In mid to high-altitude fynbos sites, how-

ever, recently burned vegetation has higher cover in herbs,

succulents and graminoids, wheareas mature vegetation

consists largely of long-lived low and mid-high shmbs, as

well as graminoids.

Taking a closer look at the relative contribution of the

families Cyperaceae, Poaceae and Restionaceae to grami-

noid cover across the gradient, more interesting patterns

are revealed (Figure 11 A, Appendix 3). Grasses are

more common at the karoo site (545 m), and are found

only in very low proportions elsewhere on the gradient,

except again for the summit (1 576 m), where grasses,

sedges and restios make roughly equal contributions

to total graminoid cover. Restionaceae show increas-

ing dominance from the low-altitude sandstone sites

upwards to 953 m, after which sedges become slightly

more important. Comparing graminoid cover between

recently burned and mature vegetation reveals that in

fynbos, Cyperaceae dominate recently burned vegeta-

tion, whereas Restionaceae are dominant in mature veg-

etation (Figure 11B). In the low-altitude sandstone sites,

grasses are slightly more abundant in recently burned

than mature vegetation.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

171

0 Herbs S Dwarf shrubs < 0.25 m □ Low shrub 0.25-1 m H Mid-high shrub 1-2 m

H Succulents ■Geophytes EDGraminoids

Similarity and turnover rates

Similarity between all sites is relatively low, suggest-

ing high species turnover even between sites with similar

vegetation. Similarity between the karoo site and the rest

of the gradient, as well as between the summit and the

rest of the gradient is the lowest (Table 5), suggesting

that strong climatic and/or soil factors are limiting spe-

cies distributions between these and other areas on the

gradient. Highest similarities were found among the eco-

tonal low-altitude sandstone sites (25.6 %) and among

fynbos sites (15.7-25.5 %). Similarities of 11.3 %, 17.1

% and 16.2 % between the (low-altitude sandstone) eco-

tone and lower mid-altitude fynbos sites (953 and 1 044

m) suggests that the low-altitude sandstone ecotonal

vegetation is more closely related to fynbos than karoo,

as similarities between the latter two sites are only 7.5

% (690 m) and 2.7 % (744 m). Mean turnover rate for

the gradient was determined as -0.0014, with the equa-

tion fitted to the plot of difference in altitude against

similarity being Log % similarity = -0.0014 x difference

in altitude + 1.41, r2= 0.52 (Figure 12). Similarity val-

ues between the karoo site and other sites were gener-

ally much lower than predicted by the regression line for

similar changes in altitude elsewhere along the gradient,

again suggesting that the area between 545 and 690 m is

governed by strong environmental factors affecting spe-

cies distributions.

FIGURE 10. — A, comparative con-

tributions of various growth

forms to total vegetation cover

at selected altitudes along gra-

dient; B, comparative growth

form composition between

recently burned and mature

vegetation in fynbos sites. FUB,

fynbos mature vegetation; FB,

recently burned fynbos; EUB,

ecotone mature vegetation;

EB, recently burned ecotone

vegetation.

CONCLUSION

Climate change studies report increasing evidence that

species’ ranges shift higher on mountain slopes as a result

of climate warming, and that high altitude species are

therefore particularly vulnerable to extinction as they reach

the limits of mountain summits (Grabherr et al. 1994;

Parmesan & Yohe 2003). Therefore the summit com-

munity on the Jonaskop gradient, with its very restricted

range, is almost certainly vulnerable to the warmer and

drier conditions predicted for the Western Cape.

However, monitoring species for population mortal-

ity, extinctions and shifts in ranges across the entire gra-

dient will provide valuable insights into the responses

of fynbos, renosterveld and Succulent Karoo vegetation

dynamics to climate change. Anecdotal evidence sug-

gests that Protea species (mainly genus Leucadendron )

may be vulnerable to drought stress on Jonaskop

(Hannah et al. 2007). Jacobsen et al. (2007) studied

19 species from nine angiosperm families along the

Jonaskop gradient, and found significant variation in

their water stress tolerance. Species studied were not as

tolerant of water stress as chaparral shrubs occurring in

climatically similar California, USA. They suggested

that the measurement of xylem density may be a useful

tool to assess drought tolerance of large numbers of spe-

cies.

172

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

A

°-4

i—

£ °-3

o

O 0-2 \

■g

O o.i

c

E o -

IU1U1.U

03

CT>

15

o

>4—

o

c

o

■e

o

CL

o

Q_

545 690 744

FUB

FB

953 1 044

Altitude

(m)

1 196 1 303 1 576

EUB EB

■ CYPERACEAE □ POACEAE □ RESTIONACEAE

FIGURE 1 1 . — A, relative contribu-

tion of sedges (Cyperaceae),

grasses (Poaceae) and restios

(Restionaceae) to total grami-

noid cover at selected altitudes

across Jonaskop gradient;

B, comparative contribu-

tion of sedges (Cyperaceae),

grasses (Poaceae) and restios

(Restionaceae) to total grami-

noid cover between recently

burned and mature vegetation.

FUB, fynbos mature vegeta-

tion; FB, recently burned fyn-

bos; EUB, ecotone mature veg-

etation; EB, recently burned

ecotone vegetation.

The area around the lower ecotonal site (550-700 m) is

the most important to monitor for the first signs of shifts in

species and growth form composition as indication of an

upward shift of Succulent Karoo into renosterveld-fynbos

territory. Since karoo vegetation is known to be distinct

from the vegetation recorded in this study through analysis

of species similarity, diversity and growth form composi-

tion, changes should be detected relatively easily.

Monitoring efforts should not only focus on upward

shifts in species ranges, but also on contraction of ranges

at the lower elevational limits of species (Hampe et al.

2005). Data collected in this study revealed clearly

defined upper and lower altitudinal limits on the gradient

for many species sampled, and thus, focusing monitoring

on changes in abundance of these species at their upper

and lower limits, along with continued climate data

TABLE 5. — Total no. species and no. species with single site occurrences recorded at selected sites along Jonaskop gradient, including percentage

similarity values for all sites compared. Shaded diagonal represents similarity values between adjacent sites

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

173

Difference in altitude (m)

FIGURE 12. — Difference in altitude against log percentage similarity

between pairs of all sites sampled, ♦ . Slope of fitted regression

line represents mean turnover rate across gradient. Karoo sites,

0; closed symbols indicate sites elsewhere on the gradient, ♦ .

recording, could reveal much about the climatic controls

of species’ ranges.

It is of course necessary to investigate the importance

of the change in soil type between 545 m and 690 m as a

potential barrier to climate change-induced shifts in spe-

cies’ ranges, and this is possibly best achieved through

experimental studies. As Dunne et al. (2004) have indi-

cated, a combination of gradient monitoring and experi-

mental investigation strategies provide the best insights

into complex ecosystem responses to climate change. We

submit that this study will provide useful baseline data

for a future focused and directed monitoring effort lead-

ing to a better understanding of the potential effects of

climate change on fynbos and the fynbos-renosterveld-

succulent karoo boundary.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The Du Plessis family is acknowledged for access

to the study site and helpful ongoing support. This

study was financially supported through a Franco-RSA

(CNRS/NRF) grant (GUN 2065318 to G.F. Midgley),

NRF (GUN 2053516 to K.J. Esler) and the Centre for

Invasion Biology (to K.J. Esler). We acknowledge the

support from SANBI and especially field assistance pro-

vided by Deryck de Wit.

REFERENCES

AGENBAG, L., ESLER, K.J. & MIDGLEY, G. 2004a. An envi-

ronmental gradient reveals how climate influences pheno-

phases in fynbos growth forms. In M. Arianoutsou & V.R

Papanastasis, Proceedings of the Vth International Conference

on Mediterranean Ecosystems, Rhodos, Greece. Milpress,

Rotterdam.

AGENBAG, L„ ESLER, K.J. & MIDGLEY, G. 2004b. Studies

along an environmental gradient reveal how biome boundar-

ies may respond to climate change. In M. Arianoutsou & V.P.

Papanastasis, Proceedings of the Vth International Conference

on Mediterranean Ecosystems, Rhodos, Greece. Milpress,

Rotterdam.

AGENBAG, L„ RUTHERFORD, M.C., MIDGLEY, G. & ESLER, K.J.

2004c. Fundamental and realised niches of fynbos and karoo

seedlings as revealed by reciprocal transplants. In M. Arianoutsou

& V.P. Papanastasis, Proceedings of the Vth International

Conference on Mediterranean Ecosystems, Rhodos, Greece.

Milpress, Rotterdam.

ASCHMANN, H. 1973. Distribution and peculiarity of Mediterranean

ecosystems. In F. Di Castri & H.A. Mooney, Mediterranean

type ecosystems: origin and structure : 11-20. Springer- Verlag,

Berlin.

BARRY, R.G. 1992. Mountain weather and climate'. 18-107. Routledge,

London.

BESAANS, A.J. 1966. 3319C, Worcester and 3419A, Caledon, I:

125 000 geological map. Pretoria, Department of Mines Geolo-

gical Survey.

BOND, W.J. & VAN WILGEN, B.W. 1996. Fire and plants. Chapman

& Hall, London.

BOUCHER, C. & MOLL, E.J. 1981. South African mediterranean

shrublands. In F. Di Castri, D.W. Goodall & R.L. Specht, Medi-

terranean-type shrublands : 233-248. Ecosystems of the World,

Vol. 1 1 . Elsevier, Amsterdam.

BRAUN-BLANQUET, J. 1928. Pflanzensoziologie : Grundziige der

Vegetationskunde. Springer, Berlin.

CAMPBELL, B.M. 1985. A classification of the mountain vegetation

of the Fynbos Biome. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South

Africa No. 50: 1-115.

COOPER, W.E., WHITING, M.J., VAN WYK, J.H. & MOUTON, P.

LE F.N. 1999. Movement- and attack-based indices of foraging

mode and ambush foraging in some gekkonid and agamine liz-

ards from southern Africa. Amphibia-Reptilia 20: 391-399.

COWLING, R.M., ESLER, K.J., MIDGLEY, G.F. & HONIG, M.A.

1994. Plant functional diversity, species diversity and climate in

arid and semi-arid southern Africa. Journal of Arid Environments

27: 141-158.

COWLING, R.M. & HOLMES, P.M. 1992. Flora and vegetation. In

R.M. Cowling, The ecology of fynbos: nutrients, fire and diver-

sity. 23-61. Oxford University Press, Cape Town.

COWLING, R.M., OJEDA, F„ LAMONT, B.B., RUNDEL, P.W. &

LECHMERE-OERTEL, R. 2005. Rainfall reliability, a neglected

factor in explaining convergence and divergence of plant traits in

fire-prone Mediterranean-climate ecosystems. Global Ecology &

Biogeography 14: 509-519.

DUNNE, J.A., SALESKA, S.R., FISCHER, M.L. & HARTE, J. 2004.

Integrating experimental and gradient methods in ecological cli-

mate change research. Ecology 85: 904—916.

ELLIS, F. 2002. Contribution of termites to the formation ofhardpans in

soils of arid and semi-arid regions of South Africa. Proceedings

of the 1 7th World Congress of Soil Science, Bangkok, Thailand,

August 2002.

ESLER, K.J. & COWLING, R.M. 1995. The comparison of selected

life -history characteristics of Mesembryanthema species occur-

ring on and off Mima-like mounds ( heuweltjies ) in semi arid

southern Africa. Plant Ecology 116: 41-50.

FLEMING, PA. & NICOLSON, S.W. 2002a. How important is the

relationship between Protea humiflora (Proteaceae) and its non-

flying mammal pollinators? Oecologia 132: 361-368.

FLEMING, PA. & NICOLSON, S.W. 2002b. Opportunistic breeding

in the Cape spiny mouse ( Acomys subspinosus). African Zoology

37: 101.

GOLDBLATT, P. 1997. Floristic diversity in the Cape flora of South

Africa. Biodiversity and Conservation 6: 359-377 .

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus of

the Cape flora of South Africa. Strelitzia 9. National Botanical

Institute, Pretoria.

GRABHERR, G„ GOTTFRIED, M. & PAULI, H. 1994. Climate effects

on mountain plants. Nature 369: 448.

HAMPE, A., PETIT, R.J. & CORTUFO, F. 2005. Conserving biodiver-

sity under climate change: the rear edge matters. Ecology Letters

8: 461^167.

HANNAH, L„ MIDGLEY, G.F., ANDELMAN, S., ARAUJO, M„

HUGHES, G., MARTINEZ-MEYER, E., PEARSON, R. &

WILLIAMS, P. 2007. Protected area needs in a changing cli-

mate. Frontiers in Ecology and Environment 5: 131-138.

HOLMES, P.M. 2002. Specialist study on the potential impact of the

proposed N1 N2 winelands toll highway project on the affected

vegetation and plant species. Report submitted to Crowther

Campbell Associates on behalf of the South African National

Roads Agency. Cape Ecological Services, Bergvliet.

HOLMES, P.M. & COWLING, R.M. 1997. Diversity, composition and

guild structure relationships between soil-stored seed banks and

mature vegetation in alien plant-invaded South African fynbos

shrublands. Plant Ecology 133: 107-122.

ITOW, S. 1991. Species turnover and diversity patterns along an ever-

green broad-leaved forest coenocline. Journal of Vegetation

Science 2: 477-484.

174

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

JACOBSEN, A.L., AGENBAG, L„ ESLER, K.J., PRATT, R.B.,

EWERS, F.W. & DAVIS, S.D. 2007. Xylem density, biomechan-

ics and anatomical traits correlate with water stress in 1 7 ever-

green shrub species of the Mediterranean-type climate region of

South Africa. Journal of Ecology 95: 171-183.

JOHNSON, S.A., JACKSON, S.. ABRATT, V.R., WOLFAARDT,

G.M., CORDERO-OTERO, R. & NICOLSON, S.W. 2006.

Xylose utilization and short-chain fatty acid production by

selected components of the intestinal microflora of a rodent

pollinator (Aethomys namaquensis). Journal of Comparative

Physiology 176: 631-641.

JOHNSON, S.A., NICOLSON, S.W. & JACKSON, S. 2004. The effect

of different oral antibiotics on the gastrointestinal microflora of a

wild rodent ( Aethomys namaquensis). Comparative Biochemistry

and Physiology 138: 475—483.

JOHNSON, S.A., VAN TETS, T.G. & NICOLSON, S.W. 1999. Sugar

preferences and xylose metabolism of a mammal pollinator, the

Namaqua Rock Mouse (Aethomys namaquensis). Physiological

and Biochemical Zoology 72: 438—444.

KENT, M. & COKER, P. 1994. Vegetation description and analysis: a

practical approach. Wiley, Chichester.

KORNER, C. 1999. Alpine plant life: functional plant ecology of high

mountain ecosystems. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.

KUPFER, J.A. & CAIRNS, D.M. 1996. The suitability of montane

ecotones as indicators of global climatic change. Progress in

Physical Geography 20: 253-272.

MCDONALD, D.J. 1993. The vegetation of the southern Langeberg,

Cape Province. 1. The plant communities of the Boosmansbos

Wilderness Area. Bothalia 23: 129-15 1 .

MIDGLEY, J.J. & ANDERSON, B. 2005. Scatterhoarding in

Mediterranean shrublands of the SW Cape, South Africa. In P-

M. Forget, J.E. Lambert, P.E. Hulme & S.B. Vander Wall, Seed

fate: predation, dispersal and seedling establishment. Ciba

Publishing, Wallingford.

MILLER, R.W. & GARDINER, D.T. 1998. Soils in our environment.

Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA.

MUCINA, L. & RUTHERFORD, M.C. 2006. The vegetation of South

Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19. South African

National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

MUSTART, P.J. & COWLING, R.M. 1993. Effects of soil and seed

characteristics on seed germination and their possible roles in

determining field emergence patterns of four Agulhas Plain

(South Africa) Proteaceae. Canadian Journal of Botany 71:

1363-1368.

MUSTART, P.J., COWLING, R.M. & ALBERTYN, J. 1997. Southern

Overberg. South African Wild Flower Guide 8. Botanical Society

of South Africa, Cape Town.

NICOLSON, S.W. & VAN WYK, B-E. 1998. Nectar sugars in Prote-

aceae: patterns and processes. Australian Journal of Botany 46:

489-504.

O’HARE, G„ SWEENEY, J. & WILBY, R. 2005. Weather, climate

and climate change : human perspectives. Pearson Education,

Harlow.

PARMESAN, C. & YOHE, G. 2003. A globally coherent fingerprint of cli-

mate change impacts across natural systems. Nature 421: 37^12.

REBELO, A.G. 1998. Fynbos Biome. In A.B. Low & A.G. Rebelo,

Vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland: a companion to

the vegetation map of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland: 62-7 4.

Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism, Pretoria.

ROLL AND, C. 2003. Spatial and seasonal variations of air temperature

lapse rates in Alpine regions. Journal of Climate 16: 1032.

ROURKE, J. & WIENS, D. 1977. Convergent floral evolution in South

African and Australian Proteaceae and its possible bearing on

pollination by nonflying mammals. Annals of the Missouri

Botanical Garden 64: 1-17.

RUTHERFORD, M.C. 1978. Karoo-fynbos biomass along an eleva-

tional gradient in the western Cape. Bothalia 12: 555-560.

RUTHERFORD, M.C., MIDGLEY, G.F., BOND, W.J., POWRIE,

L. W., ROBERTS, R. & ALLSOPP, J. 2000. South African coun-

try study on climate change: plant biodiversity, vulnerability and

adaptation assessment. South African Climate Change Country

Study Chapter. Government of South Africa, Pretoria.

VILE, D„ GARNIER, E„ SHIPLEY, B„ LAURENT, G„ NAVAS, M.-

L„ ROUMET, C., LAVOREL, S„ DIAZ, S„ HODGSON, J.G.,

LLORET, F„ MIDGLEY, G.F., POORTER, H„ RUTHERFORD,

M. C., WILSON, P.J. & WRIGHT, I.J. 2005. Specific leaf area

and dry matter content estimate thickness in laminar leaves.

Annals of Botany 96: 1 129-1136.

WHITEHEAD, F.H. 1962. Experimental studies on the effect of wind

on plant growth and anatomy. II. Helianthus annuus. New

Phytologist 61: 59-62.

WIENS, D„ ROURKE, J.P., CASPER, B.B., RICKART, E.A., LAPINE,

T.R., PETERSON, C.J. & CHANNING, A. 1983. Nonflying mam-

mal pollination of southern African proteas: a non-co-evolved sys-

tem. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 70: 1-31.

WOODWARD, F.I. 1993. The lowland-to-upland transition — mod-

elling plant responses to environmental change. Ecological

Applications 3: 404—408.

APPENDIX 1. — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

175

& Bi Pi C4

i t § 1

■a | i §

c ^ Q

APPENDIX 1. — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

176

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

S -S

■5 S ^

a <3 ^ s

life

.g ■'3 A

s. I- § 2 5 s.

a, O Q U

U i-

$ 5

§ -a Si

O Q tp

APPENDIX 1. Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

177

c£ c4 oi — + + —

< + - * < -

Qi _ rn — —

— + O' +

c4 + + c4 c* — oi +

| < ? g,

1 •d I

5 3

3 ^ GO

,S 1 -s

fi. .3

S- -s .3- § 5

a -S 'c o g

AI

APPENDIX 1. — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

178

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

? c

5, ^

S g C

8 & &

o a, u cq ^

Cr O -G

2 £ $

<§. -s 1

P, -s: -s

"K XT *>

I s e

e I

o 5;

IA

o' <

S. -5 •§

IIA

APPENDIX 1. — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

179

+ Bi • O O

S + • • •

& I

o C

£ j

II A

oi + • 2 o • ai +

oi oi — + O • oi

+ o id ■ d

® • d ■ O • • • •

- d d ■ ■ • O O •

— + d d d oi

Oi + Oi Oi ■ Oi ■ 0 1

'S.'S.'S. — ddOC

<N (N <N w ^

+ — Oi

Oi +

tc - + < + a “ O a:

g ^

a, a-

S- § -s

5 £ c

t £

-5

<

IIIA

APPENDIX 1. — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

ISO

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

S §

g ts

If | ^

■§ 8 | c

■a s ! J

^ tj O

-s 5 s .a .a c ^

S .'j; ,1. ^ a

Q, cq O Lq G> a.

I II A

+ oi oi + oi d +

+ Dh + tti + +

<e, a

tSj Lq ts O

XI

8 S

APPENDIX 1 . — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

181

XI

+ + + +

o • <

s _S S <? <£,

Js ,£p £: JlJ

$,3 §

& §•

a. ti .y

x u uj 0

> a-1

5 ^ C

u J ^

-S 'T g

a a

a “ ~5

^ 'r- S'

5j fej 5;'

IX

APPENDIX 1 . — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

182

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

ro + C*

< &

&

-S3

s

8

Q

IIX

a\ — — d3'- + 0

+ • + O ptS • O

oC a& oS at, + ■ ■ O

5- H £ ■§

oo

^ |

s J

P sS

■a p

§ $ I 6 £ £ t g ^

mx

APPENDIX 1 . — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

183

S *

oi — ei • e4 O

Si

sg. „ S s

-a s -s

8 < $

IIIX

IjJ k) U, o

APPENDIX 1. — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

184

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

iS * *

4,

AIX

2 <

oi +

< _

O s s

Sf 8 s

d <

d hJ

< Co ki

APPENDIX 1 . — Structured releve table for Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South Africa. Data were collected in October 2003. See Appendix 2 for species with low

frequency occurrences (cont.)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

185

s! o b: | - otftto

a <-

+ • — • oi oi

Oi ■ Oi Oft

a. s

5 S

a;' K

~ •=*

-S> » J2

tej qq o

•1 §

g G

IAX

S 5 S S

5 u i -2

a, ^ t- ^

£

s

E-

-s:

.o

^ kj k)

IIAX

186

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

APPENDIX 2. — List of species occurring only once in Appendix 1. Symbols in parentheses represent cover-abundance categories and address

(original releve number) for each record

Acrosanthes teretifolia Eckl. & Zeyh. (R, 4B)

Adenandra uniflora (L.) Willd. R (3B)

Adenocline pauciflora Turcz. (R, 5.5B)

Agathosma stipitata Pillans (O, 4C)

Anthospermum sp. (L. Agenbag 2C06) (+, 2C)

Antimima hamatilis (L. Bolus) H.E.K.Hartmann (O, 6C)

Arctotis flaccida Jacq. (R, 2C)

Arctotis incisa Thunb. (R, 4B)

Aristea africana (L.) Hoffmanns (+, 5.5B)

Aristea juncifolia Baker (R, 2C)

Askidiosperma paniculata (Rottb.) Desv. (1, 1A)

Aspalathus alpestris (Benth.) R.Dahlgren (O, 6C)

Aspalathus fusca Thunb. (+, 3B)

Aspalathus hirta E.Mey. (+, 5.5A)

Aspalathus linearis (Burm.f.) R.Dahlgren (+, 5 A)

Aspalathus tridentata L. (R, 5A)

Cassytha ciliolata Nees (1, 5.5C)

Cheilanthes contracta (Kuntze) Mett. ex Kuhn (R, 5.5A)

Cliffortia juniperina L.f. (R, IB)

Cliffortia ruscifolia L. (+, 4B)

Cliffortia sericea Eckl. & Zeyh. (R, 4A)

Clutia alaternoides L. (R, 4C)

Clutia laxa Eckl. ex Sond. (R, 2C)

Clutia polifolia Jacq. (+, 2C)

Corymbium sp. (L. Agenbag 2C13) (R, 2C)

Crassula capensis (L.) Baill. (R, 6C)

Crassula nudicaulis L. (O, 6C)

Crassula pubescens Thunb. (R, 4A)

Crassula sp. (L. Agenbag 6D04) (O, 6C)

Cullumia sulcata (Thunb.) Less. (+, 5.5C)

Cyphia volubilis (Burm.f.) Willd. (O, 2C)

Dicerothamnus sp. (L. Agenbag 3C09) (O, 3C)

Dilatris ixioides Lam. (O, 3C)

Drosanthemum flammeum L. Bolus (O, 5C)

Drosanthemum sp. (L. Agenbag 6D1 1 ) (O, 6C)

Ehrharta ottonis Kunth ex Nees (O, 2C)

Ehrharta rehmannii Stapf subsp. rehmannii (O, 2C)

Ehrharta rupestris Nees ex Trin. (+, 3C)

Erica coccinea L. (O, 2A)

Erica embothriifolia Salisb. (O, 0C)

Erica lateralis Willd. (+, 1A)

Erica taxifolia Bauer (+, 1 B)

Eriocephalus sp. ( 1, 5 A)

Ficinia deusta (P.J.Bergius) Levyns (+, 3C)

Gazania ciliaris DC. (+, 4C)

Gazania rigida (Burm.f.) Roessler (O, 2C)

Geissorhiza confusa Goldblatt (R, 5.5B)

Gladiolus debilis Sims (R, 2C)

Haplocarpha lanata (Thunb.) Less. (+, 2B), (R, 2C)

Heliophila subulata Burch, ex DC. (R, 4C)

Lachnaea pudens Beyers (R, 4A)

Linum acuticarpum C.M. Rogers (+, 5.5B)

Lobelia capillifolia (C.Presl) A. DC. (R, 5.5C)

Lobelia jasionoides (A. DC.) E.Wimm. (R, 0A)

Lobelia pinifolia L. (1, 2C)

Merxmuellera arundinacea (P.J.Bergius) Conert (O, 6C)

Merxmuellera stricta (Schrad.) Conert (O, 5.5A)

Metalasia montana P.O.Karis (O, OB)

Muraltia muraltioides (Eckl. & Zeyh.) Levyns (O, 6C)

Paranomus dispersus Levyns (R, 5B)

Pelargonium alchemilloides (L.) L’Her. (O, 5.5B)

Pelargonium caucalifolium Jacq. subsp. convulvulifolium (R, 5.5B)

Pelargonium elegans (Andrews) Willd. (O, 1C)

Pelargonium hermanniifolium (P.J.Bergius) Jacq. (O, 2C)

Pelargonium longifolium (Burm.f.) Jacq. (R, 4A)

Pelargonium rapaceum (L.) L’Her. (R, 5.5A)

Pelargonium sp. (L. Agenbag 2C15) (R, 2C)

Pentaschistis colorata (Steud.) Staff (O, 2C)

Polygala scabra L. (O, 6C)

Protea lorifolia (Salisb. ex Knight) Fourc. (1, 3 A)

Protea neriifolia R.Br. (O, 4C)

Pseudoselago serrata (P.J.Bergius) Hilliard (R, 2C)

Rafnia acuminata (E.Mey.) G.J.Campbell & B-E.van Wyk (R, 5C)

Satyrium odorum Sond. (+, 4A)

Sebaea exacoides (L.) Schinz (R, 4C)

Senecio acaulis (L.f.) Sch.Bip. (R, 3B)

Senecio burchellii DC. (R, 4B)

Stipagrostis zeyheri (Nees) De Winter (+, 1 C)

Stoebe nervigera (DC.) Sch.Bip. (R, 5.5A)

Struthiola myrsinites Lam. (+, 4A)

Syncarpha flava (Compton) B.Nord. (O, 3C)

Syncarpha gnaphaloides (L.) DC. (R, 4C)

Syncarpha variegata (P.J.Bergius) B.Nord. (O, 1 A)

Tetragonia spicata L.f. (O, 6B)

Tritoniopsis lata (L. Bolus) G.J. Lewis (R, 2B)

Ursinia paleacea (L.) Moench. (0, 5 A)

Ursinia rigidula (DC.) N.E.Br. (+, 5.5B)

Viscum sp. (O, 6C)

WaMenbergia cf. anerea (L. Agenbag 5.5C06) (R, 5.5C)

Willdenowia sp. (L. Agenbag 2B06) (R, 2B)

Willdenowia teres Thunb. (R, 2 A)

APPENDIX 3. — Checklist of species occurring on Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South

Africa. Growth form codes (GFC) are provided in Table 2

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

187

APPENDIX 3. — Checklist for species occurring on Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South

Africa. Growth form codes (GFC) are provided in Table 2 (cont.)

188 Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

APPENDIX 3. — Checklist for species occurring on Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South

Africa. Growth form codes (GFC) are provided in Table 2 (cont.)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

189

APPENDIX 3. — Checklist for species occurring on Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South

Africa. Growth form codes (GFC) are provided in Table 2 (cont.)

190 Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

APPENDIX 3. — Checklist for species occurring on Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South

Africa. Growth form codes (GFC) are provided in Table 2 (cont.)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

191

APPENDIX 3. — Checklist for species occurring on Jonaskop altitudinal gradient in Riviersonderend Mountain Catchment of Western Cape, South

Africa. Growth form codes (GFC) are provided in Table 2 (cont.)

C-

.

-

■

Bothalia 38,2: 193-194(2008)

Miscellaneous notes

VARIOUS AUTHORS

A TRIBUTE TO PROF. KRISTO PIENAAR (1922-1996), DOYEN OF SOUTH AFRICAN GARDENING

Few people have made a greater contribution to popu-

larizing gardening and an appreciation of nature in South

Africa than Prof. Kristo Pienaar (Figure 1). Through the

printed media and as a television personality, Kristo

became nothing short of a gardening and environmental

celebrity. If, on any particular evening in his gardening

programme, he suggested that a certain plant should be

eradicated from the South African gardening landscape,

the gardeners of the country rallied behind him and

started chopping out the plants the very next morning.

It would be fair to say that, during the 1970s and 1980s,

Kristo was truly Mr Gardening in South Africa. Kristo

sadly passed away on the 6th of April 1996 at the age of

73, after a long battle with prostate cancer.

Kristo Johannes Pienaar (always with great empha-

sis on the Kristo with a K) was bom in Bokfontein

near Rustenburg on 4 July 1922 to parents Jan Leon

Cachet Pienaar and Hendrina Johanna van der Merwe.

He had two brothers and two sisters, and grew up

on the slopes of the Magaliesberg. Kristo started his

school career at the age of four, sitting quietly under

his mother’s desk, while she taught her class at the

local school. He subsequently skipped some grades and

matriculated from the Hoer Volkskool in Heidelberg

at the age of 16. He achieved an M.Sc. in Botany from

the University of Pretoria. His Ph.D. was done at the

University of Stellenbosch and dealt with the Liliaceae.

He then became a teacher at Monument High School in

Klerksdorp where he remained from 1944-1960. In 1962

he joined the Department of Botany at the University of

the Western Cape as senior lecturer, and he later became

the head of the department.

Kristo married Christina Wilhelmina van Rooyen,

the love of his life, on 15 December 1945 at the Dutch

Reformed Students Church in Pretoria East. It was love

at first sight when on the first day he saw Christina, he

turned to his friend and said ‘There is the woman I’m

going to marry.’ Kristo and Christina had four daughters

(Ronel, Riana, Christa and Adri) who between them gave

them four granddaughters, five grandsons and four great-

grandchildren. One of his granddaughters aspires to walk

in her grandfather’s footsteps and wants to become a

great botanist one day.

His hobbies included gardening (of course!) and rugby

which he played for Northern Transvaal. He supported the

team for many years until loyalty to his province of resi-

dence made him change sides to Western Province. This

caused a major fallout with Prof. Anna Neethling-Pohl

who was of Blue Bull blood, and they did not speak for

many years! He also enjoyed staying abreast of new sci-

entific literature, caring for his wild birds and listening to

Pavarotti. He loved westems/cowboy movies, old musi-

cals and love stories, and never missed the antics of JR on

Dallas nor an episode of Haasdas se nuuskas on TV!

Most of us will remember Kristo as the kindly gentle-

man of VeldFocus in the 50/50 nature programme on TV,

which he presented for six years. Or perhaps you are one

of those who remembers him as the kindly grandfather

in a television shoe polish commercial. Kristo enjoyed

acting and appeared in a number of films namely, Fratse

in die vloot, Rip van Winkel, ’n Seder val in Waterkloof

and Herfsland.

His talents were not limited to television and he was

once a presenter for Radio Good Hope. He was the first

programme presenter to do an interview with Prof. Chris

Barnard after the first heart transplant in 1967, and he

wrote and presented a series called Gone gedagtes on

Springbok Radio, which was later published as a book.

Other programmes included Ons en die wetenskap and Vra

vir Kristo. He also wrote a story for the children’s radio

programme Siembamba, in honour of his first grandchild

Klippie, which he read to the children himself.

He is also the author of more than thirty books and

other publications of which some of the most popular is

undoubtedly the South African What flower is that? and

Everyone ’s guide to gardening.

194

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

During his reign as the king of gardening, he was

also on the Board of the National Botanic Gardens, a

member of the then Western Cape Regional Council for

Cultural Affairs, and Chairman of the Bellville Amateur

Acting Society. He was the head elder of his church and

from time to time involved in the Heart Foundation of

South Africa. He judged the national police stations’ gar-

dens and was involved with the African Violet Society.

He was city councillor and mayor of Bellville as well as

magazine and newspaper columnist for Die Burger and

Sarie. His weekly gardening column Vra vir Kristo in

Die Burger was immensely popular.

In 1996, the Professor Kristo Pienaar Floating Trophy

for Environmental Education and Awareness was created

by the then SA Army in his honour and is bestowed on

units within the South African National Defence Force

(SANDF) in recognition of the best contribution with

respect to environmental education.

Many have felt the need to bestow honour on him.

There is for instance a hybrid tea rose (which he per-

sonally selected from a group of potential candidates)

named after him in recognition of his efforts in creating

an awareness of indigenous plants in South Africa. There

are also disa hybrids named after both him and his wife,

Christina.

He was the recipient of a Laureatus Award in 1987,

which is the highest award of the Alumni Association

of the University of Pretoria (Tukkies). In 1989 he was

given the freedom of the city of Bellville when he was

named Die Burger Resident of the Year. In 1 992 he was

made Honorary Colonel in the Police Force. In 1997,

a posthumous award was made to him, in memory of

his contribution towards environmental education in

the SANDF, which was received by his daughter. He

has received the Nederburg Prize for the arts and the

SABC Aries award for the best television programme,

VeldFocus. He was also awarded the gold Order for

Excellence in Service to the Country by the president,

which is the highest award that a country can bestow on

a citizen.

Above all, Kristo was a family man. He consid-

ered his home to be his castle and his wife his refuge.

Affectionately known by his daughters as ‘Tito’, he used

to call them peervoel whenever they did something silly.

The family travelled the country extensively, as Kristo

believed that you had to see your own country before trav-

elling abroad. The Kruger National Park was his personal

favourite and travel was always accompanied with a strict

programme of what had to be achieved on each day.

At a time when very few people flew, Kristo took his

daughters flying on Saturdays, first in a small plane and

later in a Dakota, so that they could experience flight.

When asked to sum up his character in three words,

three of his daughters each said the following: ‘larger

than life’, ‘diligence, exuberance (for life) and warmth’

and ‘faith, family and nature.’

A fellow botanist gave his impression of Kristo as a

person with a ‘passionate urge to broadcast his knowl-

edge as a teacher’, ‘a person with infectious enthusiasm’

and on meeting him at a botanical gathering ‘you had the

feeling that you were talking to a reporter, a communica-

tor, a person focused on the spreading of information’.

It was the city of Bellville ’s habit to name streets

after their mayors. Kristo, however, requested that the

Tygerberg Nature Reserve’s Environmental Education

Centre be named after him instead. Thanks to the leg-

acy of this great man, the Tygerberg region now has

an outdoor classroom in the form of the Kristo Pienaar

Environmental Education Centre, which is a place where

children (and their parents) can learn about nature and

hopefully gain some respect for the beauty of our coun-

try, thus, fittingly paying tribute to a man who dedicated

his life to the (environmental) education of others.

‘ Die meetsnoere het vir my in lieflike plekke geval, ja, my

erfenis is vir my mooi — The lines have fallen for me in pleasant

places; indeed I have a beautiful inheritance ’

Psalm 16: 6

Inscription on Prof. Kristo Pienaar’s tombstone

M. WALTERS* and G.F. SMITH*)"

* Biosystematics and Biodiversity Collections Division, South African

National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XI 01, 0001 Pretoria. E-

mail: walters@sanbi.org, smithg@sanbi.org.

f Acocks Chair, H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of

Botany, University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.

MS. received: 2008-05-30.

Bothalia 38,2: 195-202(2008)

OBITUARY

DONALD JOSEPH BOOMER KILLICK (1926-2008)

Fortiter in re, suaviter in modo — strong in deed,

gentle in manner

‘Mountains the world over attract not only moun-

taineers and climbers, but also botanists. The Natal

Drakensberg is no exception’ (Figure 1). With these

words Donald opens the chapter Plant exploration in

his A field guide to the flora of the Natal Drakensberg

(Killick 1990), his last major publication and the one

that was perhaps closest to his heart. Visualise a forest-

er’s cottage among the sweeping, tawny-red Themeda

triandra grassland on the Little Berg where he spent

many lonely (Figure 2) but highly productive hours

studying and preserving plant specimens, overlook-

ing winter-brown communities of Pteridium aquilinum,

cliff scrub with red-flowered Greyia sutherlandii and

Aloe arborescens, dark green patches of kloof forest

with Podocarpus latifolius and Scolopia mundii, and

on the summit plateau the bleak and apparently barren

afro-alpine heath, at an altitude of about 2 900 m, with

species of Erica and Helichrysum : life against the mag-

nificent backdrop of Cathedral Peak, the Bell, Outer and

Inner Horn, the Chessmen, Mitre and Elephant, to name

but a few — these last five words Donald would have

detested: he had an intense dislike for sloppy lingo, well

balanced by his passion for concise, correct language,

English as well as Latin. He would also have said that

this paragraph is too flowery, or gushy, as he would have

put it [for readers without The Oxford dictionary, dis-

playing excessive sentimentality], and that the sentences

are much too long [see section Style in his Guide to sci-

ence writing (Killick 1981b)], and too full of brackets.

Donald Killick (Figure 3) was bom in Pietermaritz-

burg, KwaZulu-Natal, on the 6th of May 1926, the son

of a Methodist minister. He attended Maritzburg College

from 1940 until matriculation in 1943. From 1945 to

1950 he studied at the Natal University College which

became the University of Natal in 1948. He graduated

with a B.Sc. in Zoology and Botany (with distinction).

The following year he graduated B.Sc. Hons in Botany,

and in 1950 he was awarded an M.Sc. degree for the

thesis entitled An account of the plant ecology of the

Table Mountain area of Pietermaritzburg, Natal. For

this he won the Junior Captain Scott Memorial Medal

of the South African Biological Society in 1954 for the

best M.Sc. thesis in botany. The work was published in

Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 32

(Killick 1959b).

In 1950 Donald joined the Botanical Research Insti-

tute of the Department of Agriculture in the Botanical

Survey Section. In September of the same year he was

given the task of surveying the Cathedral Peak area of

the KwaZulu-Natal Drakensberg for the Department

of Forestry. During the survey period, he alternated

between Cathedral Peak for the field work, and the

National Herbarium in Pretoria for identifying the col-

lected specimens. At the time, he worked under the guid-

ance of L.E.W. (Les) Codd, J.P.H. (John) Acocks and

R. (Bob) Story. From 1954 to 1957 he served as South

African Liaison Officer at the Royal Botanic Gardens,

Kew in London. Here he gained valuable taxonomic

experience, and he had the opportunity to compare and

identify many of his own collections.

After his return to South Africa in 1957, he com-

pleted his field work at Cathedral Peak and wrote up

the research results as a Ph.D. thesis, An account of the

plant ecology of the Cathedral Peak area of the Natal

196

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 2. — Donald resting against a house of the Mountain Club dur-

ing a hike across the highest peaks of the Drakensberg.

authors to produce a booklet dealing in an abbreviated

manner with 55 of the original 66 trees simply to whet

the appetite of the South African public and to show

what fun and interest can be derived from an awareness

of the trees which one passes on the roadside and in the

veld { De Winter, De Winter & Killick 1974).

From 1966 to 1969 Donald was Officer in Charge of

the Flora Section. He directed the research of the Section

and also undertook personal taxonomic research. Volume

13 of the Flora of southern Africa was the first volume

to be written entirely by members of the Flora Section.

They were W. (Wessel) Marais, L.E.W. (Leslie) Codd,

L.E. (Lars) Kers, H.R. (Hellmut) Toelken, J.A. (Judy)

Marsh, O.A. (Otto) Leistner, A.A. (Amelia) Obermeyer-

Mauve and Donald himself. During this period, as aids

to taxonomic practice, he prepared standard lists of lit-

erature abbreviations, author abbreviations and a card

index to location of type specimens.

Donald served for a second time as South African

Liaison Officer at Kew from 1969 to 1971, a task which

he accomplished with distinction. On his return he was

appointed Assistant Director. He continued as Officer in

Charge of the Flora Section from 1971 to 1973, deputis-

ing for J.H. (Jim) Ross who was Liaison Officer at Kew

at the time. Donald also became involved with edit-

ing, in particular of the Institute series, Memoirs of the

Botanical Survey of South Africa.

In 1973 he was promoted to Deputy Director and

assumed growing responsibility for three of the publica-

tions of the Institute, Memoirs of the Botanical Survey

Drakensberg which was published in Memoirs of the

Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 34 (Killick 1963a).

Donald also undertook ad hoc ecological investigations

of poisonous plants and of burrgrass. He started editing

the Institute series Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of

South Africa and assisted B. (Bernard) de Winter, then

Officer in Charge of the Botanical Survey Section. As

Officer in Charge of the Botanical Survey Section from

1963' to 1966, he directed the research of the Section

and was largely responsible for an important change in

ecological approach — from descriptive (qualitative) to

quantitative methodology. Methods such as association

analysis and plotless sampling were introduced, as well

as ordination techniques. He took a personal interest in

each project and visited the researchers on site. Among

them were H.C. (Hugh) Taylor, J.W. (Jeff) Morris,

E.J. (Eugene) Moll, M.J. (Mike) Wells, C.J. (Chris)

Scheepers and J.RH. (John) Acocks.

In 1963 he was placed in charge of the administra-

tion of all research projects of the Institute and was

responsible for the registration and termination of fac-

ets and for seeing that project applications, annual proj-

ect reports and final reports were scientifically accept-

able. On the occasion of the 1966 Republic Festival, he

joined B. (Bernard) de Winter and his wife Mayda to pro-

duce Sixty-six Transvaal trees (De Winter, De Winter &

Killick 1966) which sparked wide interest in indigenous

trees and was the first publication in which numbers were

assigned to all known South African trees. In response to

public demand, Readers Digest commissioned the same FIGURE 3. — Donald Joseph Boomer Killick (1926-2008).

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

197

FIGURE 4. — Presentation of Long-

service Awards at the Botanical

Research Institute, 13 January

1981. Back row, left to right, hor-

ticultural staff, L.C. Steenkamp,

A. Pilusa, J. Makena, Stuurman

Makena, S. Makena and J.

Ehrens. Front row, left to right,

herbarium staff. Dr D.J.B. Kil-

lick, Dr R.A. Dyer, Ms M.D.

Gunn, Dr L.E.W. Codd, and Ms

I.C. Verdoom.

of South Africa , The Flowering Plans of Africa and

Bothalia. He was editor of Bothalia from 1972-1985.

After his thirtieth year with the Institute he received a

Long-service Award together with several other col-

leagues (Figure 4). When D. (Denzil) Edwards, Assistent

Director in charge of the Botanical Survey Section, left

the Institute in 1982, he took over the administration of

the Institute’s research programme. This included the

annual evaluation of the 85 research facets in progress

at the time. In 1985 he relinquished most of the editorial

responsibility for the Institute journals, with the excep-

tion of The Flowering Plants of Africa. He then took up

many administrative tasks, amongst others control of

finances and annual reports. On the 31st of March 1989

he retired (Figure 5). A few months later he submitted

the final report on his taxonomic studies as part of the

Drakensberg-Maluti Mountain Catchment Conservation

Programme. In the following year Donald published

his A field guide to the flora of the Natal Drakensberg

(Killick 1990). He continued to answer nomenclatural

queries and lectured part-time in plant nomenclature to

post-graduate students at the University of Pretoria. He

wrote and checked Latin descriptions, refereed articles

and wrote up plates for The Flowering Plants of Africa.

During his last months, which he spent in a retirement

village, his health deteriorated gradually and he grew

ever weaker, but to the end he was able to attend to his

small garden and to read widely, preferably novels. On

16 April 2008 he died suddenly due to failing circula-

tion. He is survived by his wife, Berenice, nee Boegman,

whom he met when she was employed at the Institute.

From this family union which formed an extremely

important part of Donald’s life, two sons were bom:

Stephen, a chartered accountant, and Michael, a civil

engineer.

the Institute, for 13 years. In addition he was a member

of the editorial board of the Journal of South African

Botany. He gave the journals of the Institute a new look

and helped build up their international status. He vetted

hundreds of research papers, and rewrote many either

partly or completely. Over a period of 36 years he also

refereed many articles for the Journal of South African

Botany and the South African Journal of Botany. Authors

were continually encouraged to improve the standard of

Donald had a considerable impact on botanical sci-

ence through his furtherance and editing of three of

the Institute’s publications for many years. The series

Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa was

under his editorship for 27 years, Flowering Plants of

Africa for 15 years, and Bothalia, the house journal of

FIGURE 5. — Donald paging through the commemorative album pre-

sented to him on the occasion of his retirement on 3 1 March

1989.

198

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

their research papers. In so doing he has helped to launch

numerous botanists on their publishing careers. Donald

was promotor or co-promotor of several M.Sc. and Ph.D

theses dealing with various branches of botany. He gave

lectures on science writing at the Institute and at the

University of Cape Town and in 1981 he published his

acclaimed and widely consulted Guide to science writing

(Killick 1981b) dealing with the do’s and dont’s in this

field. The guide starts with the sentence: ‘I believe, and

I am sure many other editors of scientific journals will

agree, that there has been a steady decline in the standard

of science writing in recent years’. He then discusses

three possible causes: ‘the teaching of grammar has been

largely thrown out of the window; instead functional

English’ is taught at schools. Secondly, ‘few universi-

ties, if any, teach their students how to write a scientific

paper’. The increasing use of multiple-choice examina-

tions at universities is given as a third possible cause.

Instead of expressing themselves in writing, students

simply have to put a tick in the appropriate box. Reading

further in his Guide to science writing one not only

acquires a deeper knowledge of the subject but one also

learns more about the author, a man of great integrity,

diligent, meticulous and methodical. And as he writes:

‘Another important essential is brevity.... Remember that

words cost money’. Donald was a man of few, well con-

sidered words, both in speech and in writing: ‘Write to

express — not to impress’. A man not given to bursts of

laughter but with a fine sense of humour expressed in a

dry manner. An example of a cited cliche as they should

not be used by self-respecting authors: she’s as happy as

a lark in the knowledge that her husband is slightly mus-

clebound above his 19-inch collar, making his cranial

area simply an anatomical device to separate his ears.

Concerning the perceived decline in the standard of sci-

ence writing: the teaching of grammar will remain on the

red data list and multi-choice exams will become ever

more popular with professors and lecturers, but there

appears to be a marked improvement in the way students

at local universities are taught how to write scientific

papers, partly, I am convinced, due to Donald’s efforts.

In the words of Bernard de Winter, Director of the

Institute during the last 16 years of Donald’s term of

office: ‘His retiring nature, matched with a tall frame,

neat beard and conservative dress made him seem unap-

proachable. In all situations he remained the English

gentleman who strictly adhered to correct behaviour,

and deeply valued the underlying code of conduct this

implied. He was a professional in the real sense of the

word and a dedicated botanist. A pragmatist, he never-

theless dissuaded his sons from following him in his pro-

fession, advising them to choose more lucrative careers.

He made enduring friendships but remained a somewhat

solitary person to the end’.

Donald has published 80 papers in taxonomy varying

from one-page descriptions of new species to full-scale

revisions of families running to 39 pages. On the whole,

his taxonomic revisions have stood the test of time.

His account of Satureja (Killick 1961a) was accepted

in toto by L.E. Codd in his treatment of Lamiaceae in

the Flora of southern Africa. A revision of the difficult

genus Myrica (Killick 1969a) was used by N. Grobelaar

of the University of Pretoria in research on nitrogen-

fixation and was found to be reliable and in agreement

with physiological findings. His paper on the use of the

disc as a diagnostic character in Maerua (Killick 1969c)

created wide interest locally and overseas. He revised

several genera of Capparidaceae for the Flora of south-

ern Africa (Killick 1970d-g). The revision of Clusiaceae

was done in joint authorship with Norman Robson of the

Natural History Museum, London (Killick & Robson

1976), and his Flacourtiaceae account, also for the

Flora of southern Africa , in collaboration with Hermann

Sleumer, then with the Rijksherbarium, Leiden (Killick

1976c). In the same volume of the Flora he published an

account of the Achariaceae (Killick 1976d). During his

retirement, he published the name change from Myrica

to Morelia together with Roger Polhill & Bernard

Verdcourt (Killick, Polhill & Verdcourt 1998).

In volume 52,1 of The Flowering Plants of Africa ,

which is dedicated to him, Donald is described as a lead-

ing light and a refuge to taxonomists lost in the thorny

field of botanical nomenclature. His first nomenclatural

‘case’ published in 1957 is cited as an example in the

International Code of Botanical Nomenclature and two

of his proposals for change of the Code were accepted

by the 1981 International Botanical Congress in Sydney

(Killick 1981a). Some of his nomenclatural ‘cases’ were

cited in Kew’s Nomenclatural Forum. Through his work

as an editor he was well aware that the general stan-

dard of knowledge of plant nomenclature among South

African taxonomists left much to be desired. Therefore

he presented 2-day courses in the Institute in Pretoria

and at the University of Cape Town. They included a

lengthy quiz comprising a number of interesting and

tricky problems which had to be solved and which tested

many of the delegates to, if not well beyond, their limit.

His knowledge of plant nomenclature was recognised

internationally and he was elected to the Committee for

Spermatophyta of the International Association for Plant

Taxonomy in 1975, and he was actively involved in the

affairs of the Committee until 1981. At the time he was

the only South African to have achieved this distinction.

His published account of the plant ecology of the

Cathedral Peak area of the Natal Drakensberg is still the

definitive work on the vegetation of that region. Prof.

Eugene Moll, at the time at the University of Cape Town,

described it ‘as the best published account of the vegeta-

tion of the Natal Drakensberg’, and Prof. O.T. Solbrig,

former President of the International Union of Biological

Sciences, commented: ‘it seems to be the last word and

little more needs to be done’. Since the account appeared

in 1963, Donald had maintained an interest in mountain

ecology and had continued to publish on the subject well

into his retirement. This includes in-depth discussions of

the then poorly known climate of the Alpine Vegetation

of eastern Lesotho, the region you enter once you have

scaled the Natal Drakensberg from the South African

side (Killick 1978d). He was invited to contribute sub-

stantive review chapters to four important books (Killick

1978a, 1979a, 1994b, 1997). These reviews were based

very largely on his own researches in the Drakensberg

and eastern Lesotho. Donald’s researches have formed a

botanical foundation for much of the management prac-

tice and research in the Drakensberg by the Department

of Forestry and the KwaZulu-Natal Parks Board.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

199

FIGURE 6. — Donald and Otto Leistner at Katima Mulilo in the Caprivi

Strip, 1958/1959, where they collected plants for the Flora

zambesiaca, Prodromus einer Flora von Sudwestafrika and

Flora of southern Africa.

His work on the Drakensberg attracted the attention of

a number of prominent botanists who specialised in high-

altitude vegetation, such as Prof, and Mrs O. Hedberg

(Sweden), Prof. C.G.G.J. van Steenis (Netherlands),

Prof. O. Stocker (Germany), Prof. K. Faegri (Norway)

and Dr E. Weinert (Germany). All except Dr Weinert vis-

ited the Drakensberg in Donald’s company. Dr Weinert

commented on the reprints of his papers: ‘they are of

great value to me and I agree with him concerning the

definition of the sub-alpine and alpine zones in Africa

(and around the world)’.

Donald had a great love for botanical art, and his

editing of The Flowering Plants of Africa, the Institute’s

journal devoted to this exquisite art form, gave him par-

ticular pleasure. It was the last of the Institute’s publi-

cations from which he could tear himself away to hand

it over to his successor. Not only was he an excellent

judge of botanical art but he was equally adept at judg-

ing botanical artists. Among several artists who served

under him, two deserve special mention: Rosemary

Holcroft worked in the Institute from 1975 to 1985. She

produced the line drawings for his A field guide to the

flora of the Natal Drakensberg and executed almost 100

colour plates for The Flowering Plants of Africa. Gillian

Condy joined the Institute in 1983 and has played a

prominent role in the field of botanical art ever since.

Donald nominated her for the Jill Smythies Award of the

Linnean Society of London and it was presented to her

in 1990.

The lectures he gave, most of them by invitation, dealt

mainly with the vegetation and flora of the Drakensberg,

including eastern Lesotho, as well as plant nomencla-

ture, science writing and the recording of ecological lit-

erature. Lectures were given at the University of Natal,

the Museum of Science, Pretoria, the Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew, the Royal Horticultural Society, London,

the University of Uppsala, the Rijksherbarium, Leiden,

congresses of AETFAT in Uppsala, Munich and Pretoria,

congresses of SAAB and the 13th International Botanical

Congress, Sydney in 1981 where he was invited to

defend three of his proposals at the Nomenclature

Session. The Presidential address he delivered to the

South African Biological Society in 1966 was entitled

Fifty years of plant ecology in South Africa (Killick

1968c).

He was a member of the following societies: South

African Association of Botanists, the Association pour

l’etude taxonomique d’Afrique tropicale (AETFAT),

the International Association for Plant Taxonomy

(IAPT) and the National Committee and the Taxonomy

Subcommittee of IUBS. From 1982 to 1985 he was a

member of the Professional Advisory Committee for

Plant Sciences of the South African Council for Natural

Scientists. Donald was also member of advisory com-

mittees of the then Department of Agriculture under

which the Institute fell at the time. He was a Fellow of

the Linnean Society of London since 1956. From 1959

to 1963 he served as Honorary Secretary of the South

African Biological Society and he was President of the

Society in 1966.

Donald did most of his collecting in KwaZulu-Natal,

particularly in the mountains, from Table Mountain in

the south, the study area for his M.Sc., to the Cathedral

Peak area in the central Drakensberg, the subject of his

Ph.D. thesis. Duplicates of his collections from this

region are housed in the Donald Killick Herbarium

(CPF) in Pietermaritzburg. It falls under the Department

of Environmental Affairs and Tourism and comprises

about 6 000 vascular plants, mainly of the Drakensberg

Mountains and the KwaZulu-Natal coast, collected by

employees of the former Department of Forestry. In

1958/1959 he undertook a collecting expedition to the

Caprivi Strip (Figure 6) in northern Namibia accompa-

nied by me. There were no mountains to climb but lots of

wetlands to be traversed and myriads of mosquitos to be

deterred/endured. The collections made during this ven-

ture proved valuable in the compilation of three regional

floras covering this area: Flora zambesiaca, Prodromus

einer Flora von Siidwestafrika and Flora of south-

ern Africa. Between 1966 and 1969 he undertook sev-

eral collecting expeditions to the southern Drakensberg

together with Johannes Vahrmeijer. During 1977 he

led an expedition to central Lesotho which included

several staff members of the Institute and R.E. (Bob)

Magill, bryologist and TROPICOS-fundi of the Missouri

Botanical Garden. In February 1984, together with Bob

Magill and J. (Jacques) van Rooy, bryologist of the

Institute, he visited some of his former collecting sites

and inspected releves he had laid out in the Drakensberg

and on Table Mountain near Pietermaritzburg (Figure

7), and they collected on top of Sani Pass. In December

of the same year he returned to the Cathedral Peak area

in the company of Rosemary Holcroft, who prepared

drawings for the proposed Guide to the Drakensberg

200

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

FIGURE 7. — Donald with R.E.

(Bob) Magill on a collect-

ing visit to Table Mountain,

Pietermaritzburg in 1984.

flora, and Jacques van Rooy, who collected mosses.

Shortly before his retirement he undertook an expedi-

tion to the highlands of Lesotho in the company of offi-

cers of the Institute as well as B.J. (Bruce) Hargreaves,

then of Roma University, and an official of the Lesotho

Department of Agriculture. In 1994 he visited cen-

tral Lesotho for the last time accompanied by his wife

Berenice and S.M. (Sarie) Perold, hepaticologist of the

Institute, who was looking for a new liverwort known to

grow near the Oxbow Dam. During that expedition they

met Prof. J.G. Duckett of the Queen Mary and Westfield

College, London who eventually was the lucky person to

find the elusive “mountain nymph” in a rather inaccessi-

ble spot. The specific epithet of Cryptomitrium oreades,

as Sarie Perold named it, is derived from the Greek word

for such a delicate creature of the highlands.

Altogether, Donald described 24 new species, pub-

lished 11 new combinations and collected about 5 000

numbers, mostly with several duplicates. Three species

were named in his honour: Carex kil/ickii Nelmes and

Festuca killickii Kenn.-O’Byme and recently a fossil

fern, Asterotheca killickii H.M.And. & J.M.And.

Among the many plant collectors in the Drakensberg

that he discusses in his A field guide to the flora of the

Natal Drakensberg , the place of honour belongs undoubt-

edly to Hans Justus Thode, a little known pioneer of the

High Berg and a man in whom Donald could surely

see something of himself. He went to great lengths to

trace Thode ’s life history and he succeeded in find-

ing and interviewing four persons who had been taught

by him (Killick 1977f). ‘If Thode had one ‘magnifi-

cent obsession’, Donald writes (Killick 1990), ‘it was

the Drakensberg and its flora’. And he quotes Thode

admiring ...‘the majestic range of the Kathlambe or

Drakensberg which has irresistibly attracted and again

and again induced me to climb its lofty heights.... What an

inexpressible incentive to be the first explorer of this terra

incognita, to open this veiled enchanted country to inves-

tigating science and to return with trophies of its interest-

ing flora in the form of many a plant still undescribed’.

PUBLICATIONS BY D.J.B. KILLICK

BACKER, A.P., KILLICK, D.J.B. & EDWARDS, D. 1986. A plant eco-

logical bibliography and thesaurus for southern Africa up to 1975.

Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South AfricaNo. 52: 1-216.

BULLOCK, A. A. & KILLICK, D.J.B. 1957. On the typification of

Plectranthus. Taxon 6,8: 239.

DE WINTER, B., DE WINTER, M. & KILLICK, D.J.B. 1966. 66

Transvaal trees : 1-175. Transvaal Provincial Administration,

Voortrekkerpers .

DE WINTER, B„ DE WINTER, M. & KILLICK, D.J.B. 1974. Know

your trees: 1-32. Readers Digest Association, Cape Town.

DE WINTER, B. & KILLICK, D.J.B. 1965. Thorn-trees of the Lowveld.

Lantern 15,2: 153-157.

DE WINTER, B„ KILLICK, D.J.B. & EDWARDS, D. 1979. Terrestrial

ecology in South Africa. South African Journal of Science 75:

59-61.

DYER, R.A. & KILLICK, D.J.B. 1971 . A note on Myrsine in southern

Africa. Bothalia 10: 368, 369.

ENGELBRECHT, A.J., EDWARDS, D. & KILLICK, D.J.B. 1983. An

ecological bibliography for southern Africa. Bothalia 14: 765.

KILLICK, D.J.B. 1954a. Helichrysum tenuifolium Killick, sp. nov.

Bothalia 6: 424, 425.

-1954b. Moraea cultnea Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 6: 436, 437.

-1954c. Moraea modesta Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 6: 437, 438.

1 954d. Micromeria grandiflora Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 6: 439, 440.

-1954e. Psammotropha alternifolia Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 6: 445, 446.

-1958a. Helichrysum albirosulatum Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 1: 22, 23.

-1958b. Helichrysum drakensbergense Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 7: 23, 24.

-1958c. Senecio cryptolanatus Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 7: 25.

-1958d. Senecio praeteritus Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 7: 25.

-1958e. Dischisma struthioloides Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 7: 33-35.

-1959a. Dracaena kindtiana De Wild. The Flowering Plants of Africa

33: t. 1309.

-1959b. An account of the plant ecology of the Table Mountain area

of Pietermaritzburg, Natal. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of

South Africa No. 32: 1-133.

-1960a. Cyrtanthus erubescens Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 7: 412-414.

-1960b. Helichrysum milfordiae Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 7: 414, 415.

-1960c. Rhodohypoxis palustris Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 8: 480, 481 .

-1961a. South African species oiSatureja. Bothalia 8: 43 5 — 437.

-1961b. Zaluzianskya pulvinata Killick, sp. nov. Kirkia 1: 105, 106.

-1962. A recently-described species of Helichrysum from the Drakens-

berg Mountains, South Africa. Quarterly Bulletin of the Alpine

Garden Society of Great Britain 30,2: 172-175.

-1963a. An account of the plant ecology of the Cathedral Peak area

of the Natal Drakensberg. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of

South Africa No. 34: 1-178.

1963b. Our five types of vegetation. Farming in South Africa 39,7:

14-16, 65.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

201

-1964a. A note on the identity of Myrica conifera Burm.f. Bothalia 8: 175.

-1964b. Wahlenbergia monotropa Killick, sp. nov. Bothalia 8: 164, 165.

-1965a. Cyrtanthus erubescens Killick. The Flowering Plants of Africa

37: t. 1442.

-1965b. Anemone fanninii Harv. ex Masters. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 37: t. 1441 .

-1966. Two new Erica species from the Drakensberg. Bothalia 9: 126—

130.

-1967a. Rhynchosia albiflora (Sims) Alston. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 38: t. 1497.

-1967b. Turraea floribunda Hochst. The Flowering Plants of Africa 38:

t. 1499.

-1967c. Protea subvestita N.E.Br. The Flowering Plants of Africa 38:

t. 1506.

-1967d. Review: A guide to the flora of the Cape Peninsula, by M.R.

Levyns. South African Journal of Science 63: 215.

-1967e. Burkea africana Hook. The Flowering Plants of Africa 38: t.

1505.

-1968a. Conservation of vegetation in the Transvaal. Acta Phytogeo-

graphica Suecica 54: 239—243.

-1968b. Progress in the mapping of the vegetation of South Africa. Acta

Phytogeographica Suecica 54: 3 14—3 1 8.

— 1968c. Fifty years of plant ecology in South Africa. Journal of the

South African Biological Society 7: 1 1-28.

— 1968d. Sisyndite spartea E.Mey. ex Sond. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 39: t. 1537.

-1968e. Xylotheca kraussiana Hochst. var. glabrifolia Wild. The

Flowering Plants of Africa 39: t. 1535.

-1968f. Loxostylis alata Spreng.f. ex Reichb. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 39: t. 1536.

-1969a. The South African species of Myrica. Bothalia 10: 5-17.

-1969b. A new species of Selago. Bothalia 10: 74-76.

-1969c. The disc in the southern African species of Maerua. Bothalia

10: 39 — 42.

-1969d. A curious form of Crassula natans Thunb. from the Natal

Drakensberg. Bothalia 10: 70.

-1969e. Anew species of Maerua. Bothalia 10: 65-67.

— 1 969f. Review: Figs of Hong Kong, by D. Hill. Bothalia 10: 129.

— 1969g. Dovyalis zeyheri (Sond.) Warb. The Flowering Plants of Africa

39: t. 1546.

-1969h. Erica tenella Andr. The Flowering Plants of Africa 39: t.

1552.

— 1969i. Paranomus reflexus (Phill. & Hutch.) N.E.Br. The Flowering

Plants of Africa 39: t. 1551.

— 1969j. Erica axilliflora Bartl. The Flowering Plants of Africa 39: t.

1548.

-1969k. Leucosidea sericea Eckl. & Zeyh. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 40: t. 1566.

—19691. Myrsine africana L. The Flowering Plants of Africa 40: t. 1564.

-1969m. Terminalia phanerophlebia Engl. & Diels. The Flowering

Plants of Africa 40: t. 1565.

— 1969n. Bowkeria citrina Thode. The Flowering Plants of Africa 40:

t. 1578.

— 1969o. Anew grass from Lesotho. African Wild Life 23,1: 47-80.

—1970a. Ormocarpum trichocarpum (Taub.) Engl. The Flowering

Plants of Africa 40: t. 1585.

—1970b. Piper capense L.f. The Flowering Plants of Africa 40: t. 1583.

-1970c. Phygelius aequalis Harv. ex Hiem. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 40: t. 1584.

-1970d. Maerua. Flora of southern Africa 13: 159-171.

— 1970e. Bachmannia. Flora of southern Africa 13: 142, 143.

-1970f. Cladostemon. Flora of southern Africa 13: 140-142.

-1970g. Thilachium. Flora of southern Africa 13: 175-177.

-1970h. Alberta magna. Standard Encyclopedia of South Africa 1:

290.

— 1 970i. Brambles. Standard Encyclopedia of South Africa 2: 482, 483.

-1970j. Brunia family. Standard Encyclopedia of South Africa 2: 543.

-1970k. Custard apple family. Standard Encyclopedia of South Africa

2: 543.

-1971a. Review: Wild flowers of the Drakensberg, by W.R. Trauseld.

Bothalia 10: 501.

-1971b. Progress with the Flora of southern Africa. Mitteilungen der

Botanischen Staatssammlung Miinchen 10: 76-78.

-1971c. Vegetation of South Africa. In Tyack, Land of Challenge: 22-25.

-197 Id. Essenhout. Standard Encyclopedia of South Africa 4: 389,

390.

-1971e. Fig family (Moraceae). Standard Encyclopedia of South Africa

4: 490.

—197 If. Figs ( Ficus spp.). Standard Encyclopedia. of South Africa 4: 490.

— 1 971g. Plants of the Drakensberg Mountains. Quarterly Bulletin of the

Alpine Garden Society of Great Britain 39,1 : 29, 30, 55.

-1972a. Barleria pretoriensis C.B.C1. The Flowering Plants of Africa

41: t. 1623.

-1972b. Metrosideros angustifolia (L.) J.E.Sm. The Flowering Plants

of Africa 41: t. 1624.

-1972c. Protea lacticolor Salisb. The Flowering Plants of Africa 41:

t. 1625.

-1972d. Protea welwitschii Engl, subsp. glabrescens (Beard) Beard.

The Flowering Plants of Africa 4 1 : t. 1630.

-1972e. Kraussia floribunda Harv. The Flowering Plants of Africa 41 :

t. 1627.

-1972f. Review: Flora of Lesotho, by A. Jacot Guillarmod. Bothalia

10: 568.

-1972g. Trimeria rotundifolia or T. grandifolia ? Bothalia 10: 568.

— 1972h. Hawthorn ( Crataegus ). Standard Encyclopedia of South Africa

5: 452.

— 1 972i. Kei apple family (Flacourtiaceae). Standard Encyclopedia of

South Africa 6: 320.

-1973a. Calotropis gigantea (L.) Ait. The Flowering Plants of Africa

42: t. 1647.

-1973b. Review: Excelsa. Journal of the Aloe, Cactus & Succulent

Society of Rhodesia. No. 1. Bothalia 11: 203.

-1973c. Fagara capensis Thunb. The Flowering Plants of Africa 42:

t. 1671.

-1973d. Sparrmannia africana. The Flowering Plants of Africa 42: t.

1663.

-1973e. Rose family (Rosaceae). Standard Encyclopedia of South

Africa 9: 409.

—1974a. Apodytes dimidiata E.Mey. ex Am. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 43: t. 1695.

-1974b. Athanasia punctata (DC.) Harv. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 43: t. 1699.

-1974c. A note on the author citation for Eriudaphus mundii , basionym

of Scolopia mundii. Bothalia 1 1 : 280.

-1974d. Scolopia stolzii , a new record in South Africa. Bothalia 11:

280,281.

-1974e. Review: Common trees of the highveld, by R.B. Drummond &

Keith Coates Palgrave. Bothalia 1 1 : 369.

— 1 974f. Review: Epiphytic orchids of southern Africa, by E.R. Harrison.

Bothalia 11: 369.

-1975a. Review: Trees of southern Africa, by Eve Palmer & Norah

Pitman. Bothalia 11: 581.

-1975b. A change of status in Scolopia. Bothalia 11: 515.

-1976a. Report on progress with Flora of southern Africa. Boissiera

24: 633, 634.

—1976b. Kiggelaria africana L. The Flowering Plants of Africa 43: t.

1702.

—1976c. Flacourtiaceae. Flora of southern Africa 22: 53-92.

-1976d. Achariaceae. Flora of southern Africa 22: 128-134.

-1976e. The Flowering Plants of Africa. Veld & Flora 62: 18-20.

— 1 976f. Rhodohvpoxis — gem of the Drakensberg. Veld & Flora 62: 16,

17.

-1977a. Greyia sutherlandii Hook. & Harv. The Flowering Plants of

Africa 44: t. 1732.

-1977b. Ziziphus mucronata Willd. The Flowering Plants of Africa 44:

t. 1739.

-1977c. Review: Natal wild flowers, by Barbara Jeppe. Bothalia 12:

319.

— 1977d. Review: Wild flowers of Natal (coastal region), by Janet

Gibson. Bothalia 12: 319.

-1977e. Review: Veld plants of southern Africa, by N.K. Hobson, J.P

Jessop, M.C. van der R. Ginn & J. Kelly. Bothalia 12: 319.

— 1 977f. Hans Justus Thode (1859-1932), pioneer plant collector in the

Natal Drakensberg. Bothalia 12: 165-175.

-1977g. The correct name for Anemone capensis. Bothalia 12: 258.

-1977h. J.P.H. Acocks. Curriculum Vitae. Journal of the South African

Biological Society 17: 18-20.

-1978a. The phytogeography and ecology of the Afro-alpine Region of

southern Africa. In M.J. Werger, Biogeography and ecology of

southern Africa: 517-542. Junk, The Hague.

-1978b. Themeda triandra Forssk. The Flowering Plants of Africa 44:

t. 1741.

-1978c. Notes on the vegetation of the Sani Pass area of the southern

Drakensberg. Bothalia 12: 537-542.

— 1 978d. Further data on the climate of the Alpine Vegetation Belt of

eastern Lesotho. Bothalia 12: 567-572.

-1978e. Review: Wild flowers of Rhodesia, by D.C.H. Plowes & R.B.

Drummond. Bothalia 12: 577.

202

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

— 1 978f. The Mary Gunn Library. The Mafeking Mail 1,5: 3, 4.

-1 978g. More remarks on specific epithets. Veld & Flora 64: 361 .

— 1 978h. Roadside recognition of trees. AA outdoor holiday guide of

South Africa: 6-1 1 .

-1978i. The Mary Gunn Library. Veld & Flora 64: 125-128.

-1979a. African mountain heaths. In R.L. Specht, Heathlands and

related shrublands of the world. A. Descriptive studies: 97-116.

Elsevier, Amsterdam.

-1979b. Notes on Flacourtiaceae. Bothalia 12: 635, 636.

-1979c. The contributions of the Botanical Research Institute to Botany

in South Africa. Bothalia 12: 740-742.

-1979d. Omission of Hypericum oligandrum from the Flora of southern

Africa. Bothalia 12: 633.

-1979e. Review: Mountain splendour, by R.O. Pearse. Veld & Flora

65: 63, 64.

— 1979f. Specific epithets commemorating persons. Veld & Flora 66:

121, 122.

-1980a. Review: Mountain splendour, by R.O. Pearse. Bothalia 13:

260, 261.

-1980b. Obituary: J.P.H. Acocks (1911-1979). Bothalia 13: 239-244.

-1980c. Review: The proteas of southern Africa, by J.P. Rourke. Veld

& Flora 66: 63, 64.

-1981a. Guide for determination of types. Proposals B, C & D. Taxon

30: 141.

-1981b. Guide to science writing: 1-13. Department of Agriculture and

Fisheries, Pretoria.

-1981c. Review: A field guide to the Natal Drakensberg, by P. Irwin, J.

Akhurst & D. Irwin. Bothalia 13: 591, 592.

-1982a. Review: Pelargoniums of southern Africa, by J.J.A. van der

Walt & PJ. Vorster. Bothalia 14: 163.

-1982b. Corrections to Acocks’s Veld types of South Africa. Bothalia

14: 143.

-1982c. Review: Trees of Natal, by E.J. Moll. Bothalia 14: 163, 164.

-1982d. Review: Forest trees of Natal, by Eugene Moll. Veld & Flora

68: 32.

-1987a. J.P.H. Acocks. Dictionary of South African Biography 5: 3.

Human Sciences Research Council, Pretoria.

-1987b. Hans Justus Thode. Dictionary of South African Biography 5:

772, 773. Human Sciences Research Council, Pretoria.

-1988a. Review: The botany of the southern Drakensberg, by O.M.

Hilliard & B.L. Burtt. Bothalia 18: 135, 136.

-1988b. Review: The Botany of the Commelins, by D.O. Wijnands.

Bothalia 18: 330-332.

-1989a. Two nomenclatural problems involving article 63. Bothalia 19:

133, 134.

-1989b. Review: Southern African botanical literature 1600-1988

SABLIT, compiled by A. S. Kirkham. Bothalia 19: 141, 142.

-1990. A field guide to the flora of the Natal Drakensberg. Illustrated

by Rosemary Holcroft: 1-200. Jonathan Ball & Ad. Donker

Publishers, Johannesburg.

-1994a. Review: A field guide to the Natal Drakensberg, by Dave & Pat

Irwin. 1992. Bothalia 24: 117, 118.

-1994b. Drakensberg Alpine Region. In S.D. Davis, V.H. Heywood &

A.C. Hamilton, Centres of plant diversity. A guide and strategy

for their conservation 1 : 257-260. The WWF and IUCN.

-1997. Alpine tundra of southern Africa. In F.E. Wielgolaski, Ecosys-

tems of the world. 3. Polar and alpine tundra: 199-209. Elsevier,

Amsterdam.

-1998. Obituary: Mary Elizabeth Connell (1917-1997). Bothalia 28:

245-247.

-2000. Obituary: Rosemary Charlotte Holcroft (1942-2000). Bothalia

30: 221-223.

KILLICK, D.J.B. & CLAASSEN, C.G.T. 1969. A new species of

Schistostephium from the Natal Drakensberg. Bothalia 10: 68,

69.

KILLICK, D.J.B., DE WINTER, B„ GROBBELAAR, N„ WELLS,

M.J. & HULME, S. 1979. The role of botany in the develop-

ment of the Republic of South Africa with special emphasis on

the contributions of the Botanical Research Institute. Bothalia

12: 739-757.

KILLICK, D.J.B. & EDWARDS, D. 1971 . Compilation of an ecological

bibliography for southern Africa. Mitteilungen der Botanischen

Staatssammlung Munchen 10: 487, 488.

KILLICK, D.J.B. & LEISTNER, O.A. 2005. History of The Association

for the Promotion of Scientific Botanical Research. Bothalia 35:

163, 164.

KILLICK, D.J.B., POLHILL, R.M. & VERDCOURT, B. 1998. New

combinations in African Myricaceae. Kew Bulletin 53: 993-

995.

KILLICK, D.J.B. & ROBSON, N.K.B. 1976. Clusiaceae. Flora of

southern Afi-ica 22: 14—23.

O.A. LEISTNER*

* Formerly: SANBI, Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria. Present address:

194 Griselda Rd, Murrayfield, 0184 Pretoria.

Bothalia 38,2: 203-220 (2008)

South African National Biodiversity Institute: administration and

research staff 31 March 2008, publications 1 April 2007-31 March

2008

Compiler: B.A. Momberg

CHIEF DIRECTORATE (ADIR)

PRETORIA

Abrahamse, Mrs T.E. Ph.D. Chief Executive Officer

Mabeba, Ms K.L. B.A. (Hons). Secretary to SANBI Board

CAPE TOWN

Laidler, Mrs S.A. B.Sc.(Agric.)(Hons). Senior Provisioning Admin. Officer. Personal Assistant

Finca, Ms N.F. Specialist Cleaner

WORKING FOR WETFANDS PROGRAMME (YWFW/CA)

PRETORIA

Dini, J.A. B. Sc. (Hons). Programme Manager (contract worker)

Bahadur, U.R. B.A.(Pedagogiae). Planning, monitoring and evaluation Manager (contract worker)

Manungufala, T.E. M.Sc.(Envir. Sc.). Provincial Co-ordinator, Gauteng (contract worker)

Mbona, N. B.Sc. Project Assistant, National Wetland Inventory (contract worker)

Mhlari, M.C. Dip. (Project Managem.). Training & Social Development Manager (contract worker)

Mukhoro, M. B.Sc.(Hons)(Envir. Managem.). Project Manager, National Wetland Inventory (contract worker)

OTHER REGIONS

Beetge, A. N. Dip. (Forestry). Provincial Co-ordinator, Mpumalanga. Kranspoort (contract worker)

Buckle, J.D. B.Sc. (Hons). Provincial Co-ordinator, Eastern Cape. Port Elizabeth (contract worker)

Goge, M.C. M.Sc. (Envir. Sci.). Provincial Co-ordinator, KwaZulu Natal. Durban (contract worker)

Munzhedzi, T.E. B.A.(Ed.). Provincial Co-ordinator, North-West. Rustenburg (contract worker)

Nemadodzi, Ms N.C. B.A. (Ed.). Provincial Co-ordinator, Limpopo. Louis Trichardt (contract worker)

MARKETING AND COMMUNICATION DIRECTORATE (AMAR)

PRETORIA ( AMAR/N)

Director — vacant

Mahopo, M.J. B.A., Dip. (Business Managem.). Deputy Director: Marketing and Comm.

Kekane, Ms K.V. B.A. (Hons). Principal Communication Officer (Lowveld NBG)

Tshabalala, S.R. B.A., Post Grad. Dip. (Business Admin.). Principal Communication Officer (Walter

Sisulu NBG)

HUMAN RESOURCES DIRECTORATE (APER)

PRETORIA

Netshiombo. M.J. B. Admin. (Hons), DPLR(UNISA), AHR(UNISA). Chief Director

Goredema-Mpofu, Ms F. Dip. Sec. Senior Secretary IV

Kungwane, Ms T.C. Deputy Director: Human resources

Mguni, M.G. B. Military Sci.C, M. Management Public and Development Management).

Assistant Director: HR Managem.

Sunnasy, C.N. Assistant Director: Labour relations

204

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Adams, Ms E.M. Cert.IBMDisk.Op. Senior Provisioning

Admin. Officer.

Bosheilo, M.S. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk 1

Donda, A.S. B.Com. N. Dip. (Com.). Senior Accounting

Clerk II. Creditors Supervisor

Gantsho, Ms K.E. N. Dip. (Nursing, Midwifery,

Psychiatric Nursing), B.Tech. (Community

Nursing, Occupational Health & Advanced Project

Management). Senior Personnel Practitioner

Ledwaba, N.A. B.Tech.(HR Managem.). Senior

Personnel Practitioner

Madlala, E.N. NTC V. Senior Handyman. Maintenance

in buildings

Malefo, R.P. Specialist Cleaner

Manwatha, Ms T.W. Dip. (Computer Studies). Data

Capturer

Nkosi, Mrs M.P. Specialist Cleaner

Ntshudisane, Z.N. Dip. (Office Admin.). Senior Registry

Clerk Gr III

Phaahla, M.C. Specialist Cleaner

Saimane, N.P. Senior Foreman: Cleaning services

Sammy, Ms V. Chief Accounting Clerk

Thobakgale, Ms N.R. N. Dip. (Comp. Sci.). Senior

Telekom Operator I. Receptionist. Herbarium

Building

Tloubatla, J.M. Driver II. Courier services

Tsienyane, Ms E.K. N. Dip. (HR Management). Senior

Personnel Practitioner

CAPE TOWN

Engelbrecht, B. N.Dip.(Hort), N.Dip.(PRM), Dip. (Forestry). Deputy Director: Human resources man-

agement and health & safety co-ordination

Bangelo, Ms B. Senior Telekom Operator I

Claassen, Ms G.E. Senior Prov. Admin. Clerk III.

Recruitment

Crowie, A.C. Senior Registry Clerk III

Du Toit, Ms R. HED. Assistant Director. Training and

development

Fredericks, C.H. Driver II. Courier services

Haupt, Mrs C.S. Specialist Cleaner. Guest house

Karlie, Ms F. Specialist Cleaner

Kriel, Mrs G.A. Dip. (Sec.). Senior Secretary IV

Mosabale, Ms K.P. Dip. (HR Managem.). Senior

Personnel Practitioner

Njani, Ms N.C. Cleaner II

Oosthuizen, Ms G. Control Provisioning Admin. Clerk

III. Recruitment

Petersen, R.E. Senior Personnel Practitioner.

Employment equity

FINANCE DIRECTORATE (AFIN)

PRETORIA (AFIN/PT)

Smith, Prof. G.F. Ph.D., F.L.S. Acting Chief Director: Finance

Coetzee, Ms M.J. N. Dip. (Accountancy). Acting Director: Finance

Matsie, T.J. B.Com. (Hons). Deputy Director. Financial management

Moloto, K.S. N. Dip. (Public Managem.). Deputy Director: Supply chain management

Appel, H. N. Dip. (Purchasing & Supply Chain Managem.). Assistant Director: Admin & fixed assets

Hlongwane, P. Assistant Director: Supply chain management

Gafane, R. Provisioning Admin Clerk III. Supply Chain Management Officer

Lehabe, S. Provisioning Admin Clerk. Supply Chain Management Officer (contract worker)

CAPE TOWN (AFIN/C)

Deputy Director: Financial management — vacant

Neuwirth, Ms E.V. B.Com. (Hons). Assistant Director: Employee salaries & benefits and Principal

Officer: Retirement Fund

Van Zyl, J.M. M.Econ. (Indust. Psych.). Assistant Director: Organizational development & training

Jacobs, Ms S. Dip. (Finan. Managem.). Assistant Director. Financial management: general ledger

Bean, Ms S.E. Dip. (Human Res.). Project Admin.

Cassiem, Ms S. Chief Accounting Clerk. Salaries

Cooper, S.K. Senior Accounting Clerk III. Creditors

Davids, Ms G. Senior Secretary IV (contract worker)

Hermans, Ms S. Accounting Clerk II (contract worker)

Hartley, Ms T. Accounting Clerk II (contract worker)

Jacobs, F.H. Senior Accounting Clerk III. Staff benefits

Jantjes, Ms T. Accounting Clerk (contract worker)

Kahn, S. Accounting Clerk III. Staff benefits

Mcontsi, Ms N. N.Dip.(Acc.). Senior Accounting Clerk

III. Creditors

Moletsane, Ms L. Accounting Clerk II. Debtors

Moni, Mrs N.L. Cert. (Bookkeeping). Chief Accounting

Clerk III. Creditors

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

205

Papier (nee Goodman), Mrs I. W. State Accountant. Potgieter, Ms G.B.A. Chief Provisioning Admin Clerk.

Supervisor: Creditors Salaries (contract worker)

Paulse, Ms C.R. Project administrator assistant. Project Roman, Ms R. Accounting Clerk II. Income

management

ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION DIRECTORATE (EDIR, EENT/GP)

PRETORIA

Qwathekana, Ms N.M. B. A. (Hons), B.A.(Eng., Geog. & Film Studies III), Dip. (Ed.), M.Phil.(Geog.

& Envir. Sci.) Director

Mpungose, Dr J.E. B.Paed., B. A. (Hons) (Geog.), Advanced Postgrad.Cert.(Ed. Mngt.), M.Phil.

(Geog.). Assistant Director: Environm. Ed. Co-ordinator

Gcaba, A.M. B.A.(Environm. Developm. Studies) (con-

tract worker)

Herman (nee Pillay), Mrs R. Senior Provisioning Admin.

Clerk III

Kutumela, M.S. (contract worker)

Langeni, Ms N. Intern (contract worker)

Mabuza. B. (contract worker)

Mahasha, Ms P.M. N.T.C.III(Hort.) (contract worker)

Mahlobogwane, Ms L.M. Senior Provisioning Admin.

Clerk III

Maphuta, Mrs M.S. Specialist Cleaner, Assistant to cen-

tre manager

Maseola, C.G. N.Dip.(Nat.Cons.) (contract worker)

Mathaba, T.C. Environm. Ed. Officer

Ngwenya, M. Intern (contract worker)

Novellie, Mrs E. HED, B.Sc.(Hons)(Zoo.). Principal

Environm. Ed. Officer

Nqetho, Ms L.N. Intern (contract worker)

Sikhauli, Ms N. B.Sc. (contract worker)

GOLDFIELDS CENTRE— CAPE TOWN (EECT)

Ellman, Ms R.S. Head of cost centre. HED, B.Sc., Cert. (Environm. Ed.). Principal Environm. Ed. Officer.

Fullard, D. B.Sc. Ed., B.Ed.(Hons). Deputy Director. Environm. Ed. Co-ordinator

Daniels, Ms G. Garden-based programme (student)

Festus, B.Q. N.Dip.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural

Development Technician

Hey, Ms S.J. HED, B. A. (Geog.)., Cert. (Environm. Ed.).

Principal Environm. Ed. Officer. Garden-based

programme

Leon. J.S. Dip.(Hort.). Environmental Education Officer

(contract worker)

Matthews, M.Z. Control Specialist Groundsman.

Outreach greening

Mdalase, Ms N. Cert. (Environm. Ed.). Environmental

Education Officer (contract worker)

Mgodeli, W.M. Driver II

Mjuleni, Ms L.M. N.Dip.(Hort.). Cert. (Environm. Ed.).

Environmental Education Officer. Outreach green-

ing (contract worker)

Mlarnbo, N. B.A.(Environm. & Developm.).

Environmental Education Officer (contract worker)

September, Ms M. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III.

Admin, support

Sihawu, Ms N.N. Dip.(Hort.), B.Tech.(Hort.) Outreach

Greening Programme (student)

Tshona, Ms P.P. Cert. (Travel & Tourism). Environmental

Education Officer (contract worker)

Vandayar, Ms M. HED. Eco-schools node co-ordinator

(contract worker)

EASTERN CAPE

Mchunu, Ms E.N. B.A. Project Officer. Butterworth (contract worker)

Mpongwana, Ms S.N. B.Bib. Cradock (contract worker)

Zondani, V. B.A. (Hons). Regional Co-ordinator: Greening of the Nation. Bizani (contract worker)

WESTERN CAPE (EECT/C)

Coe, W.F. N.Dip.(Hort), B.Tech.(Hort.). Regional Co-ordinator (contract worker)

HAROLD PORTER NBG— BETTY’S BAY

Jurgens, Ms E.S. Cert.(Junior Prim. Teacher), B.A. (Hist. & Psych.), Dip. (Environm. Ed.). Senior

Environmental Education Officer (EECT)

Xaba, P.A. N.Dip.(Hort.). Senior Environmental Education Officer. Overberg Useful Plants Project

(YARP/CF) (contract worker)

206

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

LOWVELD NBG — NELSPRUIT (EENT/MP)

Mamatsharaga, A.L. M. Sc. (Research.). Assistant Director: Environm. Ed.

Maluleke, G.N. Dip. (Nature Conservation). Randima, Ms G.D. Specialist Cleaner

Environmental Education Officer (contract worker) Nohaba, Ms Z. Environmental Education Officer (con-

Mathebula, N.R N.Dip.(Nature Conservation). tract worker). Outreach Greening

Environmental Education Officer (contract worker)

Nyathi, Ms S.G. N.Dip.(Pers.Assist.). Senior

Provisioning Admin. Clerk II

FREE STATE NBG— BLOEMFONTEIN (EENT/FS)

Moletsane, M.E. B.Ed.(Hons), F.D.E.(Zoo. & Bot.), S.T.D.(Ed.), A.C.E. Principal Environm. Ed. Officer. Admin, support

Mandla, Ms S.S. Dip.(Jun. Primary Teaching), B.A.,

B. Ed. (Psychology), Cert. (Environmental

Education), Cert.(MS Word, MS Excel, MS

Powerpoint)

Manka, J. Specialist Cleaner

Ngwenya, M. Environm. Ed. Officer (student)

Nqeto, Ms L. Environm. Ed. Officer (student)

Ralulimi, Ms L. Environm. Ed. Officer (student)

WALTER SISULU NBG— ROODEPOORT (EENT/GW)

Vatsha, M.L. B.A., HED. B.Ed.(Hons)(Environm. Ed.). Assistant Director

Dlamini, Ms N. Environm. Ed. Officer (Outreach

Greening) (contract worker)

Kondlo, Ms M. N.Dip.(Hort), Advanced Cert. Environm.

Ed. Senior Outreach Horticulturist

Langeni, Ms N. Environm. Ed. Officer (Outreach

Greening) (contract worker)

Mankazana, Ms N. N.Dip.(Hort). Senior Horticulturist

(Outreach Greening) (contract worker)

Moore, Mrs J.M. N.H.Dip.(Sec.). Senior Provisioning

Admin. Clerk III. Admin, support

Ngwenya, (nee Masengemi), Mrs N.A. Cleaner I

Rambuwane, T. B. Sc. (Environm. Managem.).

Environmental Education Officer

BIOREGIONAL PROGRAMMES AND POLICY DIRECTORATE (DBIO)

PRETORIA

Maze, Ms K.E. M.Sc. Chief Director. Biodiversity and Action Planning

Jaffer, Ms C.M. Senior Secretary IV

Jiyane, Ms J.T. B. Inform. Sci. Project Support Officer

BIOREGIONAL POLICY AND MONITORING UNIT— PRETORIA (DBIO/DD)

Driver, Ms A.L. B.Soc. Sci. (Hons), M.A., M.B.A. Deputy Director. Planning, monitoring and advice

Bhengu, S. B.Soc. Sc. (Hons), Monitoring and Reporting Manganye, Ms J.H. B. Sc. (Hons). Monitoring and

Officer Reporting Intern

Grobler, Ms J.K. M.Sc. Monitoring and Reporting Mashua, Ms T. B. Sc. (Microbial Biotechnol.). Threatened

Manager ecosystems Officer

Smith, Ms T.J. Ph.D. Bioregional Projects Officer

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT, KRC— CAPE TOWN (DBIO/IM)

Willoughby, S.W. M.A.(Geogr. Sci.), H.D.E., Manager (contract worker)

Khatieb, Ms S. B. Sc. (Hons). GIS Technician (contract Roberts, R.D. B. Sc. (Hons). SIBIS Manager (contract

worker) worker)

Parker-Allie, Ms F. M.Sc. (Botany). SABIF Node Terrapon, Ms H.M.E. M.A.(GIS). Biodiversity

Manager (contract worker) Information Systems Analyst

SANBI WEBSITES (AMWS)

Reynolds, Ms P.Y. B. Bib. (Hons), M. A. (Info. Sci.), B.Proc., Dip.(Datamet). Website Manager

MARINE PROGRAMME— CAPE TOWN (YDBR/OMPA)

Sink, Dr K.J. Ph.D.(Zool.). Marine Programme Manager (contract worker)

Lawrence, Ms C. M.Sc. (Cons. Biol. Zool.). Marine Biodiversity Co-ordinator (contract worker)

Majiedt, Ms P. B. Sc. (Hons) Marine Projects Officer (contract worker)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

207

BIODIVERSITY PLANNING— PRETORIA (DBIO/PL)

Jonas, Ms Z.R. M.Sc.(Conserv. & GIS). Conservation Planner

Wistebaar, Ms P.N. B.Sc.(Hons)(Applied remote sensing & GIS). Conservation Planner

EASTERN CAPE CO-ORDINATION UNIT— PORT ELIZABETH (DBIO/EC)

Hartmann, N.R. B.Sc.(Hons)(GIS). Intern Project Officer (contract worker)

THREATENED SPECIES PROGRAMME— PRETORIA (DBIO/TS)

Nkoana, Mr L.S. M.Sc. (Syst. and Cons. Evaluation). Threatened Species Programme Manager

Parbhoo, Ms S. B. Sc. (Microbial Biotechnology). Co-ordinator

THREATENED PLANT PROJECT (DBIO/FLOR)

CUSTODIANS OF RARE AND ENDANGERED WILD FLOWERS (CREW)

Raimondo, Ms D.C. M.Sc. (Cons. Biol.). Threatened Plant Manager (Pretoria)

Agenbag, Ms L. B. Sc. (Hons). Red List Officer (contract

worker)

Ebrahim, I. N.Dip.(Hort.). CREW Project Manager

(Cape Town)

Koopman, R. B.Sc. Cape Nature Botanist (contract

worker)

Manyama, PA. B.Sc. (Hons). Red List Officer

Rogers, Ms I.M. Supervisor: data encoding and georef-

erencing (contract worker)

Von Witt, Ms C.G. B.Sc. CREW Cape Floristic Region.

Project Co-ordinator (contract worker)

Zikishe, Ms V.S. Leamership for Cape CREW Project

Assistant (contract worker)

SUCCULENT KAROO ECOSYSTEM PROGRAMME (SKEP)— CAPE TOWN (YDBR/SK)

Johnson, Ms M. M. Admin. Programme Manager (contract worker)

Mathys, Ms C.L. N. Dip. (Joum.). Communications Officer (contract worker)

Ndita-Mphande, Ms B.A. Control Provis. Admin. Clerk. Education Programme Administrator (con-

tract worker)

Ntsholo, L. B.Tech. Environmental Management (contract worker)

NATIONAL GRASSLANDS BIODIVERSITY PROGRAMME— PRETORIA (YDBR/GG)

Stephens, Ms A.C. M.Sc. Grasslands Programme Manager

Ngobeni, N. Grasslands Programme Administrative Officer

Tau, M. M.Sc.(Agric.). Grasslands Programme Officer

Manaka, Ms B. Grasslands Programme Urban Co-ordinator

Mgwadlamba, Ms N. B.A. (Communication), Dip. (Advanced Business Managem.). Grasslands

Programme Communications Co-ordinator

CAPE ACTION PLAN FOR PEOPLE (CAPE) PROJECT— CAPE TOWN (YCAP)

Barnett, M. Ph.D. Programme Developer

Damons, Ms M.H. B.A.(Dev. & Env.). Project Officer (contract worker)

Manuel, J.J. B.Sc. (Hons). Land Use Advisor (contract worker based at DEA & DP)

Martin, Ms F. Provisioning Admin. Clerk I (contract worker)

Parker, Mrs A. B.A. (Hons). Project Developer (contract worker)

Petersen, Ms C.A. M. Phil. (Adult Ed.), M.Sc.(Econ.), Postgrad.Cert.Ed. Learning Network Manager

(contract worker)

Raven, G. Ph.D. Capacity Development Co-ordinator (contract worker)

GARDENS DIRECTORATE— ADMIN STAFF (GDIR)

PRETORIA

Willis, C.K. M.Sc. (Cons. Biol.). Chief Director: Gardens and Horticultural Services

Bagus, Mrs J. N. Dip. (Account.). Senior State Accountant. Poverty Relief Projects (contract worker)

Els, Ms L. N. Dip. (Sec.). Office Manager

Ribeiro, Ms S. Senior Secretary IV

208

URBAN CONSERVATION UNIT— CAPE TOWN (APRJ/UC)

Davis, G.W. Ph.D. Deputy Director: Urban ecology. Communications

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Goldman, Ms T. B.Soc.Sci.(Hons). Project Manager.

Programme development

Hathom, Ms PM. B. A. (Hons), N.Dip.(Hort.). Capacity

building Manager. Cape Flats Nature Project

Martin, Ms M. Cert.Masters Business Serv.(CMBS).

Control Provincial Admin. Clerk. Cape Flats

Nature Project

Paulse, Mrs D.W.S. Dip.(Bookkeep.), Dip. (Sec.).

Control Provisioning Admin. Clerk

Peter, L.M. N.Dip.(Hort.). Principal Communications

Officer. Communications Manager. Edith Stevens

Reserve. Cape Flats Nature Project

Phoswayo, Ms V. Cert. Office Admin. Senior

Provisioning Admin. Clerk II. Admin, support

(contract worker)

INTERPRETATION— PRETORIA (GINN)

Ferreira, Ms L. B. A. (Fine Art), N. Dip. (Nature Cons.). Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Information

BUILDING PLANNING, MAINTENANCE & DEVELOPMENT— CAPE TOWN (BPMD)

Linde, D.C. N.T.C.III(Civil & Structural: Building), N.T.C.III (Inspector of Works: Building),

M.S.A.I.D, Cert. Estate Agency. Control Works Inspector

Abrahams, P. Senior Factotum. Building maintenance Peck, W.I. Senior Factotum. Building maintenance

Manasse, S.P. Dip. (Masonry). Artisan Superintendent. Tomlinson E.C. Factotum. Building maintenance

Building maintenance

CURATORS

Behr, Ms C.M. Curator: Pretoria NBG

Britz, R.M. Curator: Lowveld NBG (Nelspruit)

Gavhi, M.P. Curator: Free State NBG (Bloemfontein)

Le Roux, PH. Deputy Director. Curator: Kirstenbosch NBG (Cape Town)

Marinus, E.M. Curator: Hantam NBG (Nieuwoudtville)

Mutshinyalo, T. Curator: Walter Sisulu NBG (Roodepoort/Mogale City)

Oliver, I.B. Curator: Karoo Desert NBG (Worcester)

Tarr, B.B. Curator: KwaZulu-Natal NBG (Pietermaritzburg)

Voigt, W.E. Curator: Harold Porter NBG (Betty’s Bay)

HANTAM NBG— NIEUWOUDTVILLE (GNEU)

Marinus, E.M. N.Cert.(Buildg & Struct. Engin.) Control Agricultural Technician. Curator

Rust, Ms C. Senior Provisional Admin. Clerk III. Admin., financial and HR

HAROLD PORTER NBG— BETTY’S BAY (GHPG)

Voigt, W.E. N.Dip.(Hort), Control Agricultural Technician. Curator

Carolus, Ms B.J. B.Tech.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Garden management

Arendse, L.P. Senior Provisioning Clerk I.

Bebe, Ms N. Cleaner I

Bezuidenhout, Mrs H.M. Chief Provisioning Admin.

Officer

Floris, Ms C. Auxiliary Services Officer II. Access control

Forrester, Ms J.A. N.T.C.III(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Garden management

Fredericks, Mrs C.J. Auxiliary Services Officer II.

Access control

Malgas, E.K. Senior Foreman. Garden maintenance and

development

October, Ms R.P. Dip. (Ed.). Senior Auxiliary Services

Officer. Plant records and admin, support

Smith, E.J. Senior Foreman. Estate maintenance and

development

Van Wyk, A.B. Artisan. General maintenance

KAROO DESERT NBG— WORCESTER (GKAR)

Oliver, I.B. N.Dip.(Hort.), N. Dip. (Parks & Recrea. Admin.), N. Parks Dip. (Parks & Recrea. Managem.).

Control Agricultural Technician. Curator

Harris, Ms S. N.Dip.(Hort). Chief Agricultural Kwayimani, P. N.Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Scientific collections Development Technician. Garden management

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

209

Makubalo, F.N. Principal Foreman. Nursery Van der Westhuizen, Ms M. Specialist Cleaner

Mpeke, Ms E.N. Specialist Cleaner Viljoen, D.M. N.Dip.(Hort). Chief Agricultural

Sibozo, N.E. Driver II. Plant sales Development Technician. Records Officer

Simani, D.K. Principal Foreman. Plant collections

KIRSTENBOSCH NBG— CAPE TOWN (GKBC)

Le Roux, P.H. Dip. (Forestry), N.Dip.(Hort.), N.Dip. (Parks & Recrea. Managem.), Cert.Turf Management.

Director: Garden Management. Curator

Poole, Ms F.Y. N.Dip. (Public Managem. & Admin.). Assistant Director: HR management

Adams, T.D. B.Tech.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Supervisor: Greenhouse

Hitchcock, A.N. N.H.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agricultural

Development Technician. Nursery Manager

Morkel, A.T. N.Dip. (Nature Cons.). Control Agricultural

Development Technician. Estate Manager

Notten, Ms A.L. B.Sc., N.Dip. (Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Interpretive Officer

Van Wyk, F. Artisan. Supervisor: Workshop

Adonis, A. Principal Foreman. Dell & ericas

Adonis, S.J. Senior Foreman. Alien vegetation control

Arends, Ms S.J. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.

Plant records

Brown, B.M. N.Dip.(Hort). Agricultural Development

Technician. Seed room

Duncan, G.D. M.Sc., N.Dip. (Hort.). Control Agricultural

Development Technician. Bulbs, systematics of

Lachenalia

Engelbrecht, F. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II.

Stores

Engelbrecht, Mrs L.D. Control Auxiliary Services

Officer. Plant records

Grace, T. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III. Stores

& admin, support

Harrower, A.D. B.Sc.(Bot. & Zoo.) Ball Agreement.

Project Manager

Haynie, R.D. Senior Handyman. Workshop

Hope, C.F. Senior Handyman. Construction

Jacobs, H.C. Principal Foreman. Plant production

Jansen, K.J. Principal Foreman. Drivers

Julie, V. Control Specialist Groundsman. Proteas

Kayster, G.J. Principal Foreman. Construction

Kuscus, G.W. Principal Foreman. General maintenance

Lucas (nee Jodamus) Mrs N.L. N.Dip.(Hort). Chief

Agricultural Development Technician. Annuals,

Rutaceae, alpines and Cape endemics

Mathys, Mrs S.S.B. Senior Accounting Clerk III.

Revenue and garden statistics

Mbambezeli, N.G. N.Dip.(Hort). Agricultural

Development Technician. Trees & shrubs

McQuillan, (nee Twine) Mrs M. N.Dip. (Hort.). Chief

Agricultural Development Technician. Proteas and

restios

Mitchells, G. Control Specialist Groundsman. Senior

Foreman. Casual staff projects

Newman, W. Artisan. Mechanical workshop

Petersen, A.D. Control Specialist Groundsman. Cycads

Picane, Ms S. Auxiliary Services Officer II. Tissue cul-

ture

Prins, F.B. Security Officer III

Rudolph, A. Security Officer III

Shanks, G.R. Ball Agreement. Glass House Assistant

(contract worker)

Skepe, M.M. Senior Foreman. Proteas

Smith, Mrs A. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II.

Admin, support

Smith, D. Accounting Clerk II. Seed room

Solomons, T.C. Senior Security Officer II

Tamboer, J.S. Principal Foreman. Index nursery

Van Gusling, E.J. Principal Foreman. Mowers

Van Jaarsveld, E.J. M.Sc., N.Dip.(Hort.). Control

Agricultural Technician. Succulents

Van Reenen, D.B. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.

Label maker

Viljoen, Ms C.C. N.Dip.(Hork). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Plant production

Wall, Ms K.E. (student)

VISITORS CENTRE— CAPE TOWN (GKBC/VC)

Struys, Ms S. B.A.(Hons)(Directing), Postgrad.Dip. (Market. Manag.). Assistant Director: Communi-

cation. Events & Centre Manager

Fredericks, Ms N.C.E. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.

Information services

Jacobs, A.P. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer.

Information services

Pekeur, Ms A.B. Control Provisioning Administration

Clerk II: Events Co-ordinator

Phillips, R. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk. Facilities

Officer

Williams, G.C. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.

Information

LOWVELD NBG— NELSPRUIT (GLOW)

Britz, R.M. N.Dip. (Forestry). Control Agricultural Technican. Curator

Froneman, W.C.F. N.T.C.III(Hort.), N.Dip. (Nature Cons.

& Man.), N.Dip. (Parks & Rec. Admin.). Control

Agricultural Technician. Nursery management &

garden development

Khoza, Ms P.K. Senior Auxiliary Officer. Front line

Officer

Le Roux, Ms L. N.H.Dip. (Nature Cons.). Control

Auxiliary Services Officer. Interpretation

210

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Mathebula, Ms N.R. Senior Provisioning Administrative

Clerk III. Admin. Support

Mathebula, Ms I.N. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.

Front line Officer

Matsebula, Ms J.E. Cleaner II

Mbhele, Ms S.N. Senior Accounting Clerk I. Admin.

Support

Ndlovu, L.D. Principal Foreman. Artisan

Ngwenya, P.S. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer II.

Front line reliever

Nyathikazi, Ms T.P. Senior Auxiliary Serivces Officer.

Admin.

Sibanyoni, Ms S.M. Specialist Cleaner II

Van der Walt, Ms K. N. Dip. (Nature Cons.).

Horticulturist. Threatened Plants Project

Xozumti, M.M. Principal Foreman. Supervisor. Garden

KWAZULU-NATAL NBG— PIETERMARITZBURG (GKZN)

Tarr, B.B. N.Dip. (Parks & Recrea. Admin.), Advanced Dip. (Adult Educ.). Control Agricultural Tech-

nician. Curator

Dlungwane, T.R. Principal Foreman. Developement &

maintenance

Johnson, Ms I. HED, M.Sc. Control Agricultural

Development Technician

Khanyile, P.S. Cert. (Basic IT concepts, MSWord, Excell

& PowerPoint). Interpretation

Nonjinge, S.H.B. N.T.C.III(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician

Sibiya, Ms C.P.T. Cleaner II

Van der Merwe, Mrs M.E.H. Senior Provisioning

Admin. Clerk III

Zimu, M.J. Principal Foreman. Horticulture maintenance

FREE STATE NBG— BLOEMFONTEIN (GFSG)

Gavhi, M.P. N.Dip.(Hort.). Control Agricultural Technician. Curator

Lepitla, M.H. Senior Foreman. Garden

May, T.S. Foreman. Garden

Ngalo, Ms M.J. Cleaner I.

Ngalo, M.S. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.

Interpretation

Nyuleka, Ms N.A. Senior Accounting Clerk I

Raditlhare, Mrs E.M. Specialist Cleaner

Rambuwani, L.D. N.Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Nursery

Sebolai, Ms C.L. Specialist Cleaner

PRETORIA NBG (GPTA)

Behr, Ms C.M. B. Sc. (Hons). Control Agricultural Development Technician. Curator

Baloyi, K.J. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer II.

Information Officer. Garden records

Keyter, B.A. Senior Security Officer II

Kutama, B.T. Principal Foreman. Garden: hard land-

scape development and maintenance

Lithudza, E.F. Dip.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician

Mabapa, Ms K.I. Cleaner II

Mahlangu, J.F. Senior Foreman. Garden: machine opera-

tors and irrigation

Makgobola, Ms M.R. Auxiliary Services Officer II.

Reception & admin. Support

Modisha, M.D. Cleaner II

Mukondeleli, T.E. Senior Provisioning Admin. Officer

Naidoo, D.A. N.Dip.(Hort), Dip. (Fund & Managem.).

Control Agricultural Development Technician

Sibiya, Ms T.R. Cleaner II

Solomons, Ms C.V. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.

Plant records clerk

WALTER SISULU NBG— ROODEPOORT (GSIS)

Mutshinyalo, T.T. Control Agricultural Development Technician. Curator

Aubrey, Mrs A.E. B.Tech.(Hort.). Chief Agricultural

Development Technician. Plant records, interpreta-

tion, information (part time)

Baloyi, S.J. Handyman. Stores

Hankey, A.J. N.Dip.(Hort.), B.Tech.(Hort.). Control

Agricultural Development Technician. Garden,

estate, collections, nursery

Head, Mrs S.E. Dip. (Shorthand & Typing). Provisioning

Admin. Officer

Mabela, H.L. B.Tech.(Hort.). Agricultural Development

Technician. Nursery, collections

Mamosebo, M.A. Factotum

Manyikana, T.M. Factotum

Mmola, Mrs B.E. Cleaner II

Mtsweni, P. N.Dip.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural

Development Technician. Support services, estate

Ndou, A.P. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer II.

Information services

Ndzondo, Ms N.L. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk I

Ndzondo, Mrs P.G. Cleaner II

Nedambale, M.P. Senior Foreman. Garden and nursery

Nemalili, M.E. Senior Foreman. Machines and vehicles

Nene, A.G. N.Dip.(Hort.). Agricultural Development

Technician. Garden management

Nenungwi, M.S. Senior Foreman. Nursery

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

211

BIOSYSTEMATICS RESEARCH AND BIODIVERSITY COLLECTIONS

DIRECTORATE (RDIR)

PRETORIA

Smith, Prof. G.F. Ph.D., F.L.S. Chief Director

Senior Provisioning Admin. Officer. Personal Assistant — vacant

Arnold, T.H. Head: Data Management

Crouch, Prof. N.R. Head: Ethnobotany Unit (Durban)

Donaldson, Dr J.S. Director: Kirstenbosch Research Centre (Cape Town)

Klopper, Mrs R.R. M.Sc. Senior Plant Taxonomist. Taxonomy of Asphodelaceae and Pteridophyta

Koekemoer, Dr M. Curator: National Herbarium

Meyer, Mrs N.L. B. Sc. (Hons). Agricultural Development Technician (contract worker)

Roux, Dr J.P. Curator: Compton Herbarium (Cape Town)

Singh, Ms Y. Curator: Natal Herbarium (Durban)

Walters, Ms M. M.Sc. (Cons. Ecol.). Scientific Officer, (contract worker)

Wolfson, Mrs M.M. Ph.D. Director. HDE Policy and Legislation related to Access and Benefit-sharing,

Bioprospecting and Intellectual Property

Mutizhe, Ms S.L. Cert.(Secr), Cert. (Bus. Studies), Dip. (PR). Senior Secretary IV. Personal Assistant

Liebenberg, Mrs E.J.L. Head: Research Support Services, Publications

Potgieter, Mrs E. Principal Librarian

Van Wyk, E. Project manager, Millenium Seed Bank Project

KWAZULU-NATAL HERBARIUM— DURBAN (RHED)

Singh, Ms Y. HED, M.Sc. Deputy Director. Taxonomy of Araceae, Hypoxidaceae. Curator

Apollos, Mrs C.E. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk II.

Marketing

Glen, H.F. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Taxonomy of trees,

cultivated plants; botanical history

Hlongwane, Mrs N.C. Specialist Cleaner & messenger

Ngwenya, M.A. Chief Agricultural Development

Technician. Herbarium Officer. Plant identifica-

tion and information, Zulu Botanical Knowledge

Project

Mazibuko, J.V.G. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.

Herbarium Assistant

ETHNOBOTANY UNIT— DURBAN (RETH)

Crouch, Prof. N.R. Ph.D. Deputy Director. Ethnobotany of southern African flora, bioprospecting

NATIONAL HERBARIUM— PRETORIA (RHEN)

Koekemoer, Ms M. Ph.D. Deputy Director. Herbarium management. Taxonomy of Asteraceae:

Gnaphalieae

Rampho, Ms E.T. B.Sc. Deputy Curator

Bredenkamp, Mrs C.L. Ph.D. Control Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Public relations.

Taxonomy of Vitex, Passerina, Malvaceae, Sterculiaceae, and other related families

Fish, Mrs L. B.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Collections Manager.

Taxonomy of Poaceae

Herman, P.P.J. M.Sc. Control Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Personnel. Taxonomy of

Asteraceae

Mothogoane, M.S. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Assistant Curator: Herbarium assistants. Wing C

Sebothoma, P.N. Cert.Sec. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer. Assistant Curator: Service room.

Plant identifications co-ordinator

Van Rooy, J. Ph.D. Control Agricultural Scientist. Assistant Curator: Technical staff. Taxonomy and

biogeography of mosses

Anderson, J.M. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Molteno

Palaeoflora, Gondwana Alive

Archer Mrs C. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.

Taxonomy of Cyperaceae, monocotyledons (gen-

eral)

Archer, R.H. Ph.D. Control Agricultural Scientist.

Taxonomy of mainly Celastraceae, Euphorbiaceae

Bester, S.P. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.

Taxonomy of Apocynaceae, Ericaceae, Rutaceae

Burgoyne, Ms P.M. M.Sc. Control Agricultural Scientist.

Mesembryanthemaceae and Crassulaceae

Gotzel, Ms A. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III

Govender, Ms M. B.Sc. Senior Agricultural Develop-

ment Technician. Curation and plant ID in Wing C

212

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Grobler (nee Krige), Mrs A. B.Sc. Principal Agricultural

Scientist. Fabaceae

Holscher (nee Sachse), Mrs B. B.Sc. (Hons). Senior

Agricultural Development Technician. Herbarium

information

Johannsmeier, Ms A.E. B.Sc. (Hons). Scientist

Jordaan, Mrs M. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.

Taxonomy of Celastraceae: Celastroideae, interac-

tive key to the trees of southern Africa

Kgaditsi, T. W. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer.

Specimen mounter, general assistant

Makgakga, M.C. B.Sc. Agricultural Development

Technician. Curation and plant ID in Wing B

Mashua, Ms T.J. B.Sc.(Microb.Biotechnoh). Scientific

Officer. Gondwana Programme (contract worker)

Meyer, J.J. HED. Chief Agricultural Development

Technician. Bioprospecting Project

Mothapo, M.A. H.Cert.Off.Admin.(DMS). Herbarium

Assistant: Principal Auxiliary Services Officer. Data

Capturer, encoding, plant loans & gift exchanges

Mothapo, Ms N. B.Sc.(Hons)(Zool.). Scientific Officer.

Gondwana Programme (contract worker)

Mashau, Mrs A.C. B.(Envir.Sci.). Scientific Officer

(contract worker)

Nkoane, Ms G.K. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.

Loans, exchanges, gifts, parcelling, stores

Phahla, T.J. Senior Auxiliary Services Officer. Specimen

mounter of cryptogams, packer, general assistance

Phephu, Ms N. B.Sc.(Hons). Senior Agricultural

Development Technician. Mosses

Ready, Mrs J.A. N.Dip.(Hort.). Principal Auxiliary

Services Officer. Plant identifications,

Helichrysum. Curation of Wing D

Retief, Ms E. Ph.D. Principal Agricultural Scientist.

Taxonomy of Boraginaceae, Verbenaceae,

Lamiaceae, Asteraceae, Rubiaceae, Geraniaceae,

Oxalidaceae, Vitaceae

Smithies, Mrs S.J. M.Sc., Dip.Ed.(Moray House). Chief

Agricultural Development Technician. Taxonomy

of Scrophulariaceae sens, lat., Pedaliaceae,

Bignoniaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Gesneriaceae,

Martyniaceae, Orobanchaceae

Steyn, Ms C.C. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.

Scientific support

Swelankomo, Ms N. B.Sc. (Hons). Senior Agricultural

Development Technician. Curation and plant ID in

Wing D

Victor, Ms J.E. M.Sc. (Plant Syst.), H.Dip.(Joum.).

Control Agricultural Scientist. Red List Scientist.

Taxonomy of Rutaceae, Asclepiadaceae

Welman, Ms W.G. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural

Scientist. Taxonomy of Dipsacaceae, Solanaceae,

Cucurbitaceae, Asteraceae: Helichrysum,

Senecioneae

Winter, P.J.D. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.

Taxonomy of mainly Apiaceae

DATA MANAGEMENT— PRETORIA (RPDC)

Arnold, T.H. M.Sc. Principal Data Technologist. Assistant Director. Computer database application

especially in taxonomy

Boman, Ms M.J. PRECIS data typist

Botha, Mrs A.G. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer.

Administrative Assistant

Mogodi, P. B.Sc. (Biol. & Chem.). Scientific Officer

(Intern)

Nkonki, Mrs T. Information Officer

Snyman, Mrs E.E. B.Sc. N.Dip.(Comp. Data Proc.).

Senior Agricultural Development Technician.

PRECIS Information Officer

Steenkamp, Ms Y. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.

PRECIS Information Co-ordinator

Steyn, Ms H.M. Senior Agricultural Scientist. PRECIS

Information Officer

PUBLICATIONS— PRETORIA (RPUB)

Liebenberg, Mrs E.J.L. M.Sc. Control Agricultural Technician. Cytotaxonomy. Manager

Condy, Ms G.S. M.A. Chief Industrial Technician.

Botanical artist

Du Plessis, Mrs E. B.Sc. (Hons), S.E.D. Chief Language

Practitioner. Technical editor. Editing, translating,

layout

Fouche, Ms E. M.A:(Corporate Communication &

Graphic Design). Graphic design

Germishuizen, G. M.Sc. Assistant Director. Scientific

Editor

Leistner, O.A. D.Sc. F.L.S. Agricultural Scientist (con-

tract worker)

Mapheza, T.P. Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III.

Bookshop Manager

Momberg, Mrs B.A. B.Sc.(Entomol. & Zoo.). Principal

Language Practitioner. Technical editor. Editing,

layout (part time)

Maree, Ms D.J. HED. Senior Computer Operator.

Sithole, A.M. Provisioning Admin. Clerk II. Bookstore

Turck, Mrs S. B.A. (Information Design). Control

Industrial Technician. Graphic design

MARY GUNN LIBRARY— PRETORIA (RLBP)

Potgieter, Ms E. B.Libr. Principal Librarian

Fourie, Mrs A. H.Dip.(Libr.Sci.). Principal Librarian (part time)

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

213

MILLENNIUM SEEDBANK PROJECT

PRETORIA ( YRDR/MS)

Van Wyk, E. M. Sc. (Plant Ecol.). Principal Agricultural Scientist. Project manager

Mabatha, F.W. B.Envir.Sc. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Project Assistant (contract worker)

Nkuna, L.A. B.Envir.Sc. Senior Agricultural Development Technician. Pretoria Collecting Team Co-

ordinator (contract worker)

KIRSTENBOSCH (YKBG/MS)

Cowell, Ms C.R. B.Tech.(Hort.). Senior Agricultural Development Technician. Cape Collecting Team

Co-ordinator (contract worker)

Pekeur, Ms O.R. N. Dip. (Nature Cons.). Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Project Assistant (contract

worker)

KIRSTENBOSCH RESEARCH CENTRE

CONSERVATION SCIENCE AND SUSTAINABLE USE DIRECTORATE (RREL)

CAPE TOWN

Donaldson, J.S. Ph.D.(Zoo.). Chief Director

Van Aswegen, Ms G. Personal Assistant to Chief Director

Conrad, Ms F. M.Sc. Deputy Director. Research Operations

Oliver, Ms T.A. BIOTA Project. Liaison Officer (contract worker)

Parenzee, Ms H.A. Dip. (Ed). Senior Provisioning Admin. Clerk III

COMPTON HERBARIUM— CAPE TOWN (RHEC)

Roux, J.P. N.T.C.III(Hort.), Ph.D., F.L.S. Deputy Director. Curator. Systematics of Lycopodiophyta

and Pteridophyta

Manning, J.C. Ph.D. Senior Specialist Scientist.

Research Leader, Systematics. Systematics of

Iridaceae and Hyacinthaceae; anatomy

Bergh, Ms N.G. B. Sc. (Hons). Senior Agricultural

Scientist. Systematics of Cape Gnaphalieae

(Asteraceae)

Buys, M.H. Ph.D. Senior Agricultural Scientist.

Systemtics of Lobostemon and Aizoaceae

Cupido, C.N. M.Sc. Principal Scientist. Systematics of

Campanulaceae (Campanuloideae)

Cupido, Ms C.S. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer.

Technical Assistant

Dike-Damane, N. Data Capturer (contract worker)

Foster, Ms S.E. Senior Secretary IV

Leith, Mrs J. Cert. Primary Sch.Teacher. Senior

Provisioning Admin. Clerk III

Mallum, I. Reference Encoder (contract worker)

Marinus, Ms E.D.A. Dip. (Ed.). Control Auxiliary

Services Officer. Herbarium Assistant

Paterson-Jones, D.A. (nee Snijman) Ph.D., U.E.D.

Specialist Scientist. Systematics of Amaryllidaceae

and Hypoxidaceae; flora of the Succulent Karoo

region

Smith, Ms M.D. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer. Data

Capturer

GLOBAL CHANGE AND BIODIVERSITY (RGLO)

Midgley, G.F. Ph.D. Chief Specialist Scientist. Plant ecophysiology, climate change, stress ecology,

modelling

Havinga, Ms L. Dip. (Event and Tourism Management). Senior Secretary IV. Personal Assistant to

Chief Specialist Scientist

Arnolds, Ms J.L. Ph.D. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer

Barnard, Ms P.E. Ph.D. Senior Specialist Scientist.

Global change, animal ecology, policy, ornithol-

ogy, SABAP 2

De Witt, D.M. Chief Auxiliary Services Officer.

Scientific research assistant

Guo, Ms D. Ph.D. Specialist Scientist. Spatial data mod-

elling

Kgope, B.S. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Plant

ecophysiology

Mantlana, K.B. M.Sc. Principal Agricultural Scientist.

Plant ecophysiology

Matimati, I. (M.Sc. student)

Maphangwa, W. (M.Sc. student)

Mokotjomela, T. (Ph.D. student)

Musil, C.F. Ph.D. Senior Specialist Scientist.

Ecophysiology, modelling

Nyaga, J. (M.Sc. student)

Rahlao, S. (Ph.D. student)

Sirami, Ms C. Ph.D. (Postdoctoral fellow)

214

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

Sheunesu, R. (M.Sc. student) Southey, Ms D. (M.Sc. student)

Snyders, S.G. Principal Auxiliary Services Officer II. Walker, N. Ph.D. (Postdoctoral associate)

Greenhouse, maintenance West, A. Ph.D. (Postdoctoral associate)

BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEM SERVICES

Bosenberg, J. de Wet. B. Sc. (Hons). Chief Agricultural Seymour, C.L. Ph.D. Control Agricultural Scientist.

Development Technician. Cycad biology, Biodiversity and ecosystem services

Pollination Project Veldtman, R. Ph.D. Control Agricultural Scientist.

Nanni, Ms I. HED, B.Sc. Control Agricultural Pollination and ecosystem services

Development Technician. Project and Partnership

Manager

THREATENED BIODIVERSITY RESEARCH

Rutherford, M.C. Ph.D., Dip.(Datamet.). Chief Specialist Scientist. Threatened ecosystems research,

degradation ecology, vegetation mapping, vegetation modelling

Daniels, Ms F. B.Sc.(Hons)(Bot. & Plant Ecol.). Senior tion ecology, vegetation mapping, spatial model-

Agricultural Scientist. Threatened species research ling, databases

Powrie, L.W. M.Sc. Chief Information Technology Rebelo, A.G. Ph.D. (Zoo.). Control Agricultural Scientist.

Advisor. Threatened ecosystems research, degrada- Threatened species research, Protea Atlas Project

HARRY MOLTENO LIBRARY (RRLC)

Jagger, B.W. B.A.(Soc.Sci.), PGDip.Lis. Principle Librarian

Sotashe, Ms N. B.Bibl. Librarian

MOLECULAR ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION (RREL/YA)

Tolley, K.A. Ph.D. Principal Specialist Scientist. Research Leader

Chauke, L. M.Sc. Scientific Officer Measey, G.J. Ph.D. Postdoctoral fellow

Gopal, K. M.Sc. Agricultural Scientist. DNA laboratory McLeish, M. Ph.D. Post doctoral fellow

manager and DNA bank manager Nowell, T.L. Ph.D. Post doctoral fellow

Hopkins, K.P. (M.Sc. student) Underhill, J.G. (M.Sc. student)

LONG-TERM RESEARCH AND MONITORING

Allsopp, Ms N. Ph.D. SAEON Fynbos Node Co-ordinator

GENETICALLY MODIFIED ORGANISMS (GMO) UNIT

Makholela, Ms T.M. Ph.D. D. Principal Agricultural Scientist. Taxonomy of Acanthaceae and Rubia-

ceae. Monitoring and research on GMOs

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (ARIT)

CAPE TOWN

Pekeur, Ms B.L. Deputy Director-IT Operations

Morkel, Ms L. N. Dip. (Office Admin.), IT Procurement Manager

Reisenberg, D.H. IT Procurement Officer

PRETORIA

Smit, G.C. Technical Manager. A+ (CTU), NT Workstation 4, NT Server 4. Control Network

Controller

SUPPORT SERVICES

Overmeyer, Ms S.B.(Pharm.). Principal State Admin. Officer. Admin. Manager

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

215

Anderson, D.L. Artisan Bowler, Mrs M. Specialist Cleaner. Assistant: teas and

Boonzaaier, I. Specialist Groundsman. Maintenance functions

Titus, Ms N. Event & Facility Co-ordinator

AFFILIATIONS

WORLD CONSERVATION UNION (IUCN) SPECIES SURVIVAL COMMISSION (SSC)

CAPE TOWN

Poole, Mrs C. M.Phil.(Environm. Managem.). Personal Assistant (contract worker)

AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH COUNCIL, PLANT PROTECTION RESEARCH INSTITUTE

PRETORIA

Henderson, Ms L. B. Sc. (Hons). Principal Researcher. Invasive alien plants. Project Manager of

Southern African Plant Invaders Atlas (SAPIA)

REVOLUTION IT— PRETORIA

Mathenjwa, M. N. Dip. (Communication networks), MCSE 2000 (contract worker)

Nemaguvhuni, F. N. Dip. (Web Development), MCSE 2003 (contract worker)

PUBLICATIONS BY THE STAFF

1 April 2007-31 March 2008

AGENBAG, L. 2007-09. Senecio exuberens R. A. Dyer (Asteraceae). Internet

5 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantqrs/senecioexub.htm.

ANDERSON, J.M. 2007. Earth alive! Part 1. The Sixth Extinction.

MiniMag 12,8 (140).

ANDERSON, J.M., DE WIT, M.J. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007a.

Earth alive! Part 8. 101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth

Extinction. MiniMag 13,4 (148).

ANDERSON, J.M., DE WIT, M.J. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007b.

Earth alive! Part 9. 101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth

Extinction. MiniMag 13,5 (149).

ANDERSON, J.M., DE WIT, M.J. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007c.

Earth alive! Part 10. 101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth

Extinction. MiniMag 13,6 (150).

ANDERSON, J.M., DE WIT, M.J. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007d.

Earth alive! Part 11 . 101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth

Extinction. MiniMag 13,7 (151).

ANDERSON, J.M. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007a. Earth alive! Part 2.

101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth Extinction. MiniMag

12,9(141).

ANDERSON, J.M. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007b. Earth alive! Part 3.

101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth Extinction. MiniMag

12,10(142).

ANDERSON, J.M. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007c. Earth alive! Part 4.

101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth Extinction. MiniMag

12,11 (143).

ANDERSON, J.M. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007d. Earth alive! Part 5.

1 0 1 strategies towards stemming the Sixth Extinction. MiniMag

12,12:28,29.

ANDERSON, J.M. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007e. Earth alive! Part 6.

101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth Extinction. MiniMag

13,1:26,27.

ANDERSON, J.M. & VAN HEERDEN, A. 2007f. Earth alive! Part 7.

101 strategies towards stemming the Sixth Extinction. MiniMag

13,3(147).

BARKER, N.P. & FISH, L. 2007. Rare and infrequent southern African

grasses: assessing their conservation status and understanding

their biology. Biodiversity and Conservation DOI 10.1007/

sl053 1-007 -9207-1 . Springer Science+Business Media B.V.

BARNARD, P. 2007. Board member favourites: article reviews from

vols 2 and 3. Biology Letters Online. http://publishing.royalsoci-

ety.org/index. cfm?page=l 778.

BERGH, N.G., HEDDERSON, T.A., LINDER, H.P. & BOND, W.J.

2007. Palaeoclimate-induced range shifts may explain current

patterns of spatial genetic variation in renosterbos ( Elytropappus

rhinocerotis, Asteraceae). Taxon 56: 393 — 408.

BESTER, S.P. 2007-6. Adenium Roem. & Schult. ( Apocynaceae). Internet

7 pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/adenium.htm.

BESTER, S.P. 2007-12. Pachypodium Lindl. (Apocynaceae). Internet 11

pp. http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/ pachypodium.htm.

BESTER, S.P. 2008-1. Pachycarpus schinzianus (Schltr.) N.E.Br.

(Apocynaceae). Internet 5 pp.

http:/www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/pachycarpschinz.htm.

BESTER, S.P. 2008-3. Stenostelma umbellulifemm (Schltr.) S.P.Bester

& Nicholas (Apocynaceae). Internet 5 pp.

http:/www.plantzafrica.com/plantgrs/stenostelumbel.htm.

BESTER, S.P. & CONDY, G. (Artist). 2007. Orbea elegans. Flowering

Plants of Africa 60: 104-110.

BESTER, S.P. & NICHOLAS, A. 2007. Transfer of Schizoglossum

umbelluliferum to Stenostelma , and its neotypification (Apocyna-

ceae-Asclepiadoideae). Bothalia 37: 48-51.

BESTER, S.P., NICHOLAS, A. & CONDY, G. (Artist). 2007.

Stenostelma umbelluliferum. Flowering Plants of Africa 60:

96-103.

BESTER, S.P., STEYN, H.M. & KOEKEMOER, M. 2008. Abstract:

National Plant Collecting Programme: Is it worth the trouble?

Progress on collection in Tankwa Karoo and Namaqua National

Parks. Proceedings of the joint Congress of the South African

Association of Botanists and Southern African Society for

Systematic Biology. 1 1 7. Hosted by the School of Animal, Plant

and Environmental Sciences, University of the Witwatersrand,

Drakensville Mountain Resort.

BESTER, S.P. & VICTOR, J.E. 2008. Abstract: Red-listed: ‘To be or not

to be’. A case study of Stenostelma umbelluliferum. Proceedings

of the joint Congress of the South African Association of

Botanists and Southern African Society for Systematic Biology.

21. Hosted by the School of Animal, Plant and Environmental

Sciences, University of the Witwatersrand, Drakensville Moun-

tain Resort.

BOTHA, M.S., CARRICK, P.J. & ALLSOPP, N. 2008. Capturing les-

sons from land-users to aid the development of ecological res-

toration guidelines for lowland Namaqualand. Conservation

Biology 141: 885-895.

BUYS, M.H. & NORDENSTAM, B. 2007. Lectotypification of the

basionym, Echium glaucophyllum (Boraginaceae). Bothalia 37:

25,26.

BUYS, M.H., NORDENSTAM, B. & VOGT, R. 2007. Lobostemon

lasiophyllus: discovery of a link specimen in Stockholm, the

correct author citation and synonymy (Boraginaceae). Bothalia

37: 196, 197.

C.A.P.E. e-News electronic newsletter, published fortnightly.

216

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

CAPE ACTION FOR PEOPLE AND THE ENVIRONMENT. 2007.

Project planning: tools for biodiversity conservation and devel-

opment projects. SANBI Biodiversity Series 7. South African

National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

CHASE, M.W., COWAN, R.S., HOLLINGSWORTH, P„ VAN DEN

RG, C„ MADRINAN, S., PETERSEN, G., SEBERG, O., CAME-

RON, K.M., KRESS,W.J., HENDERSON, T.A.J., CONRAD, F„

ALAZAR, G., RICHARDSON, J.E., HOLLINGSWORTH, M„

JORGSENSEN, T„ KELLY, L. & WILKINSON, M. 2007. A

proposal for a standardized protocol to barcode all land plants.

Taxon 56: 295-299.

CH1MPHANGO, S.B.M., BROWN, C„ MUSIL, C.F. & DAKORA,

F.D. 2007. Effects of elevated UV-B radiation on seed yield of

Glycine max and an assessment of FI generation progenies for

carryover effects . Physiologia Plantarum 131: 378-386.

COATES PALGRAVE, M„ VAN WYK, A.E., JORDAAN, M„ WHITE,

J.A. & SWEET, P. 2007. A reconnaissance survey of the woody

flora and vegetation of the Catapu logging concession, Cheringoma

District, Mozambique. Bothalia 37: 57-73.

COMPTON, J.S., MANTLANA, B„ SMITH, R. & PHILANDER, G.

2008. Climate: past changes and future uncertainties. Quest 4,2:

22-25.

COWELL, C„ VILJOEN, C. & ADAMS, T. 2007. Endangered plants.

Veld & Flora 93 : 18, 19.

CREW NEWS. 2007. Newsletter for the Custodians of Rare and

Endangered Wildflowers, vol. 4, December.

CROUCH, N.R. & EDWARDS, T.J. 2007. Crassula streyi recorded

from the Eastern Cape (Crassulaceae). Bothalia 37: 208, 209.

CROUCH, N.R., EDWARDS, T.J. & BEAUMONT, A. 2007. Ledebou-

ria ovatifolia subsp. scabrida (Hyacinthaceae). Flowering Plants

of Africa 60: 14—19.

CROUCH, N.R., LANGLOIS, A. & MULHOLLAND, D.A. 2007. Bufa-

dienolides from the southern African Drimia depressa (Hyacin-

thaceae: Urgineoideae). Phytochemistry 68: 1731-1734.

CROUCH, N.R. & SMITH, G.F. 2007. Bryophyllum prolifenm natural-

ized in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa (Crassulaceae). Bothalia

37: 206-208.

CROUCH, N.R., SMITH, G.F. & CONDY, G. (Artist). 2007a. Siphono-

chilus kirkii (Hook.f.) B.L.Burtt. (Zingiberaceae). Flowering

Plants of Africa 60: 46-50.

CROUCH, N.R., SMITH, G.F. & CONDY, G. (Artist). 2007b. Costus afer

Ker Gawl. (Costaceae). Flowering Plants of Africa 60: 52-57.

CUPIDO, C.N. 2007. Aspalathus theresae, a new species from Western

Cape, South Africa (Fabaceae). Bothalia 37: 34-37.

DA FONSECA, G.A.B., RODRIGUEZ, C.M., MIDGLEY, G„ BUSCH,

J„ HANNAH, L. & MITTERMEIER, R.A. 2007-08. No forest

left behind: http://www.biology.plosjoumals.org.

DIMANDE, A.F.P, BOTHA, C.J., PROZESKY, L„ BEKKER, L„

ROSEMANN, G.M., LABUSCHAGNE, L. & RETIEF, E. 2007.

The toxicity of Senecio inaequidens DC. Journal of the South

African Veterinary Association 78: 121-129.

DONALDSON, J.S. 2007. Hot and smelly sex! Theoretical consider-

ations of the adaptive significance of cone thermogenesis and

volatile odours in cycad reproduction. In Proceedings of the 7th

International Conference on Cycad Biology, 8-12 January 2005.

Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden 97: 308-325.

DOWNIE, D.A. & DONALDSON, J.S. 2007. Molecular systematics of

amorphocerine weevils on Encephalartos — a preliminary analy-

sis. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden 97: 372-387.

DOWNIE, D.A., DONALDSON, J.S. & OBERPRIELER, R.G. 2008.

Molecular systematics and evolution in an African cycad-wee-

vil interaction: Amorphocerini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae

Molytinae) weevils on Encephalartos. Molecular Phylogenetics

& Evolution 47: 102-116.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007a. Babiana blanda. Curtis's Botanical Magazine

24: 230-236.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007b. Cyrtanthus staadensis. Curtis’s Botanical

Magazine 24: 223-229.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007c. Ixia vinacea. Curtis s Botanical Magazine 24:

237-242.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007d. Lesser-known Eucomis. The Plantsman (New

Series) 6: 98-103.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007e. The return of the cinnamon hessea. Veld &

Flora 93: 138, 139.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007f. \ Vatsonia stenosiphon. Veld & Flora 93: 84, 85.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007-05. Haemanthus deformis. Internet 3 pp. http://

www.plantzafrica.com/planthij/haemanthdeform.htm.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2007-10. Lachenalia sargeantii. Internet 3 pp. http://

www.plantzafrica.com/plantklm/lachensarg.htm.

DUNCAN, G.D. 2008. Lachenalia sargeantii revisited. Bulbs 7,2: 26, 27.

DUNCAN, G.D. & EDWARDS, T.J. 2007. A new pyrophytic Lachenalia

species (Hyacinthaceae-Massonieae) from Western Cape, South

Africa. Bothalia 37: 31-34.

EBRAHIM, I. 2007a. Geissorhiza malmesburiensis: a species on the

brink of extinction. Veld & Flora 93: 134.

EBRAHIM, I. 2007b. Making volunteer contributions work for conser-

vation. Veld & Flora 93: 70.

EBRAHIM, I. 2007c. The Friends of the Outeniquas: the navy seals of

volunteer groups. Veld & Flora 93: 68.

EGOH, B„ ROUGET, M„ REYERS, B„ KNIGHT, A.T., COWLING,

R.M., VAN JAARSVELD, A.S. & WELZ, A. 2007. Integrating

ecosystem services into conservation assessments: a review.

Ecological Economics 63: 714-721.

FIGUEIREDO, E. 2007. The Rubiaceae of Cabinda. Botanical Journal

of the Linnean Society 154: 455-495.

FIGUEIREDO, E. 2008. The Rubiaceae of Angola. Botanical Journal

of the Linnean Society 156: 537-638.

FISCHLIN, A., MIDGLEY, G.F., PRICE, J.T, LEEMANS, R., GOPAL, B„

TURLEY, C„ ROUNSEVELL, M.D.A., DUBE, O.P., TARAZONA,

J. & VELICHKO, A.A. 2007. Ecosystems, their properties, goods

and services. In M.L. Parry, O.F. Canziani, J.P. Palutikof, P.J. van der

Linden & C.E. Hanson, Climate Change 2007: impacts, adaptation

and vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fourth

Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change : 211-272. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

FODEN, W„ MIDGLEY, G.F., HUGHES, G„ BOND, W.J., THUILLER,

W., HOFFMAN, M.T., KALEME, P, UNDERHILL, L.G.,

REBELO, A. & HANNAH, L. 2007 A changing climate is

eroding the geographical range of the Namib Desert tree aloe

through population declines and dispersal lags. Diversity and

Distributions 13: 645-653.

FONTAINE, M.C., BAIRD, S.J.E., PIRY, S., RAY, N„ TOLLEY, K.A.,

DUKE, S„ BIRKUN, A.J., FERREIRA, M„ JAUNIAUX, T„

LLAVONA, A., OZTURK, B„ OZTURK, A.A., RIDOUX,V.,

ROGAN, E„ SEQUEIRA, M„ SIEBERT, U„ VIKINGSSON,

G.A., BOUQUEGNEAU, J.M. & MICHAUX, J.R. 2007. Rise

of oceanographic barriers in continuous populations of a ceta-

cean: the genetic structure of harbour porpoises in Old World

waters. BMC Biology 5: 30.

FOREST, F„ NANNI, I., CHASE, M.W., CRANE, P.R. & HAWKINS,

J.A. 2007. Diversification of a large genus in a continental

biodiversity hotspot: temporal and spatial origin of Muraltia

(Polygalaceae) in the Cape of South Africa. Molecular

Phylogenetics and Evolution 43: 60-74.

FOXCROFT, L.C., ROUGET, M. & RICHARDSON, D.M. 2007.

Risk assessment of riparian plant invasions into protected areas.

Conservation Biology 2 1 : 41 2 — 42 1 .

FREETH, R„ BOMHARD, B. & MIDGLEY, G. 2007. Adapting to

climate change in the Cape Floris/ic Region. South African

National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town.

FRONEMAN, W. 2007-10. Barleria mackenii Hook.f. (Acanthaceae). Inter-

net. 3 pp. http//www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/barlermaken.htm.

FRONEMAN, W. 2007-11. Barleria elegans S. Moore ex C.B. Clarke

(Acanthaceae).

Internet. 2 pp. http://www.plantzaffica.com/plantab/barlerelegan.htm.

GERMISHUIZEN, G„ VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & CONDY, G. (Artist).

2007. Viscum crassulae. Flowering Plants of Africa 60: 58-62,

t. 2229.

GLEN, H.F. 2007a. Wat ’n naam beteken. Koraalbome. Die Tuinier

Apr.: 26.

GLEN, H.F. 2007b. Wat 'n naam beteken. Legendariese helde. Die

Tuinier , Mei: 63.

GLEN, H.F. 2007c. Wat ’n naam beteken. 'n Giftige familietjie die. Die

Tuinier, Jun.: 42.

GLEN, H.F. 2007d. Wat ’n naam beteken. A1 die veld is vurig! Die

Tuinier, Aug.: 72.

GLEN, H.F. 2007e. Wat ’n naam beteken. Plante wat die lente aankon-

dig. Die Tuinier, Sep.: 93.

GLEN, H.F. 2007f. Wat ’n naam beteken. Louis Leipoldt se Oktober-

maand-blomme. Die Tuinier, Oct.: 82.

GLEN, H.F. 2007g. Wat 'n naam beteken. Dis wat die ‘Yanks’ alles eet

op Dankseggingsdag. Die Tuinier, Nov.: 72.

GLEN, H.F. 2007h. Wat ’n naam beteken. Plante en Kersfeespoedings.

Die Tuinier, Dec.: 84.

GLEN, H.F. 2007i. What’s in a name? Coral trees. The Gardener, Apr.: 32.

GLEN, H.F. 2007j. What’s in a name? Legendary heroes. The Gardener,

May: 28.

Bothalia 38,2 (2008)

217

GLEN, H.F. 2007k. What’s in a name? A venomous crowd. The

Gardener, Jun: 36.

GLEN, H.F. 20071. What’s in a name? Baby, its cold outside. The

Gardener , Jun.: 71.

GLEN, H.F. 2007m. What’s in a name? Fire! Fire!. The Gardener, Aug.:

88.

GLEN, H.F. 2007n. What’s in a name? Spring is sprung!. The Gardener,

Sep.: 123.

GLEN, H.F. 2007o. What’s in a name? Oktobermaand. The Gardener,

Oct.: 102.

GLEN, H.F. 2007p. What's in a name? Thanksgiving. The Gardener,

Nov.: 88.

GLEN, H.F. 2007q. What’s in a name? Anyone for dessert? The

Gardener, Dec.: 98.

GLEN, H.F. 2007-05. Cladostemon kirkii (Oliv.) Pax & Gilg (Cappara-

ceae).

http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantoftheweek/plantweekmaxffam.htm.

GLEN, H.F. 2008a. Tales from the Green Dragon: The pub with no beer —

NOT! The Gardener , Mar.: 77.

GLEN, H.F. 2008b. Wat ’n naam beteken. Plante vir kieriebeentjies. Die

Tuinier, Jan.: 40.

GLEN, H.F. 2008c. Wat ’n naam beteken. Die kode en kommissie wat

jou kultivar bepaal. Die Tuinier, Feb.: 53.

GLEN, H.F. 2008d. What’s in a name? Diet! The Gardener, Jan.: 46.

GLEN, H.F. 2008e. What’s in a name? Cultivars? Groups? The

Gardener, Feb.: 58.

GLEN, H.F. 2008-01. Faurea rochetiana (A. Rich.) Chiov. ex Pic.Serm.

(Proteaaceae).

http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantoftheweek/plantweekmaxfram.htm.

GLEN, H.F. & POOLEY, E. 2007. Bruguiera gymnorrhiza. Flowering

Plants of Africa 60: 90-95.

GLEN, H.F. & STYLES, D.T. 2007. Notes on the discovery of Orbea

speciosa. PlantLife 36: 60-62.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2007a. A revision of the southern

African genus Babiana (Iridaceae: Crocoideae). Strelitzia 18.

South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2007b. Floral biology of Babiana

(Iridaceae: Crocoideae): adaptive floral radiation and pollina-

tion. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 94: 709-733.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2007c. New species and notes

on Hesperantha (Iridaceae) in southern Africa. Bothalia 37:

177-182.

GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2007d. Pollination of Romulea

syringodeoflora (Iridaceae: Crocoideae) by a long-proboscid fly,

Prosoeca sp. (Diptera: Nemestrinidae). South African Journal of

Botany 37: 56-59.

GRAND, J„ CUMMINGS, M.P., REBELO, T.G., RICKETTS, T.H.

& NEEL, M.C. 2007. Biased data reduce efficiency and effec-

tiveness of conservation reserve networks. Ecology Letters 10:

364-374.

GROENEVELD, J.C., GOPAL, K„ GEORGE, R.W. & MATTHEE,

C.A. 2007. Molecular phylogeny of the spiny lobster genus

Palinurus (Decaposa: Palinuridae) with hypotheses on specia-

tion in the NE Atlantic/Mediterranean and SW Indian Ocean.

Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 45,1: 102-110.

GUO, D„ GUO, R., MIDGLEY, G.F. & REBELO, A.G. 2007. PDEMR

modelling of Protea species in the population size 1 to 10, in the

Cape Floristic Region from 1992 to 2002, South Africa. Journal

of Geographic Information Sciences 12,2: 67-78.

GUO, D„ GUO, R„ & THIART, C. 2007a. Credibility measure-based

Fuzzy Membership Grade. International Journal of Uncertainty,

Fuzziness and Knowledge-Based Systems (IJUFKS) 15: 53—66.

GUO, D., GUO, R. & THIART, C. 2007b. Predicting air pollution using

Fuzzy Membership Grade Kringing. Journal of Computers,

Environment and Urban Systems 31,1: 33-51.

GUO, R„ GUO, D„ MIDGLEY, G.F. & REBELO, A.G. 2007a. Biva-

riate DEMR modelling of range shifts in Aulax umbellate shrubs

from 1992-2002 in South Africa. Proceedings of the Sixth

International Conference on Information and Management

Services, 1-6 July 2007, Lhasa, Tibet: 783-791.

GUO, R„ GUO, D., MIDGLEY, G.F. & REBELO, A.G. 2007b. PDEMR

model in rare protea count prediction. Journal of Grey System

10,2: 105-114.

GUO, R„ GUO, D„ THIART, C. & LI, X. 2007-11. Bivariate Credibility-

Copulas. Journal of Uncertain Systems 1,4: 303-314.

GUO, R„ ZHAO, R.Q., GUO, D. & DUNNE, T. 2007. Random Fuzzy

Modelling on repairable system. Journal of Uncertain Systems

1,3:222-234.

HANNAH, L„ MIDGLEY, G.F., ANDELMAN, S„ ARAUJO, M.,

HUGHES, G., MARTINEZ-MEYER, E„ PEARSON, R. &

WILLIAMS, P. 2007. Protecting area needs in a changing cli-

mate. Frontier Ecology Environment 5,3: 131-138.

HARROWER, A.D. 2007. The happy tale of the re-discovery of the

elusive coral Ursinia. Veld & Flora 93: 213-215.

HARROWER, A.D. & SHANKS, G.R. 2007. Lost in cultivation. Veld

& Flora 93: 140, 141.

HELEMANN, S„ PROCHE$, $., REBELO, A.G., VAN WILGEN,

B.W., POREMBSKI, S. & COWLING, R.M. 2008. Fire season

effects on the recruiting of non-sprouting serotinous Proteaceae

in the eastern (bimodal-rainfall) Fynbos Biome, South Africa.

Austral Ecology 33: 119-127.

HENDERSON, L. 2007. Invasive, naturalized and casual alien plants in

southern Africa: a summary based on the Southern African Plant

Invaders Atlas (SAPIA). Bothalia 37: 215-248.

HERMAN, P.P.J. & CONDY, G. (Artist). 2007. Berkheya radula

(Asteraceae: Arctoteae). Flowering Plants of Africa 60: 1 28—

132, t. 2240.

HERMAN, P.P.J. 2007-12. Pavetta L. (Rubiaceae). Internet 14 pp.

http://www.plantzafrica.com/plantnop/pavetta.htm

HOUNIT, D.T. 2008. The effects of environment and niche on the dis-

tributions of dwarf chameleons, present and future. M.Sc. thesis,

University of Cape Town.

HUGHES, G.O.. THUILLER, W., MIDGLEY, G.F. & COLLINS, K.

2008. Environmental change hastens the demise of the critically

endangered riverine rabbit (Bunolagus monticularis). Biological

Conservation 141: 23, 24.

JODAMUS, N. & NOTTEN, A. 2008. A feast of colour and rare plants

at the Garden Fair. Veld & Flora 94: 12-15.

KEITH, D.A., AKCAKAYA, H.R., THUILLER, W„ MIDGLEY, G.F.,

PEARSON, R.G., PHILLIPS, S.J., REGAN, H.M., ARAUJO,

M.B. & REBELO, A.G. 2008. Predicting extinction risks

under climate change: coupling stochastic population mod-

els with dynamic bioclimatic habitat models. Biology Letters

DOI: 1 0. 1 098/rsl. 2008. 0049: 1 -4.

KEITH, M. & WARREN, M. 2007. Can anthropogenic variables be

used as threat proxies for South African plant richness? Bothalia

37: 79-88.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007a. In the shadow of the flowering plants.

Pteridoforum 84: 1-3.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007b. Now you know: Gustav Mann (1836-1916).

Pteridoforum 83: 13, 14.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007c. Now you know: Louis-Marie Aubert du Petit-

Thouars (1758-1831). Pteridoforum 81:6.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007d. Now you know: Nathaniel Wulff Wallich

(1786-1854). Pteridoforum 84: 5, 6.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007e. Phylogeny and evolution of ferns (monilo-

phytes). Pteridoforum 81: 1,2.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007f. Possible Australian invasion. Pteridoforum 81 : 3-5.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007g. Review: Check-list des plantes vasculaires du

Gabon/Checklist of Gabonese vascular plants, by M.S.M. Sosef

et al„ 2006. Bothalia 37: 129, 130.

KLOPPER, R.R. 2007-10. Bulbine narcissifolia. Internet 3 pp. http://

www.plantzafrica.com/plantab/bulbinnarcis.htm.

KLOPPER, R. & CROUCH, N. 2007a. Hunting ferns in Cameroon. 1.

The southern rainforests. Pteridoforum 82: 1-10.

KLOPPER, R. & CROUCH, N. 2007b. Hunting ferns in Cameroon. 2:

The Mount Cameroon region. Pteridoforum 83: 1-12.

KLOPPER, R„ CROUCH, N. & VISSER, M. 2007. Now you know!

Georg August Zenker (1855-1922). Pteridoforum 82: 11-14.

KLOPPER, R.R. & SMITH, G.F. 2007. The genus Aloe L. (Aspho-

delaceae: Alooideae) in Namaqualand, South Africa. Haseltonia

13: 38-51.

KOORBANALLY, C„ SEWJEE, S., MULHOLLAND, D.A.,

CROUCH, N.R. & DOLD. A. 2007. Homoisoflavanones from

Pseudoprospero firmifolium of the monotypic tribe Pseudopros-

pereae (Hyacinthaceae: Hyacinthoideae). Phytochemistry 68:

2753-2756.

LEBATHA, P.D., BUYS, M.H. & ABEGAZ, B.M. 2008. Taxonomic

significance of secondary metabolites and compounds in sub-

tribe Ledebouriinae (Hyacinthaceae). Botswana Journal of Agri-

cultural and Applied Science 4: 76-8 1 .

LE ROUX, A., BOWIE, V., DANIELS, F., RAIMONDO, D.C., REBE-

LO, A.G., MUCINA, L„ RUTHERFORD, M.C., POWRIE,

L.W., ARNOLD, T.H., DE WET, C„ STEENKAMP, Y.,

SNYMAN, E.E., STEYN, H.M., FODEN, W.B., GELAND, C.

& GYSMAN, B.B. 2007. Flora and vegetation. In A. Turner,

Western Cape Province State of Biodiversity 2007: 112-138.

CapeNature Scientific Services, Jonkershoek.

218

LE ROUX, L. 2008-02. Hibiscus calyphyllus Cav. (Malvaceae). Internet.

3 pp. http//www.plantzafrica.com/planthij/hibiscaly.htm.

LE ROUX, L. 2008-03. Cassia abbreviate/ Oliv.subsp. beareana (Holmes)

Brenan (Eabaceae, subfamily: Caesalpinioideae). Internet. 2 pp.

http//www.plan tzaffica.com/plantcd/cassiaabbrev.htm.

MANNE, L.L., WILLIAMS, P.H., MIDGLEY, G.F., THUILLER, W.,

REBELO, A.G. & HANNAH, L. 2007. Spatial and temporal

variation in species-area relationships in the Fynbos biological

hotspots. Ecography 30: 852-861.

MANNING, J.C. 2007. Field guide to fynbos. Struik, Cape Town.

MANNING, J.C., FOREST, F. & VINNERSTEN, A. 2007. The genus

Colchicum L. redefined to include Androcymbium Willd. based

on molecular evidence. Taxon 57: 872-882.

MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 2007a. Aristea nigrescens (sub-

genus Pseudaristea), a new species from Western Cape, South

Africa with a novel strategy for pollinator attraction (Iridaceae).

Bothalia 37: 189-192.

MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 2007b. New species of Drimia

(Hyacinthaceae: Urgineoideae) allied to Drimia marginata from

Western and Northern Cape, South Africa. Bothalia 37: 1 83-1 87.

MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 2007c. Nivenia argentea mis-

understood, and the new species Nivenia inaequalis (Iridaceae:

Nivenioideae). Bothalia 37: 192-196.

MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 2007d. Trachyandra arenicola

and T. montana , two new species from South Africa ( Asphodela-

ceae). Bothalia 37: 26-31.

MANNING, J.C., MARTINEZ-AZORIN, M. & CRESPO, M.B. 2007. A

revision of Omithogalum L. subgenus Aspasia (Salisb.) Oberm.

section Aspasia. the chincherinchees (Hyacinthaceae). Bothalia

37: 133-164.